2020 FORD GT OWNER’S MANUAL
August 2019
First Printing
Litho in U.S.A.
LPHJ 19A321 AA
owner.ford.com (U.S.)
ford.ca (Canada)
The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. In the interest of
continuous development, we reserve the right to change specifications, design or equipment at any time
without notice or obligation. No part of this publication may be reproduced, transmitted, stored in a
retrieval system or translated into any language in any form by any means without our written permission.
Errors and omissions excepted.
© Ford Motor Company 2019
All rights reserved.
Part Number: 201908 20190808025833
California Proposition 65
WARNING: Operating, servicing and
maintaining a passenger vehicle or off-highway
motor vehicle can expose you to chemicals
including engine exhaust, carbon monoxide,
phthalates, and lead, which are known to the
State of California to cause cancer and birth
defects or other reproductive harm. To minimize
exposure, avoid breathing exhaust, do not idle the
engine except as necessary, service your vehicle
in a well-ventilated area and wear gloves or wash
your hands frequently when servicing your vehicle.
For more information go to
www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger-vehicle.
WARNING: Battery posts, terminals and
related accessories contain lead and lead
compounds, chemicals known to the State of
California to cause cancer and reproductive harm.
Wash your hands after handling.
Introduction
About This Manual ..........................................5
Symbols Glossary ............................................5
Data Recording ..................................................7
Perchlorate .......................................................10
Replacement Parts Recommendation
.............................................................................11
Special Notices ................................................11
Mobile Communications Equipment
............................................................................12
Ford Performance ..........................................13
Environment
Protecting the Environment .......................15
At a Glance
Instrument Panel ...........................................16
Unique Features ..............................................17
Child Safety
General Information ......................................19
Installing Child Restraints ..........................20
Booster Seats .................................................24
Child Restraint Positioning ........................26
Seatbelts
Principle of Operation .................................28
Fastening the Seatbelts .............................29
Seatbelt Warning Lamp and Indicator
Chime .............................................................31
Seatbelt Reminder ........................................32
Child Restraint and Seatbelt
Maintenance ...............................................33
Seatbelt Extensions .....................................34
Personal Safety System™
Personal Safety System™ .........................35
Supplementary Restraints
System
Principle of Operation .................................36
Driver and Passenger Airbags ...................37
Front Passenger Sensing System ...........38
Side Airbags ....................................................40
Driver and Passenger Knee Airbags ........41
Crash Sensors and Airbag Indicator ........41
Airbag Disposal ..............................................42
911 Assist
What Is 911 Assist ..........................................43
Emergency Call Requirements ................43
Emergency Call Limitations ......................44
Keys and Remote Controls
General Information on Radio
Frequencies .................................................45
Remote Control .............................................46
Replacing a Lost Key or Remote Control
..........................................................................49
Doors and Locks
Locking and Unlocking ...............................50
Opening the Doors ........................................52
Emergency Door Release ...........................53
Security
Passive Anti-Theft System ........................54
Anti-Theft Alarm ...........................................55
Steering Wheel
Adjusting the Steering Wheel ..................56
Audio Control ..................................................57
Voice Control ...................................................57
Cruise Control .................................................57
Information Display Control ......................58
Horn ...................................................................58
Drive Mode Control ......................................58
Wiper and Washer Control ........................58
1
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Table of Contents
Lighting Control .............................................58
Adjustable Pedals
Adjusting the Pedals ...................................60
Wipers and Washers
Windshield Wipers .........................................61
Windshield Washers .....................................61
Lighting
General Information .....................................62
Lighting Control .............................................62
Autolamps .......................................................63
Instrument Lighting Dimmer ....................63
Daytime Running Lamps ............................63
Direction Indicators ......................................64
Interior Lamps ................................................64
Windows and Mirrors
Power Windows ............................................65
Global Opening ..............................................65
Exterior Mirrors ...............................................66
Interior Mirror ..................................................66
Instrument Cluster
Gauges ...............................................................67
Warning Lamps and Indicators ...............69
Audible Warnings and Indicators .............73
Information Displays
General Information .....................................74
Information Messages .................................77
Climate Control
Automatic Climate Control .......................84
Hints on Controlling the Interior Climate
..........................................................................85
Cabin Air Filter ................................................86
Seats
Sitting in the Correct Position ...................87
Manual Seats ..................................................87
Auxiliary Power Points
Auxiliary Power Points ................................89
Storage Compartments
Cup Holders ....................................................90
Map Pockets ...................................................90
Under Seat Storage .....................................90
Starting and Stopping the
Engine
General Information ......................................91
Keyless Starting ..............................................91
Steering Wheel Lock ....................................92
Starting the Engine .......................................92
Fuel and Refueling
Safety Precautions .......................................95
Fuel Quality .....................................................96
Fuel Filler Funnel Location ........................96
Running Out of Fuel .....................................96
Refueling ..........................................................98
Fuel Consumption ........................................99
Engine Emission Control
Emission Law .................................................101
Catalytic Converter .....................................102
Transmission
Automatic Transmission ..........................105
Brakes
General Information ....................................110
Hints on Driving With Anti-Lock Brakes
...........................................................................111
Electric Parking Brake ..................................111
2
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Table of Contents
Hill Start Assist ..............................................113
Stability Control
Principle of Operation .................................115
Using Stability Control ...............................116
Parking Aids
Rear View Camera .......................................118
Cruise Control
Principle of Operation ................................120
Using Cruise Control ...................................120
Driving Aids
Steering ............................................................121
Drive Mode Control ......................................121
Load Carrying
Rear Under Hatch Storage ........................127
Load Limit .......................................................127
Towing
Towing a Trailer .............................................132
Towing the Vehicle on Four Wheels ......132
Driving Hints
Breaking-In .....................................................133
Driving Through Water ...............................133
Floor Mats .......................................................134
Roadside Emergencies
Roadside Assistance ..................................135
Hazard Flashers ............................................135
Fuel Shutoff ...................................................135
Jump Starting the Vehicle ........................136
Post-Crash Alert System ...........................137
Transporting the Vehicle ...........................137
Towing Points ...............................................138
Customer Assistance
Getting the Services You Need ...............139
In California (U.S. Only) ............................140
The Better Business Bureau (BBB) Auto
Line Program (U.S. Only) .....................140
Utilizing the Mediation/Arbitration
Program (Canada Only) ........................141
Getting Assistance Outside the U.S. and
Canada ........................................................142
Ordering Additional Owner's Literature
.........................................................................143
Reporting Safety Defects (U.S. Only)
.........................................................................143
Reporting Safety Defects (Canada Only)
.........................................................................144
Fuses
Fuse Specification Chart ..........................145
Changing a Fuse ..........................................155
Maintenance
General Information ....................................157
Opening and Closing the Hood ..............157
Under Hood Overview ...............................159
Engine Oil Dipstick ......................................160
Engine Oil Check .........................................160
Engine Coolant Check ................................161
Automatic Transmission Fluid Check
.........................................................................165
Brake Fluid Check ........................................166
Power Steering Fluid Check ....................166
Washer Fluid Check ....................................167
Fuel Filter ........................................................167
Changing the 12V Battery .........................167
Checking the Wiper Blades .....................169
Changing the Wiper Blades .....................170
Adjusting the Headlamps .........................170
Changing a Bulb ............................................171
Changing the Engine Air Filter ..................171
3
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Table of Contents
Track Use
Track Use .........................................................172
Launch Control
What Is Launch Control .............................174
Using Launch Control .................................174
Vehicle Care
General Information ....................................175
Cleaning Products .......................................175
Cleaning the Exterior ..................................175
Waxing ..............................................................177
Cleaning the Engine .....................................177
Cleaning the Windows and Wiper Blades
.........................................................................178
Cleaning the Interior ...................................178
Cleaning the Instrument Panel and
Instrument Cluster Lens ........................179
Cleaning Leather Seats .............................180
Repairing Minor Paint Damage ..............180
Cleaning the Wheels ..................................180
Vehicle Storage .............................................181
Body Styling Kits ..........................................182
Wheels and Tires
Tire Sealant and Inflator Kit ....................183
Tire Care ..........................................................189
Using Summer Tires ...................................201
Using Snow Chains .....................................201
Tire Pressure Monitoring System ..........202
Changing a Road Wheel ..........................205
Driving at High Speed ...............................205
Technical Specifications .........................206
Capacities and Specifications
Engine Specifications ................................207
Motorcraft Parts .........................................208
Vehicle Dimensions ...................................209
Vehicle Identification Number ................210
Vehicle Certification Label ........................211
Transmission Code Designation .............211
Capacities and Specifications ................212
Audio System
Audio Unit .......................................................218
USB Port .........................................................218
SYNC™ 3
General Information ...................................219
Using Voice Recognition ............................221
Entertainment ..............................................228
Phone ..............................................................238
Navigation .....................................................240
Apps ................................................................245
Settings ...........................................................247
SYNC™ 3 Troubleshooting .....................249
Accessories
Accessories ...................................................262
Scheduled Maintenance
General Maintenance Information .......263
Normal Scheduled Maintenance .........264
Special Operating Conditions Scheduled
Maintenance ............................................266
Scheduled Maintenance Record ..........266
Appendices
End User License Agreement ..................277
Declaration of Conformity ......................302
Declaration of Conformity - Vehicles
With: SYNC 3 ...........................................302
4
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Table of Contents
ABOUT THIS MANUAL
Thank you for choosing Ford Performance.
If you have owned a Ford Performance
vehicle before, welcome back. If this is
your first Ford Performance vehicle,
welcome to the family. We are confident
that our dedication to performance,
quality, craftsmanship and customer
service will provide you with many miles
of exhilarating, safe and comfortable
driving.
We strive to build engaging vehicles that
involve the driver in every aspect of the
driving experience. Although performance
is at the heart of every Ford Performance
vehicle, we go further. Our goal is to deliver
a comprehensive, complete vehicle, paying
close attention to the smallest details such
as the sound of the exhaust, the quality of
the interior materials and the functionality
and the comfort of the seats, to make sure
that you enjoy not only exceptional
performance but an outstanding driving
environment as well. In this vehicle, we
express this philosophy through the use of
lightweight materials, a sophisticated
powertrain and outstanding chassis
dynamics and aerodynamics.
This manual provides information specific
to your Ford GT. By referring to this manual,
you can identify those features, controls
and specifications unique to your new Ford
GT.
To assist you with any questions or
concerns regarding your vehicle, we
established the Ford GT Concierge.
Contact your Ford GT Concierge at the
number listed if you need assistance.
Ford GT Concierge Phone Numbers
Phone numberMarket
0800-802632Austria
0800-795-45Belgium
1-800-210-5795Canada
0805-080272France
0800-182-4992Germany
1-800-901-591Ireland
800-789-771Italy
1-800-210-5795Mexico
0-800-022-2286Netherlands
800-844-7834Saudi Arabia
900-839249Spain
020-889-877Sweden
0800-890-079Switzerland
8000-35703061United Arab Emir-
ates
0800-014-8400United Kingdom
1-800-210-5795United States
All other countries should use
001-313-427-8617.
Note: Please be advised that international
calls may be subject to carrier fees.
SYMBOLS GLOSSARY
These are some of the symbols you may
see on your vehicle.
Anti-lock braking system
5
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Introduction
Battery
Brake system
E269429
Carbon Ceramic Brakes
E71340
Cruise control
E234586
Damper Control Mode
Direction Indicator
E236449
Door Ajar
Engine coolant temperature
Engine oil
E71880
Fasten seatbelt
E67017
Front airbag
E234582
Front Lift Mode Active
Frost Warning Lamp
E236451
Hatch Ajar
High Beam
E236450
Hood Ajar
E234584
Hydraulic System Fault
E234583
Launch Control
E181350
Low Beam Malfunction Warning
Lamp
Low Fuel Level
Low tire pressure warning
Parking Lamps
Powertrain Fault
E67040
Rear Fog Lamp
E234585
Ride Height System Fault
Service engine soon
E236447
Stability control
E236448
Stability control Off
Transmission Fault
6
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Introduction
DATA RECORDING
WARNING: Do not connect
wireless plug-in devices to the data link
connector. Unauthorized third parties
could gain access to vehicle data and
impair the performance of safety related
systems. Only allow repair facilities that
follow our service and repair instructions
to connect their equipment to the data
link connector.
We respect your privacy and are
committed to protecting it. The
information contained in this publication
was correct at the time of going to print
but as technology rapidly changes, we
recommend that you visit the regional Ford
website for the latest information.
Your vehicle has electronic control units
that have data recording functionality and
the ability to permanently or temporarily
store data. This data could include
information on the condition and status of
your vehicle, vehicle maintenance
requirements, events and malfunctions.
The types of data that can be recorded are
described in this section. Some of the data
recorded is stored in event logs or error
logs.
Note: Error logs are reset following a service
or repair.
Note: We may provide information in
response to requests from law enforcement,
other government authorities and third
parties acting with lawful authority or
through a legal process. Such information
could be used by them in legal proceedings.
Data recorded includes, for example:
• Operating states of system
components, for example fuel level,
tire pressure and battery charge level.
• Vehicle and component status, for
example wheel speed, deceleration,
lateral acceleration and seatbelt
status.
• Events or errors in essential systems,
for example headlamps and brakes.
• System responses to driving situations,
for example airbag deployment and
stability control.
• Environmental conditions, for example
temperature.
Some of this data, when used in
combination with other information, for
example an accident report, damage to a
vehicle or eyewitness statements, could
be associated with a specific person.
Service Data
Service data recorders in your vehicle are
capable of collecting and storing
diagnostic information about your vehicle.
This potentially includes information about
the performance or status of various
systems and modules in the vehicle, such
as engine, throttle, steering or brake
systems. In order to properly diagnose and
service your vehicle, Ford Motor Company
(Ford of Canada in Canada), and service
and repair facilities may access or share
among them vehicle diagnostic
information received through a direct
connection to your vehicle when
diagnosing or servicing your vehicle.
Additionally, Ford Motor Company (Ford
of Canada, in Canada) may, where
permitted by law, use vehicle diagnostic
information for vehicle improvement or
with other information we may have about
you, (for example, your contact
information), to offer you products or
services that may interest you. Data may
7
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Introduction
be provided to our service providers such
as part suppliers that may help diagnose
malfunctions, and who are similarly
obligated to protect data. We retain this
data only as long as necessary to perform
these functions or to comply with law. We
may provide information where required
in response to official requests to law
enforcement or other government
authorities or third parties acting with
lawful authority or court order, and such
information may be used in legal
proceedings. For U.S. only (if equipped), if
you choose to use connected apps and
services, you consent that certain
diagnostic information may also be
accessed electronically by Ford Motor
Company and Ford authorized service
facilities, and that the diagnostic
information may be used to provide
services to you, personalizing your
experience, troubleshoot, and to improve
products and services and offer you
products and services that may interest
you, where permitted by law. For Canada
only, for more information, please review
the Ford of Canada privacy policy at
www.ford.ca, including our U.S. data
storage and use of service providers in
other jurisdictions who may be subject to
legal requirements in Canada, the United
States and other countries applicable to
them, for example, lawful requirements to
disclose personal information to
governmental authorities in those
countries.
Event Data
This vehicle is equipped with an event data
recorder. The main purpose of an event
data recorder is to record, in certain crash
or near crash-like situations, such as an
airbag deployment or hitting a road
obstacle; this data will assist in
understanding how a vehicle’s systems
performed. The event data recorder is
designed to record data related to vehicle
dynamics and safety systems for a short
period of time, typically 30 seconds or less.
The event data recorder in this vehicle is
designed to record such data as:
• How various systems in your vehicle
were operating;
• Whether or not the driver and
passenger seatbelts were
buckled/fastened;
• How far (if at all) the driver was
depressing the accelerator and/or the
brake pedal; and
• How fast the vehicle was traveling; and
• Where the driver was positioning the
steering wheel.
This data can help provide a better
understanding of the circumstances in
which crashes and injuries occur.
Note: Event data recorder data is recorded
by your vehicle only if a non-trivial crash
situation occurs; no data is recorded by the
event data recorder under normal driving
conditions and no personal data or
information (e.g., name, gender, age, and
crash location) is recorded. However,
parties, such as law enforcement, could
combine the event data recorder data with
the type of personally identifying data
routinely acquired during a crash
investigation.
8
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Introduction
To read data recorded by an event data
recorder, special equipment is required,
and access to the vehicle or the event data
recorder is needed. In addition to the
vehicle manufacturer, other parties, such
as law enforcement, that have such special
equipment, can read the information if they
have access to the vehicle or the event
data recorder.
Comfort, Convenience and
Entertainment Data
Your vehicle has electronic control units
that have the ability to store data based
on your personalized settings. The data is
stored locally in the vehicle or on devices
that you connect to it, for example, a USB
drive or digital music player. You can delete
some of this data and also choose whether
to share it through the services to which
you subscribe. See Settings (page 247).
Comfort and Convenience Data
Data recorded includes, for example:
• Seat and steering wheel position.
• Climate control settings.
• Radio presets.
Entertainment Data
Data recorded includes, for example:
• Music, videos or album art.
• Contacts and corresponding address
book entries.
• Navigation destinations.
Services That We Provide
If you use our services, we collect and use
data, for example account information,
vehicle location and driving characteristics,
that could identify you. We transmit this
data through a dedicated, protected
connection. We only collect and use data
to enable your use of our services to which
you have subscribed, with your consent or
where permitted by law. For additional
information, see the terms and conditions
of the services to which you have
subscribed.
Services That Third Parties
Provide
We recommend that you review the terms
and conditions and data privacy
information for any services to which you
subscribe. We take no responsibility for
services that third parties provide.
Vehicles With a Modem
The modem has a SIM. The modem
periodically sends messages to stay
connected to the cell phone network.
These messages could include information
that identifies your vehicle, the SIM and the
electronic serial number of the modem.
Cell phone network service providers could
have access to additional information, for
example cell phone network tower
identification.
Note: The modem continues to send this
information unless you have all added value
services deactivated. Contact the Ford
Customer Relationship Center. Refer to the
regional Ford website for contact
information.
Note: The service can be unavailable or
interrupted for a number of reasons, for
example environmental or topographical
conditions and data plan coverage.
9
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Introduction
Vehicles With SYNC
Mobile Device Data
If you connect a mobile device to your
vehicle, you can display data from your
device on the touchscreen for example,
music and album art. You can share your
vehicle data with mobile apps on your
device through the system. See Apps
(page 245).
The mobile apps function operates by your
connected device sending data to us in the
United States. The data is encrypted and
includes the vehicle identification number
of your vehicle, the SYNC module serial
number, odometer, enabled apps, usage
statistics and debugging information. We
retain it only as long as necessary to
provide the service, to troubleshoot, for
continuous improvement and to offer you
products and services that may be of
interest to you according to your
preferences and where allowed by law.
If you connect a cell phone to the system,
the system creates a profile that links to
that cell phone. The cell phone profile
enables more mobile features and efficient
operation. The profile contains, for
example data from your phonebook, read
and unread text messages and call history,
including history of calls when your cell
phone was not connected to the system.
If you connect a media device, the system
creates and retains a media device index
of supported media content. The system
also records a short diagnostic log of
approximately 10 minutes of all recent
system activity.
The cell phone profile, media device index
and diagnostic log remain in your vehicle
unless you delete them and are generally
accessible only in your vehicle when you
connect your cell phone or media device.
If you no longer plan to use the system or
your vehicle, we recommend you use the
master reset function to erase the stored
information. See Settings (page 247).
System data cannot be accessed without
special equipment and access to your
vehicle's module.
For additional information about our
privacy policy, see the regional Ford
website.
Vehicles With an Emergency Call
System
When the emergency call system is active,
it may disclose to emergency services that
your vehicle has been in a crash involving
the deployment of an airbag or activation
of the fuel pump shut-off. Certain versions
or updates to the emergency call system
may also be capable of electronically or
verbally disclosing to emergency services
operators your vehicle location or other
details about your vehicle or crash to assist
emergency services operators to provide
the most appropriate emergency services.
If you do not want to disclose this
information, do not activate the emergency
call system.
Note: You cannot deactivate emergency
call systems that are required by law.
PERCHLORATE
Certain components in your vehicle such
as airbag modules, seatbelt pretensioners
and remote control batteries may contain
perchlorate material. Special handling
may apply for service or vehicle end of life
disposal.
10
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Introduction
For more information visit:
Web Address
www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazard-
ouswaste/perchlorate
REPLACEMENT PARTS
RECOMMENDATION
We have built your vehicle to the highest
standards using quality parts. We
recommend that you demand the use of
genuine Ford and Motorcraft parts
whenever your vehicle requires scheduled
maintenance or repair. You can clearly
identify genuine Ford and Motorcraft parts
by looking for the Ford, FoMoCo or
Motorcraft branding on the parts or their
packaging.
Scheduled Maintenance and
Mechanical Repairs
One of the best ways for you to make sure
that your vehicle provides years of service
is to have it maintained in line with our
recommendations using parts that
conform to the specifications detailed in
this Owner’s Manual. Genuine Ford and
Motorcraft parts meet or exceed these
specifications.
Collision Repairs
We hope that you never experience a
collision, but accidents do happen.
Genuine Ford replacement collision parts
meet our stringent requirements for fit,
finish, structural integrity, corrosion
protection and dent resistance. During
vehicle development we validate that
these parts deliver the intended level of
protection as a whole system. A great way
to know for sure you are getting this level
of protection is to use genuine Ford
replacement collision parts.
Warranty on Replacement Parts
Genuine Ford and Motorcraft replacement
parts are the only replacement parts that
benefit from a Ford Warranty. The Ford
Warranty may not cover damage caused
to your vehicle as a result of failed
non-Ford parts. For additional information,
refer to the terms and conditions of the
Ford Warranty.
SPECIAL NOTICES
New Vehicle Limited Warranty
For a detailed description of what is
covered by your New Vehicle Limited
Warranty, see your warranty guide that is
available online. For more information,
refer to our website and download your
copy of the warranty guide.
Additional Warranty Information
Your vehicle's warranty information is
covered in its entirety in the Ford GT
Warranty Guide. You can obtain warranty
service for your vehicle at a certified Ford
GT Service dealer. If you need assistance
locating an authorized dealer, please
contact your Ford GT Concierge at
1-800-210-5795.
We design and build our vehicles for our
customers to drive as delivered from the
factory. The Ford GT Warranty Guide
discusses vehicle use and the installation
of aftermarket parts and their effect on
warranty coverage. See the Ford GT
Warranty Guide for complete information.
11
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Introduction
Special Instructions
WARNING: You risk death or
serious injury to yourself and others if you
do not follow the instruction highlighted
by the warning symbol. Failure to follow
the specific warnings and instructions
could result in personal injury.
WARNING: NEVER use a
rearward facing child restraint on a seat
protected by an ACTIVE AIRBAG in front
of it, DEATH or SERIOUS INJURY to the
CHILD can occur.
For your added safety, your vehicle is fitted
with sophisticated electronic controls.
On Board Diagnostics Data Link
Connector
WARNING: Do not connect
wireless plug-in devices to the data link
connector. Unauthorized third parties
could gain access to vehicle data and
impair the performance of safety related
systems. Only allow repair facilities that
follow our service and repair instructions
to connect their equipment to the data
link connector.
Your vehicle has an OBD Data Link
Connector (DLC) that is used in
conjunction with a diagnostic scan tool for
vehicle diagnostics, repairs and
reprogramming services. Installing an
aftermarket device that uses the DLC
during normal driving for purposes such as
remote insurance company monitoring,
transmission of vehicle data to other
devices or entities, or altering the
performance of the vehicle, may cause
interference with or even damage to
vehicle systems. We do not recommend
or endorse the use of aftermarket plug-in
devices unless approved by Ford. The
vehicle Warranty will not cover damage
caused by an aftermarket plug-in device.
Certified Ford GT Service Dealer
All occurrences of authorized dealer in this
manual are references to dealers who are
certified to work on the Ford GT. Not all
dealers have this certification. To locate a
certified Ford GT Service dealer, contact
your Ford GT Concierge at
1-800-210-5795.
MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS
EQUIPMENT
WARNING: Driving while
distracted can result in loss of vehicle
control, crash and injury. We strongly
recommend that you use extreme
caution when using any device that may
take your focus off the road. Your
primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We
recommend against the use of any
hand-held device while driving and
encourage the use of voice-operated
systems when possible. Make sure you
are aware of all applicable local laws
that may affect the use of electronic
devices while driving.
Using mobile communications equipment
is becoming increasingly important in the
conduct of business and personal affairs.
However, you must not compromise your
own or others’ safety when using such
equipment. Mobile communications can
enhance personal safety and security when
appropriately used, particularly in
emergency situations. Safety must be
12
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Introduction
paramount when using mobile
communications equipment to avoid
negating these benefits. Mobile
communication equipment includes, but
is not limited to, cellular phones, pagers,
portable email devices, text messaging
devices and portable two-way radios.
FORD PERFORMANCE
Welcome to the Ford Performance family!
Performance and racing are deeply
embedded in Ford’s DNA, dating back to
October 10, 1901 when Henry Ford won his
first race against Alexander Winton,
America’ s greatest racer at the time. Henry
Ford founded Ford Motor Company 18
months later with capital raised on the
back of this remarkable upset victory.
Today, that spirit of passion, innovation
and performance lives on through Ford
Performance. Established in 2015, the
company’s performance teams -- Ford
Special Vehicle Team (United States),
Team RS (Europe), Ford Performance
(Australia) and Ford Racing (United
States) – have unified under the mission
to create the world’s leading performance
vehicles, parts, accessories and
experiences for enthusiasts. This includes
accelerating the development of advanced
aerodynamics, lightweighting, electronics,
powertrain performance, fuel efficiency
and other technologies that can be applied
across Ford’s product portfolio.
We are proud and passionate about what
we do and we look forward to a long and
exciting relationship with you. Thank you
for choosing Ford Performance!
13
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Introduction
E308116
14
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Introduction
PROTECTING THE
ENVIRONMENT
You should play your part in protecting the
environment. Correct vehicle usage and
the authorized disposal of waste, cleaning
and lubrication materials are significant
steps toward this aim.
For additional information about our
sustainability progress and initiatives, visit
www.sustainability.ford.com.
15
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Environment
INSTRUMENT PANEL
E243664
Lighting control. See Lighting Control (page 62).A
Left direction indicator. See Direction Indicators (page 64).B
Left paddle shifter. See Automatic Transmission (page 105).C
Drive mode control. See Drive Mode Control (page 121).D
High beam switch. See Lighting Control (page 62).E
Instrument cluster. See Gauges (page 67).F
Windshield washers. See Windshield Washers (page 61).G
Windshield wipers. See Windshield Wipers (page 61).H
Right paddle shifter. See Automatic Transmission (page 105).I
Right direction indicator. See Direction Indicators (page 64).J
Audio on and off button. See Audio Unit (page 218).K
SYNC 3. See General Information (page 219).L
Climate controls. See Automatic Climate Control (page 84).M
16
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
At a Glance
Media hub. See USB Port (page 218).N
Menu and voice control. See Voice Control (page 57).O
Audio control. See Audio Control (page 57).P
Horn.Q
Audio control. See Audio Control (page 57).R
Cruise control. See Using Cruise Control (page 120).S
UNIQUE FEATURES
E236793
Vehicle Structure
• Carbon fiber tub and body shell.
• Aluminum structure fore and aft of tub.
• Steel roll cage integrated into the tub.
Powertrain
• Mid-engine 3.5L Twin Turbo EcoBoost
V6.
• 7-speed dual clutch automated
manual transmission.
Chassis
• Electronic/hydraulic controlled torsion
bar front and rear suspension systems
with ride height varied depending on
drive mode.
• Front end lift feature for driveway
approaches and speed bumps.
• Independent front and rear suspension
with unequal length upper and lower
control arms.
• Carbon ceramic brake discs.
• Brembo 6-piston front and 4-piston
rear calipers.
• 20 in. x 8.5 in. forged alloy front wheels
with 245/35R20 Michelin Pilot Sport
Cup 2 tires.
17
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
At a Glance
• 20 in. x 11.5 in. forged alloy rear wheels
with 325/30R20 Michelin Pilot Sport
Cup 2 tires.
• Carbon fiber wheels available as an
option.
Electronics and Vehicle Controls
• Vehicle drive mode control with five
settings.
• Full LCD instrument cluster with
customer selectable features.
• Race inspired steering wheel with
stalkless steering column.
• Paddle shifters.
• SYNC 3 including navigation system.
• Single zone automatic temperature
control.
• ABS, ESC (electronic stability control)
and launch control.
• Passive entry/passive start key system.
Exterior
• Carbon fiber body panels including
undertrays.
• Active aerodynamic rear wing and front
splitter.
• LED headlamps and tail lamps.
Interior
• Fixed seating positions.
• Independently adjustable steering
column and pedals.
• Carbon fiber, leather, and Alcantara
interior surfaces.
18
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
At a Glance
GENERAL INFORMATION
See the following sections for directions
on how to properly use safety restraints
for children.
WARNING: Always make sure
your child is secured properly in a device
that is appropriate for their height, age
and weight. Child safety restraints must
be bought separately from your vehicle.
Failure to follow these instructions and
guidelines may result in an increased risk
of serious injury or death to your child.
WARNING: All children are
shaped differently. The National
Highway Traffic Safety Administration
and other safety organizations, base their
recommendations for child restraints on
probable child height, age and weight
thresholds, or on the minimum
requirements of the law. We recommend
that you check with a NHTSA Certified
Child Passenger Safety Technician
(CPST) to make sure that you properly
install the child restraint in your vehicle
and that you consult your pediatrician to
make sure you have a child restraint
appropriate for your child. To locate a
child restraint fitting station and CPST,
contact NHTSA toll free at
1-888-327-4236 or go to
www.nhtsa.dot.gov. In Canada, contact
Transport Canada toll free at
1-800-333-0371 or go to www.tc.gc.ca
to find a Child Car Seat Clinic in your
area. Failure to properly restrain children
in child restraints made especially for
their height, age and weight, may result
in an increased risk of serious injury or
death to your child.
WARNING: On hot days, the
temperature inside the vehicle can rise
very quickly. Exposure of people or
animals to these high temperatures for
even a short time can cause death or
serious heat related injuries, including
brain damage. Small children are
particularly at risk.
19
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Child Safety
Recommendations for Safety Restraints for Children
Recommended Restraint
Type
Child Size, Height, Weight, or AgeChild
Use a child restraint
(sometimes called an
infant carrier, convertible
seat, or toddler seat).
Children weighing 40 lb (18 kg) or less
(generally age four or younger).
Infants or
toddlers
Use a belt-positioning
booster seat.
Children who have outgrown or no longer
properly fit in a child restraint (generally
children who are less than 57 in (1.45 m)
tall, are greater than age four and less
than age 12, and between 40 lb (18 kg)
and 80 lb (36 kg) and upward to 100 lb
(45 kg) if recommended by your child
restraint manufacturer).
Small children
Use a vehicle seatbelt
having the lap belt snug
and low across the hips,
shoulder belt centered
across the shoulder and
chest, and seat backrest
upright.
Children who have outgrown or no longer
properly fit in a belt-positioning booster
seat (generally children who are at least
57 in (1.45 m) tall or greater than 80 lb
(36 kg) or 100 lb (45 kg) if recommended
by child restraint manufacturer).
Larger children
• You are required by law to properly use
child restraints for infants and toddlers
in the United States and Canada.
• Many states and provinces require that
small children use approved booster
seats until they reach age eight, a
height of 57 in (1.45 m) tall, or 80
pounds (36 kilograms). Check your
local and state or provincial laws for
specific requirements about the safety
of children in your vehicle.
INSTALLING CHILD
RESTRAINTS
Child Seats
E142594
20
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Child Safety
Use a child restraint (sometimes called an
infant carrier, convertible seat, or toddler
seat) for infants, toddlers, or children
weighing 40 lb (18 kg) or less (generally
age four or younger).
Using Lap and Shoulder Belts
WARNING: NEVER use a
rearward facing child restraint on a seat
protected by an ACTIVE AIRBAG in front
of it, DEATH or SERIOUS INJURY to the
CHILD can occur.
WARNING: Depending on where
you secure a child restraint, and
depending on the child restraint design,
you may block access to certain seatbelt
buckle assemblies and LATCH lower
anchors, rendering those features
potentially unusable. To avoid risk of
injury, make sure occupants only use
seating positions where they are able to
be properly restrained.
When installing a child restraint with
combination lap and shoulder belts:
• Use the correct seatbelt buckle for that
seating position.
• Insert the belt tongue into the proper
buckle until you hear a snap and feel it
latch. Make sure that you securely
fasten the tongue in the buckle.
• Keep the buckle release button
pointing up and away from the child
restraint, with the tongue between the
child restraint and the release button,
to prevent accidental unbuckling.
• Place the vehicle seat in the upright
position before you install the child
restraint.
• Put the seatbelt in the automatic
locking mode. See Step 5. This vehicle
does not require the use of a locking
clip.
Perform the following steps when
installing the child restraint with
combination lap and shoulder belts:
Note: Although the child restraint
illustrated is a forward facing child restraint,
the steps are the same for installing a rear
facing child restraint.
E142528
1. Position the child restraint in a seat
with a combination lap and shoulder
belt.
E142529
21
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Child Safety
2. Pull down on the shoulder belt and
then grasp the shoulder belt and lap
belt together.
E142530
3. While holding the shoulder and lap belt
portions together, route the tongue
through the child restraint according
to the child restraint manufacturer's
instructions. Make sure that you did not
twist the belt webbing.
E142531
4. Insert the belt tongue into the proper
buckle (the buckle closest to the
direction the tongue is coming from)
for that seating position until you hear
a snap and feel the latch engage. Make
sure the tongue is latched securely by
pulling on it.
E142875
5. To put the retractor in the automatic
locking mode, grasp the shoulder
portion of the belt and pull downward
until you pull the entire belt out.
Note: The automatic locking mode is
available on the front passenger seat. This
vehicle does not require the use of a locking
clip.
6. Allow the belt to retract to remove
slack. The belt clicks as it retracts to
indicate it is in the automatic locking
mode.
7. Try to pull the belt out of the retractor
to make sure the retractor is in the
automatic locking mode. You should
not be able to pull more belt out. If the
retractor did not lock, unbuckle the belt
and repeat Steps 5 and 6.
E142533
22
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Child Safety
8. Remove remaining slack from the belt.
Force the seat down with extra weight,
for example, by pressing down or
kneeling on the child restraint while
pulling up on the shoulder belt in order
to force slack from the belt. This is
necessary to remove the remaining
slack that exists once you add the extra
weight of the child to the child restraint.
It also helps to achieve the proper
snugness of the child restraint to your
vehicle. Sometimes, a slight lean
toward the buckle will additionally help
to remove remaining slack from the
belt.
9. If the child restraint has a tether strap,
attach it.
E142534
10. Before placing the child in the seat,
forcibly move the seat forward and
back to make sure the seat is securely
held in place. To check this, grab the
seat at the belt path and attempt to
move it side to side and forward and
back. There should be no more than
1 in (2.5 cm) of movement for proper
installation.
We recommend checking with a NHTSA
Certified Child Passenger Safety
Technician to make certain the child
restraint is properly installed. In Canada,
check with Transport Canada for referral
to a Child Car Seat Clinic.
Using Tether Straps
Many forward-facing child
restraints include a tether strap
which extends from the back of
the child restraint and hooks to an
anchoring point called the top tether
anchor. Tether straps are available as an
accessory for many older child restraints.
Contact the manufacturer of your child
restraint for information about ordering a
tether strap, or to obtain a longer tether
strap if the tether strap on your child
restraint does not reach the appropriate
top tether anchor in your vehicle.
Once you install the child restraint using
the seatbelt, you can attach the top tether
strap.
The tether strap anchor in your vehicle is
in the following position (shown from top
view):
E226496
Perform the following steps to install a
child restraint with tether anchors:
23
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Child Safety
E225883
1. Route the tether strap through either
opening in the seat backrest as shown.
2. Locate the anchor behind the
passenger seat on the floor.
3. Clip the tether strap to the anchor.
4. Tighten the child restraint tether strap
according to the manufacturer's
instructions. If your child restraint
system has a tether strap, and the child
restraint manufacturer recommends
its use, we also recommend its use.
If the child restraint is not anchored
properly, the risk of a child being injured in
a crash greatly increases.
BOOSTER SEATS
WARNING: Do not put the
shoulder section of the seatbelt or allow
the child to put the shoulder section of
the seatbelt under their arm or behind
their back. Failure to follow this
instruction could reduce the
effectiveness of the seatbelt and
increase the risk of injury or death in a
crash.
Use a belt-positioning booster seat for
children who have outgrown or no longer
properly fit in a child safety restraint
(generally children who are less than 57 in
(1.45 m) tall, are greater than age 4 and
less than age 12, and between 40 lb (18 kg)
and 80 lb (36 kg) and upward to 100 lb
(45 kg) if recommended by your child
restraint manufacturer). Many state and
provincial laws require that children use
approved booster seats until they reach
age eight, a height of 57 in (1.45 m) tall, or
80 lb (36 kg).
Booster seats should be used until you can
answer YES to ALL of these questions
when seated without a booster seat:
E142595
24
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Child Safety
• Can the child sit all the way back
against their vehicle seat backrest with
knees bent comfortably at the edge of
the seat cushion?
• Can the child sit without slouching?
• Does the lap belt rest low across the
hips?
• Is the shoulder belt centered on the
shoulder and chest?
• Can the child stay seated like this for
the whole trip?
Always use booster seats in conjunction
with your vehicle lap and shoulder belt.
Types of Booster Seats
E68924
• Backless booster seats
If your backless booster seat has a
removable shield, remove the shield. If a
vehicle seating position has a low seat
backrest or no head restraint, a backless
booster seat may place your child's head
(as measured at the tops of the ears)
above the top of the seat. In this case,
move the backless booster to another
seating position with a higher seat backrest
or head restraint and lap and shoulder
belts, or consider using a high back booster
seat.
E70710
• High back booster seats
If, with a backless booster seat, you cannot
find a seating position that adequately
supports your child's head, a high back
booster seat would be a better choice.
Children and booster seats vary in size and
shape. Choose a booster that keeps the
lap belt low and snug across the hips,
never up across the stomach, and lets you
adjust the shoulder belt to cross the chest
and rest snugly near the center of the
shoulder. The following drawings compare
the ideal fit (center) to a shoulder belt
uncomfortably close to the neck and a
shoulder belt that could slip off the
shoulder. The drawings also show how the
lap belt should be low and snug across the
child's hips.
25
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Child Safety
E142596
E142597
If the booster seat slides on the vehicle
seat upon which it is being used, placing a
rubberized mesh sold as shelf or carpet
liner under the booster seat may improve
this condition. Do not introduce any item
thicker than this under the booster seat.
Check with the booster seat
manufacturer's instructions.
CHILD RESTRAINT
POSITIONING
WARNING: NEVER use a
rearward facing child restraint on a seat
protected by an ACTIVE AIRBAG in front
of it, DEATH or SERIOUS INJURY to the
CHILD can occur.
WARNING: Always carefully
follow the instructions and warnings
provided by the manufacturer of any
child restraint to determine if the
restraint device is appropriate for your
child's size, height, weight, or age. Follow
26
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Child Safety
the child restraint manufacturer's
instructions and warnings provided for
installation and use in conjunction with
the instructions and warnings provided
by your vehicle manufacturer. A safety
seat that is improperly installed or
utilized, is inappropriate for your child's
height, age, or weight or does not
properly fit the child may increase the
risk of serious injury or death.
WARNING: Never let a
passenger hold a child on his or her lap
while the vehicle is moving. The
passenger cannot protect the child from
injury in a crash.
WARNING: Do not use pillows,
books or towels to boost your child's
height.
WARNING: Always restrain an
unoccupied child seat or booster seat.
They may become projectiles in a crash
or sudden stop, which may increase the
risk of serious injury.
WARNING: Do not put the
seatbelt under your child's arm or behind
its back.
WARNING: Do not leave children
or pets unattended in your vehicle.
Failure to follow this instruction could
result in personal injury or death.
Recommendations for attaching child safety restraints for children
Use any attachment method as indicated
below by X
Combined weight of
child and child
restraint
Restraint Type
Seatbelt onlySeatbelt and top
tether anchor
XUp to 65 lb (29.5 kg)
Forward facing child
restraint
XOver 65 lb (29.5 kg)
Forward facing child
restraint
Note: The child restraint must rest tightly
against the vehicle seat upon which it is
installed.
27
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Child Safety
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
WARNING: Always drive and
ride with your seatback upright and the
lap belt snug and low across the hips.
WARNING: Children must
always be properly restrained.
WARNING: Do not allow a
passenger to hold a child on their lap
when your vehicle is moving. Failure to
follow this instruction could result in
personal injury or death in the event of a
sudden stop or crash.
WARNING: All occupants of your
vehicle, including the driver, should
always properly wear their seatbelts,
even when an airbag supplemental
restraint system is provided. Failure to
properly wear your seatbelt could
seriously increase the risk of injury or
death.
WARNING: It is extremely
dangerous to ride in a cargo area, inside
or outside of a vehicle. In a crash, people
riding in these areas are more likely to be
seriously injured or killed. Do not allow
people to ride in any area of your vehicle
that is not equipped with seats and
seatbelts. Make sure everyone in your
vehicle is in a seat and properly using a
seatbelt. Failure to follow this warning
could result in serious personal injury or
death.
WARNING: In a rollover crash,
an unbelted person is significantly more
likely to die than a person wearing a
seatbelt.
WARNING: Each seating
position in your vehicle has a specific
seatbelt assembly made up of one
buckle and one tongue designed to be
used as a pair. Use the shoulder belt on
the outside shoulder only. Never wear
the shoulder belt under the arm. Never
use a single seatbelt for more than one
person.
WARNING: Seatbelts and seats
may be hot in a vehicle that is in the
sunshine. The hot seatbelts or seats may
burn a small child. Check seat covers and
buckles before you place a child
anywhere near them.
All seating positions in your vehicle have
lap and shoulder seatbelts. All occupants
of the vehicle should always properly wear
their seatbelts, even when an airbag
supplemental restraint system is provided.
The seatbelt system consists of:
• Lap and shoulder seatbelts.
• Seatbelt pretensioner at the front
outermost seating positions.
• Belt tension sensor at the front
outermost passenger seating position.
E71880
· Seatbelt warning light and
chime.
E67017
· Crash sensors and monitoring
system with readiness indicator.
28
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Seatbelts
The seatbelt pretensioners at the front
seating positions are designed to tighten
the seatbelts when activated. In frontal
and near-frontal crashes, the seatbelt
pretensioners may be activated alone or,
if the crash is of sufficient severity, together
with the front airbags.
FASTENING THE SEATBELTS
The safety restraints in the vehicle are
combination lap and shoulder belts.
E224747
E142587
1. Insert the belt tongue into the proper
buckle, the buckle closest to the
direction the tongue is coming from,
until you hear a click and feel it latch.
Make sure you securely fasten the
tongue in the buckle.
E142588
2. To unfasten, press the release button
and remove the tongue from the
buckle.
Using the Sliding Clip (If Equipped)
Note: The illustration shown is for reference
only, actual vehicle may vary.
E200788
Slide the clip away from the tongue so
there is no loose webbing when an
occupant or child seat is buckled up. You
can also use the sliding clip to raise the
tongue and prevent it from rattling or to
ease access to the tongue.
29
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Seatbelts
Using Seatbelts During Pregnancy
WARNING: Always ride and
drive with your seatback upright and
properly fasten your seatbelt. Fit the lap
portion of the seatbelt snugly and low
across the hips. Position the shoulder
portion of the seatbelt across your chest.
Pregnant women must follow this
practice. See the following figure.
E142590
Pregnant women should always wear their
seatbelt. Position the lap belt portion of a
combination lap and shoulder belt low
across the hips below the belly and worn
as tight as comfort allows. Position the
shoulder belt to cross the middle of the
shoulder and the center of the chest.
Seatbelt Locking Modes
WARNING: If your vehicle is
involved in a crash, have the seatbelts
and associated components inspected
as soon as possible. Failure to follow this
instruction could result in personal injury
or death.
All safety restraints in the vehicle are
combination lap and shoulder belts and
have vehicle sensitive locking mode. In
addition, the front outboard passenger
seatbelts have the automatic locking
mode.
Vehicle Sensitive Mode
This is the normal retractor mode, which
allows free shoulder belt length
adjustment to your movements and
locking in response to vehicle movement.
For example, if the driver brakes suddenly
or turns a corner sharply, or the vehicle
receives an impact of about 5 mph
(8 km/h) or more, the combination
seatbelts lock to help reduce forward
movement of the driver and passenger.
In addition, the retractor is designed to lock
if you pull the webbing out too quickly. If
the seatbelt retractor locks, slowly lower
the height adjuster to allow the seatbelt
to retract. If the retractor does not unlock,
pull the seatbelt out slowly then feed a
small length of webbing back toward the
stowed position.
Automatic Locking Mode
In this mode, the shoulder belt
automatically pre-locks. The belt still
retracts to remove any slack in the
shoulder belt. The automatic locking mode
is not available on the driver seatbelt.
When to Use the Automatic Locking
Mode
Use this mode any time a child safety seat,
except a booster, is installed in the
passenger front seating position. See
Child Safety (page 19).
30
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Seatbelts
How to Use the Automatic Locking
Mode
E243129
1. Buckle the combination lap and
shoulder belt.
2. Grasp the shoulder portion and pull
downward until you pull the entire belt
out.
3. Allow the belt to retract. As the belt
retracts, you will hear a clicking sound.
This indicates the seatbelt is now in the
automatic locking mode.
How to Disengage the Automatic
Locking Mode
Unbuckle the combination lap and
shoulder belt and allow it to retract
completely to disengage the automatic
locking mode and activate the vehicle
sensitive (emergency) locking mode.
SEATBELT WARNING LAMP
AND INDICATOR CHIME
E71880
This lamp illuminates and an
indicator chime will sound if the
driver seatbelt has not been
fastened when the vehicle's ignition is
turned on.
Conditions of operation
ThenIf
The seatbelt warning lamp illuminates and
the indicator chime sounds for a few
seconds.
The driver seatbelt is not buckled before
the ignition switch is turned to the on posi-
tion...
The seatbelt warning lamp and indicator
chime turn off.
The driver seatbelt is buckled while the
warning lamp is illuminated and the indic-
ator chime is sounding...
The seatbelt warning lamp and indicator
chime remain off.
The driver seatbelt is buckled before the
ignition switch is turned to the on position...
31
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Seatbelts
SEATBELT REMINDER
Belt-Minder™
This feature supplements the seatbelt
warning function by providing additional
reminders that intermittently sound a tone
and illuminate the seatbelt warning light
when you are in the driver seat or you have
a front seat passenger and a seatbelt is
unbuckled.
The system uses information from the
front passenger sensing system to
determine if a front seat passenger is
present and therefore potentially in need
of a warning. To avoid activating the
Belt-Minder feature for objects you place
in the front passenger seat, only the front
seat passengers receive warnings as
determined by the front passenger sensing
system.
If the Belt-Minder warnings expire
(warnings for about five minutes) for one
passenger (driver or front passenger), the
other passenger can still cause the
Belt-Minder feature to turn on.
ThenIf
The Belt-Minder feature will not activate.
You and the front seat passenger buckle
your seatbelts before you switch the igni-
tion on or less than 1-2 minutes elapse after
you switch the ignition on...
The Belt-Minder feature activates, the
seatbelt warning light illuminates and a
warning tone sounds for 6 seconds every
25 seconds, repeating for about 5 minutes
or until you and the front seat passenger
buckle your seatbelts.
You or the front seat passenger do not
buckle your seatbelts before your vehicle
reaches at least 6 mph (9.7 km/h) and 1-2
minutes elapse after you switch the ignition
on...
The Belt-Minder feature activates, the
seatbelt warning light illuminates and a
warning tone sounds for 6 seconds every
25 seconds, repeating for about 5 minutes
or until you and the front seat passenger
buckle your seatbelts.
The seatbelt for the driver or front
passenger is unbuckled for about 1 minute
while the vehicle is traveling at least 6 mph
(9.7 km/h) and more than 1-2 minutes
elapse after you switch the ignition on...
32
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Seatbelts
Deactivating and Activating the
Belt-Minder Feature
WARNING: While the system
allows you to switch it off, this system is
designed to improve your chances of
being safely belted and surviving a crash.
We recommend you leave the system
switched on. To reduce the risk of injury,
do not switch the system on or off while
driving your vehicle.
Note: The driver and front passenger
warnings switch on and off independently.
When you perform this procedure for one
seating position, do not buckle the other
position as this terminates the process.
Read Steps 1 - 4 thoroughly before
proceeding with the programming
procedure.
Before following the procedure, make sure
that:
• The parking brake is set.
• The transmission is in park (P).
• The ignition is off.
• The driver and front passenger
seatbelts are unbuckled.
1. Switch the ignition on. Do not start the
vehicle.
2. Wait until the seatbelt warning light
turns off (about one minute). After
Step 2, wait an additional 5 seconds
before proceeding with Step 3. Once
you start Step 3, you must complete
the procedure within 30 seconds.
3. For the seating position you are
switching off, buckle then unbuckle the
seatbelt three times at a moderate
speed, ending in the unbuckled state.
After Step 3, the seatbelt warning light
turns on.
4. While the seatbelt warning light is on,
buckle and then unbuckle the seatbelt.
After Step 4, the seatbelt warning light
flashes for confirmation.
• This will switch the feature off for that
seating position if it is currently on.
• This will switch the feature on for that
seating position if it is currently off.
CHILD RESTRAINT AND
SEATBELT MAINTENANCE
Inspect the vehicle seatbelts and child
safety seat systems periodically to make
sure they work properly and are not
damaged. Inspect the vehicle and child
restraint seatbelts to make sure there are
no nicks, tears or cuts. Replace if
necessary. All vehicle seatbelt assemblies,
including retractors, buckles, front seatbelt
buckle assemblies, buckle support
assemblies (slide bar-if equipped),
shoulder belt height adjusters (if
equipped), shoulder belt guide on seat
backrest (if equipped), child safety seat
LATCH and tether anchors, and attaching
hardware, should be inspected after a
crash. Read the child restraint
manufacturer's instructions for additional
inspection and maintenance information
specific to the child restraint.
We recommend that all seatbelt
assemblies in use in vehicles involved in a
crash be replaced. However, if the crash
was minor and an authorized dealer finds
that the belts do not show damage and
continue to operate properly, they do not
need to be replaced. Seatbelt assemblies
not in use during a crash should also be
inspected and replaced if either damage
or improper operation is noted.
Properly care for seatbelts. See Vehicle
Care (page 175).
33
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Seatbelts
SEATBELT EXTENSIONS
WARNING: Persons who fit into
the vehicle's seatbelt should not use an
extension. Unnecessary use could result
in serious personal injury in the event of
a crash.
WARNING: Only use extensions
provided free of charge by Ford Motor
Company dealers. The dealer will provide
an extension designed specifically for
this vehicle, model year and seating
position. The use of an extension
intended for another vehicle, model year
or seating position may not offer you the
full protection of your vehicle's seatbelt
restraint system.
WARNING: Never use seatbelt
extensions to install child restraints.
WARNING: Do not use
extensions to change the way the
seatbelt fits across the torso, over the
lap or to make the seatbelt buckle easier
to reach.
If, because of body size or driving position,
it is not possible to properly fasten the
seatbelt over your lap and shoulder, an
extension that is compatible with the
seatbelts is available free of charge from
Ford Motor Company dealers. Only Ford
seatbelt extensions made by the original
equipment seatbelts manufacturer should
be used with Ford seatbelts. Ask your
authorized dealer if your extension is
compatible with your Ford vehicle restraint
system.
34
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Seatbelts
The Personal Safety System provides an
improved overall level of frontal crash
protection to front seat occupants and is
designed to help further reduce the risk of
airbag-related injuries. The system
analyzes different occupant conditions and
crash severity before activating the
appropriate safety devices to help better
protect a range of occupants in a variety
of frontal crash situations.
The vehicle Personal Safety System
consists of:
• Driver and passenger dual-stage airbag
supplemental restraints.
• Seatbelts with pretensioners, energy
management retractors and seatbelt
usage sensors.
• Front passenger sensing system.
• Passenger airbag off and on indicator
lamp.
• Front crash severity sensors.
• Restraints control module with impact
and safing sensors.
• Restraint system warning light and
backup tone.
• The electrical wiring for the airbags,
crash sensors, front seatbelt usage
sensors, front passenger sensing
system and indicator lights.
How Does the Personal Safety
System Work?
The Personal Safety System can adapt the
deployment strategy of the safety devices
according to crash severity and occupant
conditions. A collection of crash and
occupant sensors provides information to
the restraints control module. During a
crash, the restraints control module may
deploy one or both stages of the
dual-stage airbags based on crash severity
and occupant conditions.
35
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Personal Safety System™
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
WARNING: Airbags do not
inflate slowly or gently, and the risk of
injury from a deploying airbag is the
greatest close to the trim covering the
airbag module.
WARNING: All occupants of your
vehicle, including the driver, should
always properly wear their seatbelts,
even when an airbag supplemental
restraint system is provided. Failure to
properly wear your seatbelt could
seriously increase the risk of injury or
death.
WARNING: Always use
appropriate child restraints. Failure to
follow this could seriously increase the
risk of injury or death.
WARNING: Never place your
arm over the airbag module as a
deploying airbag can result in serious arm
fractures or other injuries.
WARNING: Airbags can kill or
injure a child in a child restraint. Never
place a rear-facing child restraint in front
of an active airbag.
WARNING: Do not attempt to
service, repair, or modify the airbag
supplemental restraint systems or its
fuses as you could be seriously injured
or killed. Contact your authorized dealer
as soon as possible.
WARNING: Several airbag
system components get hot after
inflation. To reduce the risk of injury, do
not touch them after inflation.
WARNING: If the airbag has
deployed, the airbag will not function
again and must be replaced
immediately. If the airbag is not replaced,
the unrepaired area will increase the risk
of injury in a crash.
The airbags are a supplemental restraint
system and are designed to work with the
seatbelts to help protect the driver and
right front passenger from certain upper
body injuries. Airbags do not inflate slowly;
there is a risk of injury from a deploying
airbag.
Note: You will hear a loud bang and see a
cloud of harmless powdery residue if an
airbag deploys. This is normal.
The airbags inflate and deflate rapidly
upon activation. After airbag deployment,
it is normal to notice a smoke-like, powdery
residue or smell the burnt propellant. This
may consist of cornstarch, talcum powder
(to lubricate the bag) or sodium
compounds (for example, baking soda)
that result from the combustion process
that inflates the airbag. Small amounts of
sodium hydroxide may be present which
may irritate the skin and eyes, but none of
the residue is toxic.
Though the system is designed to help
reduce serious injuries, contact with a
deploying airbag may also cause abrasions
or swelling. Temporary hearing loss is also
a possibility as a result of the noise
associated with a deploying airbag.
Because airbags must inflate rapidly and
with considerable force, there is the risk of
death or serious injuries such as fractures,
36
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Supplementary Restraints System
facial and eye injuries or internal injuries,
particularly to occupants who are not
properly restrained or are out of position
at the time of airbag deployment. It is
extremely important that occupants are
properly restrained as far away from the
airbag module as possible while
maintaining vehicle control.
Routine maintenance of the airbags is not
required.
DRIVER AND PASSENGER
AIRBAGS
WARNING: Never place your
arm over the airbag module as a
deploying airbag can result in serious arm
fractures or other injuries.
WARNING: NEVER use a
rearward facing child restraint on a seat
protected by an ACTIVE AIRBAG in front
of it, DEATH or SERIOUS INJURY to the
CHILD can occur.
E151127
The driver and front passenger airbags
deploy during significant frontal and near
frontal crashes.
The driver and passenger front airbag
system consists of:
• Driver and passenger airbag modules.
• Front passenger sensing system.
E67017
· Crash sensors and monitoring
system with readiness indicator.
See Crash Sensors and Airbag
Indicator (page 41).
Proper Driver and Front Passenger
Seating Adjustment
WARNING: National Highway
Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA)
recommends a minimum distance of at
least 10 in (25 cm) between an
occupant's chest and the driver airbag
module.
After all occupants put on seatbelts, it is
very important that they continue to sit
properly. A properly seated occupant sits
upright, leaning against the seatback, and
is centered on the seat cushion, with their
feet comfortably extended on the floor.
Sitting improperly can increase the chance
of injury in a crash event. For example, if
an occupant slouches, lies down, turns
sideways, sits forward, leans forward or
sideways, or puts one or both feet up, the
chance of injury during a crash greatly
increases.
Children and Airbags
WARNING: NEVER use a
rearward facing child restraint on a seat
protected by an ACTIVE AIRBAG in front
of it, DEATH or SERIOUS INJURY to the
CHILD can occur.
37
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Supplementary Restraints System
E142846
FRONT PASSENGER SENSING
SYSTEM
WARNING: Sitting improperly,
out of position or with the seatback
reclined too far can take weight off the
seat cushion and affect the decision of
the passenger sensing system, resulting
in serious injury or death in the event of
a crash. Always sit upright against your
seat back, with your feet on the floor.
WARNING: Any alteration or
modification to the front passenger seat
may affect the performance of the front
passenger sensing system. This could
seriously increase the risk of injury or
death.
This system works with sensors that are
part of the front passenger seat and
seatbelt to detect the presence of a
properly-seated occupant and determine
if the front passenger frontal airbag should
be enabled (may inflate) or not.
E179527
The front passenger sensing system uses
a passenger airbag off indicator which
illuminates and stays lit to remind you that
the front passenger frontal airbag is
disabled.
The indicator lamp is on the overhead
console.
Note: When you first switch the ignition on,
the indicator lamp illuminates for a short
period of time to confirm it is functional.
The front passenger sensing system is
designed to disable (will not inflate) the
front passenger frontal airbag when it
detects a rear facing infant seat, a
forward-facing child restraint, or a booster
seat. The sensor turns off the passenger
front airbag and side airbag when the
passenger seat is empty.
• When the front passenger sensing
system disables (will not inflate) the
front passenger frontal airbag, the
indicator lamp illuminates and stays lit
to remind you that the front passenger
frontal airbag is disabled.
• If you install the child restraint and the
indicator lamp is not lit, switch the
vehicle off, remove the child restraint
from the vehicle and reinstall the
restraint following the child restraint
manufacturer's instructions.
38
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Supplementary Restraints System
The front passenger sensing system is
designed to enable (may inflate) the front
passenger frontal airbag anytime the
system senses that a person of adult size
is sitting properly in the front passenger
seat.
• When the front passenger sensing
system enables the front passenger
frontal airbag (may inflate), the
indicator lamp will be unlit and stays
unlit.
If a person of adult size is sitting in the front
passenger seat, but the airbag off indicator
lamp is lit, it is possible that the person is
not sitting properly in the seat. If this
happens:
• Switch the vehicle off and ask the
person to place the seatback in the full
upright position.
• Have the person sit upright in the seat,
centered on the seat cushion, with the
person’s legs comfortably extended.
• Restart the vehicle and have the person
remain in this position for about two
minutes. This allows the system to
detect that person and enable the
passenger front airbag.
Passenger AirbagPassenger Airbag OFF Indic-
ator
Occupant
DisabledLitEmpty
DisabledLitChild
EnabledUnlitAdult
Note: When the passenger airbag off light
illuminates, the passenger side airbag (near
the B-pillar) may be disabled to avoid the
risk of airbag deployment injuries.
After all occupants put on seatbelts, it is
very important that they continue to sit
properly. A properly seated occupant sits
upright, leaning against the seatback, and
centered on the seat cushion, with their
feet comfortably extended on the floor.
Sitting improperly can increase the chance
of injury in a crash event. For example, if
an occupant slouches, lies down, turns
sideways, sits forward, leans forward or
sideways, or puts one or both feet up, the
chance of injury during a crash greatly
increases.
If you think that the status of the passenger
airbag off indicator lamp is incorrect, check
for the following:
• Objects between the seat cushion and
the center console.
• Objects hanging off the seatback.
• Objects placed on the occupant's lap.
• Cargo interference with the seat.
The conditions listed above may cause the
weight of a properly seated occupant to
be incorrectly interpreted by the front
passenger sensing system. The person in
the front passenger seat may appear
heavier or lighter due to the conditions
described in the list above.
E67017
Make sure the front passenger
sensing system is operating
properly. See Crash Sensors
and Airbag Indicator (page 41).
39
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Supplementary Restraints System
If the airbag readiness light is lit, do the
following:
The driver and adult passenger should
check for objects interfering with the seat.
If there are objects interfering with the seat,
take the following steps to remove the
obstruction:
• Pull the vehicle over.
• Switch the ignition off.
• Driver and adult passenger should
check for any objects interfering with
the seat.
• Remove the obstruction(s) (if found).
• Restart the vehicle.
• Wait at least two minutes and verify
that the airbag readiness light is no
longer illuminated.
• If the airbag readiness light remains
illuminated, this may or may not be a
problem due to the front passenger
sensing system.
Do not attempt to repair or service the
system. Take your vehicle immediately to
an authorized dealer.
If it is necessary to modify an advanced
front airbag system to accommodate a
person with disabilities, contact the Ford
GT Concierge.
SIDE AIRBAGS
WARNING: To reduce risk of
injury, do not obstruct or place objects
in the deployment path of the airbag.
WARNING: Do not lean your
head on the door. The side airbag could
injure you as it deploys from the B-pillar.
WARNING: Do not attempt to
service, repair, or modify the airbag
supplemental restraint systems or its
fuses on a vehicle containing air bags as
you could be seriously injured or killed.
Contact your authorized dealer as soon
as possible.
WARNING: If the side airbag has
deployed, the airbag will not function
again. The side airbag system (including
the seat) must be inspected as soon as
possible. If the airbag is not replaced, the
unrepaired area will increase the risk of
injury in a crash.
The side airbags are near the B-pillar. In
certain sideways crashes, the airbag on the
side affected by the crash will be inflated.
The airbag was designed to inflate
between the door panel and occupant to
further enhance the protection provided
occupants in side impact crashes.
The system consists of the following:
• An embossed side panel indicating that
side airbags are on your vehicle.
• Side airbags near the B-pillar.
• Front passenger sensing system.
E67017
·Crash sensors and monitoring
system with readiness indicator.
See Crash Sensors and Airbag
Indicator (page 41).
Note: The passenger sensing system will
deactivate the passenger side airbag (near
the B-pillar) if it detects an empty,
unbuckled passenger seat.
40
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Supplementary Restraints System
The design and development of the side
airbag system included recommended
testing procedures that were developed
by a group of automotive safety experts
known as the Side Airbag Technical
Working Group. These recommended
testing procedures help reduce the risk of
injuries related to the deployment of side
airbags.
DRIVER AND PASSENGER
KNEE AIRBAGS
WARNING: To reduce risk of
injury, do not obstruct or place objects
in the deployment path of the knee
airbag.
The knee airbags are under or within the
instrument panel. During a crash, the
restraints control module may activate the
driver and passenger knee airbags based
on crash severity and occupant conditions.
Under certain crash and occupant
conditions, the driver and passenger knee
airbag may deploy, but the driver front
airbag may not activate. As with front and
side airbags, it is important to be properly
seated and restrained to reduce the risk of
death or serious injury.
E67017
Make sure the knee airbags are
operating properly. See Crash
Sensors and Airbag Indicator
(page 41).
CRASH SENSORS AND
AIRBAG INDICATOR
WARNING: Modifying or adding
equipment to the front end of your
vehicle (including hood, bumper system,
frame, front end body structure, tow
hooks and hood pins) may affect the
performance of the airbag system,
increasing the risk of injury. Do not
modify or add equipment to the front
end of your vehicle.
Your vehicle has a collection of crash and
occupant sensors which provide
information to the restraints control
module. The restraints control module
deploys (activates) the front seatbelt
pretensioners, driver airbag, passenger
airbag, knee airbag(s) and side airbags.
Based on the type of crash, the restraints
control module deploys the appropriate
safety devices.
The restraints control module monitors
the readiness of the safety devices and the
crash and occupant sensors. The readiness
of the safety system is indicated by a
warning indicator light in the instrument
cluster or by a backup tone if the warning
light is not working. Routine maintenance
of the airbag is not required.
A difficulty with the system is indicated by
one or more of the following:
E67017
The readiness light does not
illuminate immediately after you
switch the ignition on.
• The readiness light either flashes or
stays lit.
• The system has five tones that repeat
periodically until the problem, the light
or both are repaired.
41
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Supplementary Restraints System
If you experience any of these events, even
intermittently, have a qualified technician
service the supplemental restraint system
immediately. If it is not serviced, the
system may not function properly in a
crash.
The design of the seatbelt pretensioners
and the front airbag supplemental restraint
system is to activate when the vehicle
sustains frontal deceleration sufficient to
cause the restraints control module to
deploy a safety device.
If the seatbelt pretensioners or front
airbags do not activate for both front seat
occupants in a crash, it does not mean that
something is wrong with the system.
Rather, it means the restraints control
module determined the accident
conditions (crash severity, belt usage)
were not appropriate to activate these
safety devices.
• The design of the front airbags is to
activate only in frontal and near-frontal
crashes (not rollovers, side impacts or
rear impacts unless the crash causes
sufficient frontal deceleration).
• The design of the seatbelt
pretensioners is to activate in frontal,
near-frontal and side crashes.
• The knee airbag(s) may deploy based
on crash severity and occupant
conditions.
• The design of the side airbags is to
inflate in certain side crashes. Side
airbags may activate in other types of
crashes if the vehicle experiences
sufficient sideways motion or
deformation.
AIRBAG DISPOSAL
Contact your authorized dealer as soon as
possible. Airbags must be disposed of by
qualified personnel.
42
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Supplementary Restraints System
WHAT IS 911 ASSIST
911 Assist is a SYNC system feature that
can call for help if you’re in an accident. If
a crash deploys an airbag (excluding knee
airbags and rear inflatable seatbelts [if
equipped]) or activates the fuel pump
shut-off, your SYNC-equipped vehicle may
be able to contact emergency services by
dialing 911 through a paired and connected
Bluetooth-enabled phone. You can learn
more about the 911 Assist feature, by
visiting:
Website
www.owner.ford.com
www.syncmyride.ca
www.syncmaroute.ca
Not all crashes will deploy an airbag or
activate the fuel pump shut-off (the
triggers for 911 Assist). If a connected cell
phone sustains damage or loses its
connection to SYNC during a crash, SYNC
will search for and try to connect to a
previously paired cell phone; SYNC will
then attempt to call the emergency
services.
Before making the call:
• SYNC provides a short window of time
(about 10 seconds) to cancel the call.
If you fail to cancel the call, SYNC
attempts to dial 911.
• SYNC says the following, or a similar
message: "SYNC will attempt to call
911, to cancel the call, press Cancel on
your screen or press and hold the
phone button on your steering wheel."
If you do not cancel the call, and SYNC
makes a successful call, a pre-recorded
message plays for the 911 operator, and
then the occupant(s) in your vehicle is able
to talk with the operator. Be prepared to
provide your name, phone number and
location immediately, because not all 911
systems are capable of receiving this
information electronically.
During an emergency call, the system
transmits vehicle data to the emergency
service. See Data Recording (page 7).
EMERGENCY CALL
REQUIREMENTS
WARNING: Do not wait for 911
Assist to make an emergency call if you
can do it yourself. Dial emergency
services immediately to avoid delayed
response time which could increase the
risk of serious injury or death after a
crash. If you do not hear 911 Assist within
five seconds of the crash, the system or
phone may be damaged or
non-functional.
WARNING: Always place your
phone in a secure location in your vehicle
so it does not become a projectile or get
damaged in a crash. Failure to do so may
cause serious injury to someone or
damage the phone which could prevent
911 Assist from working properly.
WARNING: Unless the 911 Assist
setting is set on before a crash, the
system will not dial for help which could
delay response time, potentially
increasing the risk of serious injury or
death after a crash.
43
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
911 Assist
• SYNC must be powered and working
properly at the time of the incident and
throughout feature activation and use.
• The 911 Assist feature must be set on
before the incident.
• You must pair and connect a Bluetooth
enabled and compatible cell phone to
SYNC.
• A connected Bluetooth enabled phone
must have the ability to make and
maintain an outgoing call at the time
of the incident.
• A connected Bluetooth enabled phone
must have adequate network coverage,
battery power and signal strength.
• The vehicle must have battery power
and be located in the U.S., Canada or
in a territory in which 911 is the
emergency number.
Note: If any user sets 911 Assist to on or off,
that setting applies for all paired phones. If
911 Assist is switched off and the phone is
connected to SYNC, an icon displays on the
status bar.
Note: Every phone operates differently.
While SYNC 911 Assist works with most
cellular phones, some may have trouble
using this feature.
EMERGENCY CALL
LIMITATIONS
The SYNC 911 Assist feature only operates
in the U.S., Canada or in a territory in which
911 is the emergency number.
• Your cellular phone or 911 Assist
hardware sustains damage in a crash.
• The vehicle's battery or the SYNC
system has no power.
• The phone(s) thrown from your vehicle
are the ones paired and connected to
the system.
44
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
911 Assist
GENERAL INFORMATION ON
RADIO FREQUENCIES
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC Rules and with License-exempt RSS
Standards of Industry Canada (IC).
Operation is subject to the following two
conditions:
• This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
• This device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation.
Note: Changes or modifications not
expressively approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void the
user's authority to operate the equipment.
The term "IC:" before the radio certification
number only signifies that Industry Canada
technical specifications were met.
The typical operating range for your
transmitter is approximately 33 ft (10 m).
Vehicles equipped with the remote start
feature have a greater range.
One of the following could cause a
decrease in operating range:
• Weather conditions.
• Nearby radio towers.
• Structures around your vehicle.
• Other vehicles parked next to your
vehicle.
The radio frequency used by your remote
control can also be used by other radio
transmitters, for example amateur radios,
medical equipment, wireless headphones,
wireless remote controls, cell phones,
battery chargers and alarm systems. If the
frequencies are jammed, you cannot use
your remote control. You can lock and
unlock the doors with the key.
Note: Make sure to lock your vehicle before
leaving it unattended.
Note: If you are in range, the remote control
operates if you press any button
unintentionally.
Note: The remote control contains
sensitive electrical components. Exposure
to moisture or impact may cause permanent
damage.
Intelligent Access (If Equipped)
The system uses a radio frequency signal
to communicate with your vehicle and
authorizes your vehicle to unlock when one
of the following conditions are met:
• You activate the front exterior door
handle switch.
• You press the luggage compartment
button.
• You press a button on the remote
control.
If excessive radio frequency interference
is present in the area, or if the remote
control battery is low, you may need to
mechanically unlock your door. You can
use the mechanical key blade in your
intelligent access key to open the driver
door in this situation. See Remote
Control (page 46).
45
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Keys and Remote Controls
REMOTE CONTROL
Intelligent Access Key
E307674
Your remote control operates the power
locks and rear hatch. The remote control
must be in your vehicle to activate the
push-button start system.
Removable Key Blade
The remote control also contains a
removable mechanical key blade that you
can use to unlock the rear hatch and
release the driver door.
E307675
Push the release button and pull the key
blade out.
E151795
Note: Your vehicle’s backup keys came with
a security tag that provides important
vehicle key cut information. Keep the tag in
a safe place for future reference.
Using the Key Blade
A manual driver door release is in the
engine compartment.
To access the door release:
46
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Keys and Remote Controls
E229693
1. Open the rear hatch using the key
blade.
E229694
2. Pull the release on the left side of the
storage box under the rear hatch.
Replacing the Battery
WARNING: Keep batteries away
from children to prevent ingestion.
Failure to follow this instruction could
result in personal injury or death. If
ingested, immediately seek medical
attention.
WARNING: If the battery
compartment does not securely close,
stop using the remote control and
replace it as soon as possible. In the
meantime, keep the remote control away
from children. Failure to follow this
instruction could result in personal injury
or death.
E107998
Make sure that you dispose of
old batteries in an
environmentally friendly way.
Seek advice from your local authority
about recycling old batteries.
Note: Do not wipe off any grease on the
battery terminals or on the back surface of
the circuit board.
Note: Replacing the battery will not delete
the remote control from the vehicle. The
remote control should operate normally.
A message will appear in the information
display when the remote control battery
is low.
The remote control uses one coin-type
three-volt lithium battery.
47
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Keys and Remote Controls
E307675
1. Push the release button and pull the
key blade out.
E234660
2. Twist a thin coin under the tab hidden
behind the key blade head to remove
the battery cover.
48
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Keys and Remote Controls
E218402
3. Insert a suitable tool, for example a
screwdriver, in the position shown and
carefully remove the battery.
4. Install a new battery with the + facing
upward.
5. Reinstall the battery housing cover
onto the remote control and install the
key blade.
Locating Your Vehicle
E138623
Press the button twice within
three seconds. The horn sounds
and the direction indicators
flash. We recommend you use this method
to locate your vehicle, rather than using
the panic alarm.
Sounding a Panic Alarm
Note: The panic alarm will only operate
when the ignition is off.
E138624
Press the button to activate the
alarm. Press the button again or
switch the ignition on to
deactivate.
Remote Control Information Messages
ActionMessage
Displays when the remote control battery requires replacing.Key Battery Low Replace
Soon
REPLACING A LOST KEY OR
REMOTE CONTROL
Replacement keys or remote controls can
be purchased from an authorized dealer.
Authorized dealers can program remote
controls for your vehicle. See Passive
Anti-Theft System (page 54).
49
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Keys and Remote Controls
LOCKING AND UNLOCKING
You can use the power door lock control
or the remote control to lock and unlock
your vehicle.
Power Door Locks
The power door lock control is on the driver
and front passenger door panels.
E196954
Unlock.A
Lock.B
Door Lock Indicator
An LED in the door lock switch lights when
you lock the door. It remains lit for up to 10
minutes after you switch off the ignition.
Remote Control
You can use the remote control at any
time.
Unlocking the Doors (Two-Stage
Unlock)
E138629
Press the button to unlock the
driver door.
Press the button again within
three seconds to unlock all doors. The
directional indicators flash.
Press and hold both the lock and unlock
buttons on the remote control for three
seconds to change between driver-door
or all-door unlock mode. The direction
indicators flash twice to indicate a change
to the unlocking mode. Driver-door unlock
mode only unlocks the driver door when
you press the unlock button once. All-door
unlock mode unlocks all doors with one
press of the unlock button. The unlocking
mode applies to the remote control and
intelligent access. You can also change the
mode in the information display. See
General Information (page 74).
Locking the Doors
E138623
Press the button to lock all the
doors. The direction indicators
flash. Press the button again
within three seconds to confirm that all
the doors are closed and locked. The doors
lock again, the horn sounds and the
direction indicators flash if all the doors
are closed and locked.
Mislock
If any door or engine compartment is open,
or if the hood is open, the horn sounds
twice and the directional indicators do not
flash.
Activating Intelligent Access
You must have the intelligent access key
within 3 ft (1 m) of your vehicle.
At a Door
Push the door release panel to unlock and
release the door. Move your fingers behind
the edge of the door to lift the door open.
Note: Doors open upward and outward.
Make sure there is enough room to open the
door both upward and outward.
50
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Doors and Locks
E269486
Touch and hold the red lock indicator on
the rear quarter window to lock the door.
The indicator behind the quarter window
shows if your vehicle is locked or unlocked.
There is a brief delay before you can unlock
your vehicle again.
Smart Unlocks for Intelligent
Access Keys
This feature helps to prevent you from
locking your intelligent access key inside
your vehicle’s passenger compartment.
If you attempt to lock your vehicle with the
intelligent access key inside, all of the
doors immediately unlock and a tone
sounds, indicating that a key is inside. The
system searches for an intelligent access
key inside the vehicle after you lock the
door, the transmission is in park (P) and
the ignition is off.
You can override the smart unlock feature
and intentionally lock the intelligent access
key inside your vehicle.
To do this, lock your vehicle after you have
closed all the doors by:
• Pressing the lock button on another
intelligent access key.
• Touching the locking area on the door
panel with another intelligent access
key in your hand.
When you open one of the front doors and
lock your vehicle using the power door lock
control, all doors lock then unlock if:
• The ignition is on.
• The ignition is off and your vehicle is
not in park (P).
Autolock (If Equipped)
Autolock locks all the doors when:
• All doors are closed.
• The ignition is on.
• You shift into any gear putting your
vehicle in motion.
• Your vehicle reaches a speed greater
than 12 mph (20 km/h).
Autolock repeats when:
• You open then close any door while the
ignition is on and your vehicle speed is
9 mph (15 km/h) or lower.
• Your vehicle reaches a speed greater
than 12 mph (20 km/h).
Autounlock
Autounlock unlocks all the doors when:
• Your vehicle has been moving at a
speed greater than 12 mph (20 km/h).
• All doors are closed.
• The ignition is on.
• The vehicle comes to a stop and you
switch the ignition off or to the
accessory position.
• You open the driver door within 10
minutes of switching the ignition off or
to accessory.
51
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Doors and Locks
Note: The doors will not autounlock if you
electronically lock your vehicle after you
switch the ignition off and before you open
the driver door.
Enabling or Disabling Autolock and
Autounlock
Note: You can switch autounlock and
autolock on or off independently of each
other.
Autolock is not configurable in all markets.
If the autolock settings are not available
in your information display, then the
system is not configurable. See General
Information (page 74).
Illuminated Entry
The interior lamp illuminates when you
unlock the doors with the remote entry
system.
The illuminated entry system turns off the
lights if:
• The ignition is on.
• You press the remote control lock
button.
• After 25 seconds of illumination.
The light does not turn off if:
• You switch them on with the lamp
control.
• Any door is open.
Illuminated Exit
The interior lamp illuminates when all
doors are closed and you switch the
ignition off.
The lamp turns off if all the doors remain
closed and:
• 25 seconds elapse.
• You press the push button ignition
switch.
Battery Saver
If you leave on the courtesy lamps, dome
lamps or headlamps, the battery saver
turns them off 10 minutes after you switch
the ignition off.
Accessory Mode Battery Saver for
Intelligent Access Keys
If you leave your vehicle switched on, it
shuts off when it detects a certain amount
of battery drain, or after 45 minutes.
OPENING THE DOORS
Note: While your vehicle is in motion, the
door release buttons only function if you
press the interior unlock button and door
interior release button within two seconds.
Opening the Doors from Inside
E232417
Press the door release button
located on the arm rest to
release the door. Push the door
out and up to open the door. The hydraulic
lift cylinder assists in the door movement
once you start to open the door.
52
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Doors and Locks
EMERGENCY DOOR RELEASE
E232493
Your doors can be manually opened from
the inside of the car when the door release
button is not functioning or if there is a low
battery or other electrical concerns. Grab
the emergency door release pull strap
located on the B-pillar trim beside the seat
and pull it up and out to release the door.
There is an emergency release pull strap
for each door.
53
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Doors and Locks
PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT
SYSTEM
Note: The system is not compatible with
non-Ford aftermarket remote start systems.
Use of these systems may result in vehicle
starting problems and a loss of security
protection.
Note: Metallic objects, electronic devices
or a second coded key on the same key
chain may cause vehicle starting problems
if they are too close to the key when starting
your vehicle. Prevent these objects from
touching the coded key while starting your
vehicle. Switch the ignition off, move all
objects on the key chain away from the
coded key and restart your vehicle if a
problem occurs.
Note: Do not leave a duplicate coded key
in your vehicle. Always take your keys and
lock all doors when leaving your vehicle.
SecuriLock
The system helps prevent your vehicle
from starting unless you use a coded key
programmed to your vehicle. Using the
wrong key may prevent your vehicle from
starting. A message may appear in the
information display.
If you are unable to start your vehicle with
a correctly coded key, it is not operating
properly. A message may appear in the
information display.
Automatic Arming
Your vehicle arms immediately after
switching the ignition off.
Automatic Disarming
Switching the ignition on with a coded key
disarms your vehicle.
Replacement Keys
Note: Your vehicle comes equipped with
two intelligent access keys.
The intelligent access key functions as a
programmed key that operates the driver
door lock and activates the intelligent
access with push button start system, as
well as a remote control.
If your programmed transmitters are lost
or stolen and you do not have an extra
coded key, contact the Ford GT concierge
to have your Ford GT transported to your
Certified Ford GT Service Dealership to
erase the key codes from your vehicle and
program new coded keys. See About This
Manual (page 5).
Store an extra programmed key away from
your vehicle in a safe place to help prevent
any inconveniences. See your authorized
dealer to purchase additional spare or
replacement keys.
Programming a Spare Intelligent
Access Key
Note: You can program a maximum of four
intelligent access keys to your vehicle.
You must have two previously
programmed intelligent access keys inside
your vehicle and the new unprogrammed
intelligent access keys readily accessible.
See an authorized dealer to have the spare
key programmed if two previously
programmed keys are not available.
Make sure that your vehicle is off before
beginning this procedure. Make sure that
you close all the doors before beginning
and that they remain closed throughout
the procedure. Perform all steps within 30
seconds of starting the sequence. Stop
and wait for at least one minute before
starting again if you perform any steps out
of sequence.
Read and understand the entire procedure
before you begin.
54
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Security
E228717
1. Remove the rubber mat from the
console. Place the first programmed
key on the flat surface under the mat
where indicated, then press the push
button ignition switch.
2. Wait five seconds and then press the
push button ignition switch again.
3. Remove the intelligent access key.
4. Within 10 seconds, place a second
programmed intelligent access key on
the flat surface under the mat where
indicated. Press the push button
ignition switch.
5. Wait five seconds and then press the
push button ignition switch again.
6. Remove the intelligent access key.
7. Place the unprogrammed intelligent
access key on the flat surface under
the mat where indicated and press the
push button ignition switch.
Programming is now complete. Verify the
remote control functions operate and your
vehicle starts with the new intelligent
access key.
If programming was not successful, wait
10 seconds and repeat Steps 1 through 7.
If you are still unsuccessful, take your
vehicle to your authorized dealer.
ANTI-THEFT ALARM
The system will warn you of an
unauthorized entry to your vehicle. If a
person opens any door, the rear hatch or
the hood without using the remote, it
triggers the alarm.
The direction indicators will flash and the
horn will sound if unauthorized entry is
attempted while the alarm is armed.
Take all remote controls to an authorized
dealer if there is any potential alarm
problem with your vehicle.
Arming the Alarm
The alarm is ready to arm when there is
not a key in your vehicle. Electronically lock
your vehicle to arm the alarm.
Disarming the Alarm
Disarm the alarm by any of the following
actions:
• Unlock the doors or rear hatch with the
remote control.
• Switch your vehicle on or start your
vehicle.
Note: If your remote control comes
equipped with a panic button, pressing the
panic button on the remote control will stop
the horn and signal indicators, but will not
disarm the system.
55
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Security
ADJUSTING THE STEERING
WHEEL
WARNING: Do not adjust the
steering wheel when your vehicle is
moving.
Note: Make sure that you are sitting in the
correct position. See Sitting in the Correct
Position (page 87).
Note: There are two steering column
adjustment levers on the steering column.
The left lever is for the telescope
adjustment. The right lever is for the tilt and
small telescope adjustments.
E232042
1. Use the left lever to unlock the steering
column.
Note: You have to hold the lever down to
make adjustments.
2. Adjust the steering wheel to the desired
telescope position.
E232043
3. Lock the steering column.
E227122
1. Use the right lever to unlock the
steering column.
2. Adjust the steering wheel to the desired
tilt and telescope position.
E227240
3. Lock the steering column.
56
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Steering Wheel
AUDIO CONTROL (IF EQUIPPED)
You can operate the following functions
with the control:
E227115
Volume down.A
Volume up.B
E227117
Seek down.A
Seek up.B
Seek, Next or Previous
Press the seek button to:
• Tune the radio to the next or previous
stored preset.
• Play the next or the previous track.
Press and hold the seek button to:
• Tune the radio to the next station up
or down the frequency band.
• Seek or fast forward through a track.
VOICE CONTROL (IF EQUIPPED)
E227121
See your SYNC information.
CRUISE CONTROL
E227119
See Cruise Control (page 120).
57
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Steering Wheel
INFORMATION DISPLAY
CONTROL
E227121
See Information Displays (page 74).
HORN
E270945
DRIVE MODE CONTROL
E227821
See Driving Aids (page 121).
WIPER AND WASHER
CONTROL
E227822
Windshield Washers.A
Windshield Wipers.B
See Wipers and Washers (page 61).
LIGHTING CONTROL
E227823
Highbeam control.A
58
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Steering Wheel
See Lighting (page 62).
Performance Shift Indicator
There are LEDs at the top of the steering
wheel rim that illuminate in sequence to
indicate specific engine RPM. See the
performance shift indicator chart for more
information. See Automatic
Transmission (page 105).
E290146
59
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Steering Wheel
ADJUSTING THE PEDALS
WARNING: Never use the pedal
adjustment controls when your feet are
on the accelerator or brake pedal when
the vehicle is moving.
E227825
You can find the adjustment strap on the
left side of the center console.
Note: Adjust the pedals only when your
vehicle is in park (P) and the engine is off.
E227824
Note: The brake and accelerator pedals
move together during the adjustment
procedure.
1. Position yourself comfortably in the
seat.
2. Pull the pedal adjustment strap to
release the pedal module. The pedals
automatically move toward your feet.
3. Place your foot on the foot rest and
move the pedals to a comfortable
position.
4. Release the adjustment strap to lock
the pedals in position. Reinstall the
strap into the recessed pocket after
you complete the adjustment.
5. Test the application of the brake and
accelerator pedals.
6. If needed, perform the pedal
adjustment over until the pedals are at
a distance that is both comfortable and
safe to operate.
60
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Adjustable Pedals
GENERAL INFORMATION
Condensation in the Exterior Front
Lamps and Rear Lamps
Exterior front lamps and rear lamps have
vents to accommodate normal changes
in air pressure.
Condensation can be a natural by-product
of this design. When moist air enters the
lamp assembly through the vents, there is
a possibility that condensation can occur
when the temperature is cold. When
normal condensation occurs, a fine mist
can form on the interior of the lens. The
fine mist eventually clears and exits
through the vents during normal operation.
Clearing time may take as long as 48 hours
under dry weather conditions.
Examples of acceptable condensation are:
• The presence of a fine mist (no streaks,
drip marks or large droplets).
• A fine mist covers less than 50% of the
lens.
Examples of unacceptable condensation
are:
• A water puddle inside the lamp.
• Streaks, drip marks or large droplets
present on the interior of the lens.
If you see any unacceptable condensation,
have your vehicle checked by an authorized
dealer.
LIGHTING CONTROL
E252122
Off.A
Parking lamps, instrument panel
lamps, license plate lamps and
rear lamps.
B
Headlamps.C
Autolamps.D
High Beams
E227823
High beam control.A
Press the button briefly to flash the high
beams.
62
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Lighting
Press and hold to switch the high beams
on.
Press and hold again to switch the high
beams off.
AUTOLAMPS
WARNING: The system does
not relieve you of your responsibility to
drive with due care and attention. You
may need to override the system if it
does not turn the headlamps on in low
visibility conditions, for example daytime
fog.
E142451
When the lighting control is in the
autolamps position, the headlamps turn
on in low light situations, or when the
wipers turn on.
The headlamps remain on for a period of
time after you switch the ignition off. Use
the information display controls to adjust
the period of time that the headlamps
remain on.
Note: If you switch on the autolamps, you
cannot switch the high beams on until the
system turns the low beams on.
INSTRUMENT LIGHTING
DIMMER
Note: If you disconnect the battery or it
becomes discharged, the illuminated
components turn to the maximum setting.
E236438
Press repeatedly or press and
hold to brighten.
A
Press repeatedly or press and
hold to dim.
B
DAYTIME RUNNING LAMPS
WARNING: The daytime running
lamps system does not activate the rear
lamps and may not provide adequate
lighting during low visibility driving
conditions. Make sure you switch the
headlamps on, as appropriate, during all
low visibility conditions. Failure to do so
may result in a crash.
63
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Lighting
To switch the system on:
• For vehicles sold in the United States,
the lighting control must be in the
autolamps position. The lamps turn on
in daylight and turn the headlamps on
when ambient light is low. You can
enable this feature in the information
display. See Information Displays
(page 74).
• For vehicle sold in Canada, the daytime
running lamps system activates the
rear lamps and turns on in both the off
and autolamps position. You cannot
disable this feature.
DIRECTION INDICATORS
E229691
Left direction indicator.A
Right direction indicator.B
Note: The direction indicator buttons are
on the steering wheel.
Press and hold the button briefly to use
the direction indicators.
Press the button briefly to flash the
indicator three times.
INTERIOR LAMPS
Note: The interior lamp switch is on the
overhead console.
The lamps turn on under the following
conditions:
• You open any door.
• You press the panic button on the
remote control.
• You press the lamp button.
E187345
64
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Lighting
POWER WINDOWS
WARNING: Do not leave children
unattended in your vehicle and do not
let them play with the power windows.
Failure to follow this instruction could
result in personal injury.
WARNING: When closing the
power windows, verify they are free of
obstruction and make sure that children
and pets are not in the proximity of the
window openings.
E146043
Note: You may hear a pulsing noise when
just one of the windows is open. Lower the
opposite window slightly to reduce this
noise.
Press the switch to open the window.
Lift the switch to close the window.
One-Touch Down
Press the switch fully and release it. Press
again or lift it to stop the window.
One-Touch Up
Lift the switch fully and release it. Press or
lift it again to stop the window.
Bounce-Back
The window will stop and reverse some
distance if it detects an obstacle while
closing.
Overriding the Bounce-Back Feature
WARNING: If you override
bounce-back, the window does not
reverse if it detects an obstacle. Take
care when closing the windows to avoid
personal injury or damage to your
vehicle.
Pull up the window switch and hold within
two seconds of the window reaching the
bounce-back position. The window will
travel up with no bounce-back protection.
The window will stop if you release the
switch before the window is fully closed.
Accessory Delay
You can use the window switches for
several minutes after you switch the
ignition off or until you open either front
door.
GLOBAL OPENING
You can use the remote control to open
the windows with the ignition off.
Note: You can enable or disable this feature
in the information display, or see an
authorized dealer. See General
Information (page 74).
Note: To operate this feature, accessory
delay must not be active.
65
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Windows and Mirrors
Remote Control Front Windows
You can open the windows for a short time
after you unlock your vehicle with the
remote control. After you unlock your
vehicle, press and hold the remote control
unlock button to open the windows.
Release the button once movement starts.
Press the lock or unlock button to stop
movement.
EXTERIOR MIRRORS
Power Exterior Mirrors
WARNING: Do not adjust the
mirrors when your vehicle is moving. This
could result in the loss of control of your
vehicle, serious personal injury or death.
Note: Do not clean the housing or glass of
any mirror with harsh abrasives, fuel or other
petroleum or ammonia-based cleaning
products.
E176804
Left-hand mirrorA
Adjustment controlB
Right-hand mirrorC
To adjust a mirror:
1. Select the mirror you want to adjust.
The control illuminates.
2. Adjust the position of the mirror.
3. Press the mirror switch again.
Fold-Away Exterior Mirrors
Push the mirror toward the door window
glass. Make sure that you fully engage the
mirror in its support when returning it to its
original position.
INTERIOR MIRROR
WARNING: Do not adjust the
mirrors when your vehicle is moving. This
could result in the loss of control of your
vehicle, serious personal injury or death.
Note: Do not clean the housing or glass of
any mirror with harsh abrasives, fuel or other
petroleum or ammonia-based cleaning
products.
You can adjust the interior mirror to your
preference. This mirror has a second pivot
point, which lets you move the mirror head
up or down and from side to side.
Pull the tab below the mirror toward you
to reduce glare at night.
66
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Windows and Mirrors
GAUGES
Note: Cluster shown in standard measure.
Metric clusters are similar.
E227915
Transmission Gear Position.A
Left Information Display.B
Drive Mode.C
Center Information Display.D
Tachometer.E
Right Information Display.F
Odometer.G
Information Display
Left Information Display
Varies depending on drive mode.
Normal, Wet and Sport Mode:
• Fuel Level.
• Engine Coolant Temperature.
Track Mode:
• Speedometer.
V-Max Mode:
• Fuel Level.
Drive Mode
See Drive Mode Control (page 121).
Center Information Display
Varies depending on drive mode.
Normal, Wet and V-Max Mode:
• Speedometer.
Sport and Track Mode:
• Gear.
Right Information Display
Varies depending on drive mode.
67
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Instrument Cluster
Normal and Wet Mode:
• Gear.
Sport Mode:
• Speedometer.
Track Mode:
• Engine Coolant Temperature.
• Engine Oil Temperature.
• Transmission Temperature.
• Fuel Level.
V-Max Mode:
• Engine Coolant Temperature.
• Engine Oil Temperature.
• Engine Oil Pressure.
• Turbo Boost Pressure.
Trip Computer
The trip computer functions only operate
when the engine is running. See General
Information (page 74).
Fuel Gauge
Note: The fuel gauge may vary slightly
when your vehicle is moving or on a slope.
Switch the ignition on. The fuel gauge will
indicate approximately how much fuel is
left in the fuel tank. The arrow adjacent to
the fuel pump symbol indicates on which
side of your vehicle the fuel filler door is
located.
The gauge is divided into four segments
and moves towards the right when you
refuel your vehicle. If the gauge remains in
the far left segment after adding fuel, this
indicates your vehicle needs service soon.
After refueling, some variability in gauge
position is normal:
• It may take a short time for the gauge
to reach full after leaving the gas
station. This is normal and depends
upon the slope of pavement at the gas
station.
• The fuel amount dispensed into the
tank is a little less or more than the
gauge indicated. This is normal and
depends upon the slope of pavement
at the gas station.
• If the gas station nozzle shuts off
before the tank is full, try a different
gas pump nozzle.
Low Fuel Reminder
A low fuel reminder triggers when the
distance to empty value reaches 50 mi
(80 km) to empty, with additional
warnings at 25 mi (40 km), 10 mi (20 km)
and 0 mi (0 km) to empty if the message
is cleared each time.
In Track Mode, the distance to empty
warnings appear at 10% and 0% to empty
if the message is cleared each time.
After extended periods of performance
driving, your distance to empty value may
display low even after refueling. Drive your
vehicle under normal operating conditions
to recalibrate the distance to empty or
reset your trip computer.
Variations
Note: The low fuel warning and distance-to-empty warning can appear at different fuel
gauge positions depending on fuel economy conditions. This variation is normal.
68
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Instrument Cluster
Fuel Gauge PositionDistance to EmptyDriving Type (Fuel Economy
Conditions)
1/8 tank.50 mi (80 km)Highway driving.
1/4 tank.50 mi (80 km)Performance driving or
extended idle.
Engine Coolant Temperature
Gauge
WARNING: Do not remove the
coolant reservoir cap when the engine is
on or the cooling system is hot. Wait 10
minutes for the cooling system to cool
down. Cover the coolant reservoir cap
with a thick cloth to prevent the
possibility of scalding and slowly remove
the cap. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in personal injury.
At normal operating temperature, the
engine coolant temperature will be in the
middle range of the gauge. If the engine
coolant temperature exceeds the normal
range, the gauge will be highlighted. Stop
your vehicle as soon as safely possible,
switch off the engine and let it cool.
Engine Oil Temperature Gauge
If the engine oil temperature exceeds the
normal range, the engine is overheating.
Reduce engine speed as soon as safely
possible to allow the engine to cool. If you
continue to operate the engine at high
engine speeds, the engine speed reduces
automatically to prevent engine damage.
Engine Oil Pressure Gauge
Oil pressure varies with engine speed. The
pressure rises as engine speed rises and
drops as engine speed drops.
If the pressure drops below the normal
range of the gauge, a warning lamp
illuminates and a message appears in the
information display. Stop your vehicle as
soon as it is safe to do so and switch the
engine off. Check the engine oil level.
Gauge Mode
On the right side of the instrument cluster,
you can configure which gauges are
displayed.
WARNING LAMPS AND
INDICATORS
The following warning lamps and
indicators alert you to a vehicle condition
that may become serious. Some lamps
illuminate when you start your vehicle to
make sure they work. If any lamps remain
on after starting your vehicle, refer to the
respective system warning lamp for further
information.
Note: Some warning indicators appear in
the information display and operate the
same as a warning lamp but do not
illuminate when you start your vehicle.
Anti-Lock Braking System
If it illuminates when you are
driving, this indicates a
malfunction. You will continue
to have the normal braking system
(without ABS) unless the brake system
warning lamp is also illuminated. Have the
system checked by your authorized dealer.
69
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Instrument Cluster
Battery
If it illuminates while driving, it
indicates a malfunction. Switch
off all unnecessary electrical
equipment and have the system checked
by your authorized dealer immediately.
Brake System
WARNING: Driving your vehicle
with the warning lamp on is dangerous.
A significant decrease in braking
performance may occur. It may take you
longer to stop your vehicle. Have your
vehicle checked as soon as possible.
Driving extended distances with the
parking brake engaged can cause brake
failure and the risk of personal injury.
E138644
It will illuminate when you
engage the parking brake with
the ignition on.
If it illuminates when you are driving, check
that the parking brake is not engaged. If
the parking brake is not engaged, this
indicates low brake fluid level or a brake
system malfunction. Have the system
checked immediately by your authorized
dealer.
Carbon Ceramic Brakes
E269429
It illuminates when the brake
pads are worn and require
replacement.
Cruise Control
E71340
It illuminates when you switch
the system on.
See Using Cruise Control
(page 120).
Damper Comfort Mode
E234586
It illuminates when you switch
this feature on. See Drive Mode
Control (page 121).
Direction Indicator
Illuminates when the left or right
turn signal or the hazard warning
flasher is turned on. If the
indicators stay on or flash faster, check for
an inoperative bulb. See Maintenance
(page 157).
Door Ajar
E236449
Displays when the ignition is on
and any door is not completely
closed.
Electric Park Brake
E146190
It illuminates or flashes when the
electric parking brake has a
malfunction. See Electric
Parking Brake (page 111).
Engine Coolant Temperature
Illuminates when the engine
coolant temperature is high.
Stop the vehicle as soon as
possible, switch off the engine and let cool.
See Engine Coolant Check (page 161).
Engine Oil
If it illuminates with the engine
running or when you are driving,
this indicates a malfunction.
Stop your vehicle as soon as it is safe to
do so and switch the engine off. Check the
engine oil level.
See Engine Oil Check (page 160).
70
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Instrument Cluster
Note: Do not resume your journey if it
illuminates despite the level being correct.
Have the system checked by your authorized
dealer immediately.
Fasten Seatbelt
E71880
It illuminates and a chime
sounds until you fasten the
seatbelts.
Front Airbag
E67017
If it fails to illuminate when you
start your vehicle, continues to
flash or remains on, it indicates
a malfunction. Have the system checked
by your authorized dealer.
Front Lift Mode Active
E234582
Illuminates when you switch this
feature on. See Drive Mode
Control (page 121).
Frost Warning Lamp
WARNING: Even if the
temperature rises to above 39°F (4°C)
there is no guarantee that the road is free
of hazards caused by inclement weather.
It illuminates when the outside
air temperature is 39°F (4°C) or
below.
Hatch Ajar
E236451
Displays when the ignition is on
and the hatch is not completely
closed.
High Beam
It illuminates when you switch
the high beam headlamps on or
use the headlamp flasher.
Hood Ajar
E236450
Displays when the ignition is on
and the hood is not completely
closed.
Hydraulic System Fault
E234584
Illuminates when there is an
issue with your vehicle's
hydraulic system. Have the
system checked by your authorized dealer
immediately.
Launch Control
E234583
Illuminates when you switch this
feature on. See Using Stability
Control (page 116).
Low Beam Malfunction Warning
Lamp
E181350
It illuminates when there is a
malfunction with a low beam
headlamp bulb.
Low Fuel Level
It will illuminate when the fuel
level is low or the fuel tank is
nearly empty. Refuel as soon as
possible.
Low Tire Pressure Warning
It will illuminate when your tire
pressure is low. If the lamp
remains on with the engine
running or when driving, check your tire
pressures as soon as possible.
71
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Instrument Cluster
It will also illuminate momentarily when
you switch the ignition on to confirm the
lamp is functional. If it does not illuminate
when you switch the ignition on, or begins
to flash at any time, have the system
checked by your authorized dealer.
Parking Lamps
It will illuminate when you switch
the parking lamps on.
Powertrain Fault
Illuminates when a powertrain
fault has been detected. Have
the system checked as soon as
possible.
Rear Fog Lamp (If Equipped)
E67040
It illuminates when you switch
the rear fog lamps on.
Ride Height System Fault
E234585
Illuminates when there is an
issue with the ride height system.
Service Engine Soon
If it illuminates when the engine
is running this indicates a
malfunction. The On Board
Diagnostics system has detected a
malfunction of the vehicle emission control
system.
If it flashes, engine misfire may be
occurring. Increased exhaust gas
temperatures could damage the catalytic
converter or other vehicle components.
Drive in a moderate fashion (avoid heavy
acceleration and deceleration) and have
your vehicle immediately serviced.
It also illuminates momentarily when you
switch the ignition on prior to engine start
to confirm the lamp is functional and to
indicate whether your vehicle is ready for
Inspection and Maintenance (I/M) testing.
Normally, it illuminates until the engine is
cranked and automatically turns off if no
malfunctions are present. However, if after
15 seconds it flashes eight times, this
indicates that your vehicle is not ready for
Inspection and Maintenance (I/M) testing.
See Emission Law (page 101).
Stability Control
E236447
Flashes during operation.
If it does not illuminate when you
switch the ignition on, or remains
on when the engine is running, this
indicates a malfunction. Have your vehicle
checked as soon as possible.
Note: The system automatically turns off
if there is a malfunction.
See Using Stability Control (page 116).
Stability Control Off
E236448
It illuminates when you switch
the system off.
Transmission Fault
Illuminates when there is a
malfunction with your
transmission. Have the system
checked by your authorized dealer
immediately.
72
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Instrument Cluster
AUDIBLE WARNINGS AND
INDICATORS
Keyless Warning Alert
The horn will sound twice when you exit
your vehicle with the intelligent access key
and your vehicle is in ON, indicating your
vehicle is still on. The horn will also sound
twice when you exit your vehicle and
attempt to lock the doors manually while
the intelligent access key is still in the
vehicle. The doors will not lock if the
intelligent access key remains in the
vehicle.
Headlamps On Warning Chime
Sounds when you remove the key from the
vehicle and you have left the headlamps
or parking lamps on.
73
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Instrument Cluster
GENERAL INFORMATION
WARNING: Driving while
distracted can result in loss of vehicle
control, crash and injury. We strongly
recommend that you use extreme
caution when using any device that may
take your focus off the road. Your
primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We
recommend against the use of any
hand-held device while driving and
encourage the use of voice-operated
systems when possible. Make sure you
are aware of all applicable local laws
that may affect the use of electronic
devices while driving.
Various systems on your vehicle can be
controlled using the information display
controls on the steering wheel.
Corresponding information is displayed in
the information display.
Note: Some options may appear slightly
different or not at all if the items are
optional.
Information Display Controls
E227121
• Press the return arrow button to enter
the menu.
• Use the center toggle control to scroll
through and highlight menu options.
• Press the OK button to enter a
sub-menu.
• Press the OK button to choose and
confirm settings or messages.
• Press the return arrow button to exit a
menu.
You can switch some features on or off by
pressing the OK button.
Main Menu
Menu
Launch Control
Information
Navigation - Cancel Route
Rear Wing Deployment
Display Settings
Vehicle Settings
Note: You cannot switch on Launch Control
in Wet Mode.
74
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Information Displays
Information
No Content
Trip/Fuel Economy
Tire Pressure
Navigation
Speedometer km/h
Gauges
1
Coolant Temperature
Configure Gauges
2
Oil Temperature
Transmission Temperature
Oil Pressure
Inlet Air Temperature
Turbo Boost Pressure
Voltage
Confirm and Exit
1
In order to provide real-time values, some gauges may display more value fluctuation
than other gauges during normal operation.
2
You can display information for up to four gauges.
Note: The information you select for the on demand screen appears on the right-hand side
of the cluster.
Note: Navigation only appears if you have
a route active in your navigation.
Rear Wing Deployment
Choose your applicable setting.
Note: You cannot switch on Rear Wing Deployment in V-Max or Track Modes.
Note: If you deploy the rear wing, the system cannot lower it until you switch your setting
to Auto and drive over a certain speed. See Drive Mode Control (page 121).
75
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Information Displays
Display Settings
Choose your applicable setting.Distance
Choose your applicable setting.Temperature
Choose your applicable setting.Tire Pressure
Choose your applicable setting.Language
Note: Changing the Distance setting also
affects other gauge values.
Vehicle Settings
Choose your applicable setting.Performance Shift Indicator
Autolamp DelayLighting
Daytime Lights
AutolockLocks
Autounlock
Mislock Chirp
Choose your applicable setting.Remote Unlock
Choose your applicable setting.DurationRemote Start
System
Hold OK to ResetTire Monitor
Remote OpenWindows
Courtesy WipeWipers
76
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Information Displays
INFORMATION MESSAGES
E227121
Press the OK button to acknowledge and
remove some messages from the
information display. The information
display automatically removes other
messages after a short time.
You need to confirm certain messages
before you can access the menus.
AdvanceTrac™
ActionMessage
The system detects a condition that requires service. Have
the system checked as soon as possible.
Service AdvanceTrac
The driver has switched on or switched off the AdvanceTrac
system.
AdvanceTrac OFF
AdvanceTrac ON
Displays if you switch on PERFORMANCE mode. See Using
Stability Control (page 116).
AdvanceTrac
PERFORMANCE
Displays if you switch on PEFORMANCE+ mode. See Using
Stability Control (page 116).
AdvanceTrac
PERFORMANCE +
Displays if the current drive mode does not allow adjustments
to the AdvanceTrac system. See Using Stability Control
(page 116).
AdvanceTrac Change
Request Not Available in
Current Drive Mode
Alarm
ActionMessage
Alarm triggered due to unauthorized entry. See Anti-Theft
Alarm (page 55).
Vehicle Alarm To Stop
Alarm, Start Vehicle.
77
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Information Displays
Battery and Charging System
ActionMessage
The charging system needs servicing. If the warning stays on
or continues to come on, contact an authorized dealer as soon
as possible.
Charging System Service
Soon
The charging system needs servicing. Contact an authorized
dealer as soon as possible.
Charging System Service
Now
The battery management system determines that the battery
is at a low state of charge. Turn your ignition off as soon as
possible to protect the battery. This message clears once you
restart your vehicle and the battery state of charge has
recovered.
Battery State of Charge
Low
Doors and Locks
ActionMessage
The door(s) listed is not completely closed.X Door Ajar
The hood is not completely closed.Hood Ajar
The hatch is not completely closed.Hatch Ajar
Displays when the door lock turns off.Door Unlocked
Indicates a door fault that requires manually opening the door
by the pull strap on the B-pillar. Contact an authorized dealer.
Door Fault Pull Release
Strap Over Shoulder
Indicates a fault with the electronic door system. Contact an
authorized dealer.
Door Fault Service
Required
Engine
ActionMessage
The engine coolant temperature is excessively high.Engine Coolant Over
Temperature
The engine is overheating and the power has been reduced
to assist in lowering the temperature. Stop in a safe place as
soon as it is possible.
Power Reduced to
Lower Engine Temp
The engine is on and a door is open.Vehicle is On
78
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Information Displays
Fuel
ActionMessage
The fuel fill inlet may not be properly closed.Check Fuel Fill Inlet
An early reminder of a low fuel condition showing the estim-
ated distance until tank is empty.
Fuel Level Low XX Miles
to Empty
Fuel Level Low XX km to
Empty
A reminder of a low fuel condition.Fuel Level Low
Hill Start Assist
ActionMessage
Displays when hill start assist is not available. Contact your
authorized dealer.
Hill Start Assist Not
Available
Hydraulic System
ActionMessage
Displays when Track mode is not available due to the
Hydraulic System Charging.
TRACK Mode Not Avail-
able. Hydraulic System
Charging
Displays when Track mode is not available due to the
Hydraulic System Charging.
V-MAX Mode Not Avail-
able. Hydraulic System
Charging
Displays when the ride height system is not functioning
properly.
Ride Height System
Fault
Displays when the ride hydraulic system is not functioning
properly. See an authorized dealer.
Hydraulic System Fault
Displays when front lift is not available due to the Hydraulic
System Charging.
Front Lift Not Available.
Hydraulic System Char-
ging
79
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Information Displays
Keys and Intelligent Access
ActionMessage
The system does not detect a key in your vehicle. See Keyless
Starting (page 91).
No Key Detected
You pressed the start/stop button to switch off the engine
and your vehicle does not detect your intelligent access key
inside your vehicle.
Restart Now or Key is
Needed
There is a problem with your vehicle’s starting system. See
an authorized dealer for service.
Starting System Fault
You have successfully programmed an intelligent access key
to the system.
Key Program Successful
You have failed to program an intelligent access key to the
system.
Key Program Failure
You have programmed the maximum number of keys to the
system.
Max Number of Keys
Learned
You have not programmed enough keys to the system.Not Enough Keys
Learned
The key battery is low. Change the battery as soon as possible.Key Battery Low Replace
Soon
Maintenance
ActionMessage
Stop your vehicle as soon as safely possible and turn off the
engine. Check the oil level. If the warning stays on or continues
to come on with your engine running, contact an authorized
dealer as soon as possible.
Low Engine Oil Pressure
The brake fluid level is low, inspect the brake system immedi-
ately. See Brake Fluid Check (page 166).
Brake Fluid Level Low
The brake system needs servicing. Stop your vehicle in a safe
place. Contact an authorized dealer.
Check Brake System
80
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Information Displays
ActionMessage
The brake pads need replacement. Contact an authorized
dealer.
Ceramic Brakes Replace
All Brake Pads
Your vehicle is still in Transport or Factory mode. This may
not allow some features to operate properly. See an author-
ized dealer.
Transport Mode Contact
Dealer
Factory Mode Contact
Dealer
Park Brake
ActionMessage
Displays if you attempt to release the electric parking brake
manually without pressing the brake pedal.
To Release: Press Brake
and Switch
Displays if you must manually release the electric parking
brake.
Park Brake Use Switch
to Release
Displays if you have not fully applied the electric parking brake.Park Brake Not Applied
Displays if you have not fully released the electric parking
brake.
Park Brake Not Released
Displays if the electric parking brake system enters a special
mode used to allow service of the rear brakes. Contact an
authorized dealer.
Park Brake Maintenance
Mode
Displays if the electric park brake system detects a condition
that requires service. Some functionality may still be available.
See an authorized dealer.
Park Brake Limited
Function Service
Required
Displays if the electric parking brake system detects a condi-
tion that requires service. See an authorized dealer.
Park Brake Malfunction
Service Now
Displays if the parking brake is set, the engine is running and
you drive the vehicle more than 3 mph (5 km/h). If the warning
stays on after you release the parking brake, contact an
authorized dealer.
Park Brake On
Remote Start
ActionMessage
A reminder to apply the brake and push the start button to
drive your vehicle after a remote start.
To Drive: Press Brake
and Start Button
81
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Information Displays
Starting System
ActionMessage
There is a problem with your vehicle’s starting system. See
an authorized dealer for service.
Starting System Fault
Steering System
ActionMessage
The steering lock system has detected a condition that
requires service. See an authorized dealer.
Steering Lock Malfunc-
tion Service Now
You need to turn your steering wheel when starting your
vehicle to unlock your steering column.
Steering Col. Lock Turn
Wheel while Starting
vehicle
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
ActionMessage
One or more tires on your vehicle has low tire pressure. See
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (page 202).
Tire Pressure Low
The tire pressure monitoring system is malfunctioning. If the
warning stays on or continues to come on, contact an
authorized dealer. See Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(page 202).
Tire Pressure Monitor
Fault
A tire pressure sensor is malfunctioning. See Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (page 202). If the warning stays on or
continues to come on, contact an authorized dealer as soon
as possible.
Tire Pressure Sensor
Fault
82
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Information Displays
Transmission
ActionMessage
The transmission has limited functionality. See an authorized
dealer.
Transmission Limited
Function See Manual
Displays as a reminder to shift into park. This message may
also display after reconnecting or recharging the battery until
you cycle the ignition on. See Changing the 12V Battery
(page 167).
Transmission Not in Park
Stay in neutral mode is engaged. Transmission automatically
shifts into park when timer reaches zero.
Transmission Not in
Park. Park Engages in
xx:xx
Displays when the transmission has adjusted the shift
strategy.
Transmission Adjusted
Displays when the transmission is adjusting the shift strategy.Transmission Adapt-
Mode
Displays when the transmission shift selector is locked and
unable to select gears.
Transmission Indicat-
Mode Lockup On
Displays when the transmission shift selector is unlocked and
free to select gears.
Transmission Indicat-
Mode Lockup Off
Displays if you cannot shift to the selected gear because of
current vehicle conditions.
Invalid Gear Selection
Displays when neutral hold is active. See Automatic
Transmission (page 105).
Stay in Neutral Mode
Engaged
Displays if the vehicle will shift to park (P) after it reaches a
certain speed or slower.
Park will engage at Low
Speed
Displays when you need to press manual (M) to enter neutral
hold. See Automatic Transmission (page 105).
Select M to Confirm Stay
in Neutral Mode
Displays when there is a fault with the transmission gear
selection. See an authorized dealer.
SHIFT SYS FAULT
Confirm Park Brake
Apply Before Exiting the
Vehicle
The transmission clutch fluid temperature is excessively high.Transmission Clutch
Fluid Over Temperature
83
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Information Displays
AUTOMATIC CLIMATE
CONTROL
Standard Measurement
E290061
Metric Measurement
E243069
Directing the Airflow
Use the control to direct the airflow.
Direct airflow to the windshield
air vents and de-mister.
Direct airflow to the windshield
air vents and the footwell air
vents.
Direct airflow to the footwell air
vents.
Direct airflow to the instrument
panel air vents and the footwell
air vents.
Direct airflow to the instrument
panel air vents.
Setting the Blower Motor Speed
Turn the control to adjust the
volume of air circulated in the
vehicle.
Setting the Temperature
Turn the control to set the temperature.
Switching Auto Mode On and Off
Press and release the button to
switch on automatic operation,
then select your preferred
temperature and air distribution.
The system adjusts the blower motor
speed, air conditioning operation, and
outside or recirculated air to reach and
maintain the temperature you have set.
Switching the Air Conditioning On
and Off
Press and release the button.
Use air conditioning with recirculated air
to improve cooling performance and
efficiency.
Switching Recirculated Air On and
Off
E290058
Press and release the button to
switch between outside air and
recirculated air.
84
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Climate Control
2. Adjust the temperature control to the
setting you prefer. Use 72°F (22°C) as
a starting point, then adjust the setting
as necessary.
Defogging the Windshield in Cold
Weather
1. Adjust the blower motor to the highest
setting.
2. Adjust the temperature control to the
highest setting.
3. Direct airflow to the windshield air
vents and de-mister.
Note: You can also use this setting to clear
the windshield of a thin covering of ice.
CABIN AIR FILTER
Your vehicle is equipped with a cabin air
filter, which gives you and your passenger
the following benefits:
• It improves your driving comfort by
reducing particle concentration.
• It improves the interior compartment
cleanliness.
• It protects the climate control
components from particle deposits.
You can locate the cabin air filter under the
front hood.
Note: Make sure you have a cabin air filter
installed at all times. This prevents foreign
objects from entering the system. Running
the system without a filter in place could
result in degradation or damage to the
system.
Replace the filter at regular intervals. See
Scheduled Maintenance (page 263).
For additional cabin air filter information,
or to replace the filter, see a qualified
technician.
86
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Climate Control
SITTING IN THE CORRECT
POSITION
WARNING: Sitting improperly,
out of position or with the seatback
reclined too far can take weight off the
seat cushion and affect the decision of
the passenger sensing system, resulting
in serious injury or death in the event of
a crash. Always sit upright against your
seat back, with your feet on the floor.
WARNING: Do not place any
objects on a folded seat. Hard objects
may become projectiles in a crash or
sudden stop, which may increase the risk
of serious personal injury.
E68595
When you use them properly, the seat,
head restraint, seatbelt and airbags will
provide optimum protection in a crash.
We recommend that you follow these
guidelines:
• Sit in an upright position with the base
of your spine as far back as possible.
• Keep sufficient distance between
yourself and the steering wheel. We
recommend a minimum of 10 in
(25 cm) between your breastbone and
the airbag cover.
• Hold the steering wheel with your arms
slightly bent.
• Bend your legs slightly so that you can
press the pedals fully.
• Position the shoulder strap of the
seatbelt over the center of your
shoulder and position the lap strap
tightly across your hips.
Make sure that your driving position is
comfortable and that you can maintain full
control of your vehicle.
MANUAL SEATS
WARNING: Do not adjust the
driver seat when your vehicle is moving.
87
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Seats
E224746
To adjust the seatback:
1. Lean forward and pull the lever up.
2. With the seatback released, lean back
to a comfortable position while holding
the lever up.
3. Release the lever and let the seat lock
into position.
88
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Seats
12 V DC Power Point
WARNING: Incorrect use of the
power points can cause damage not
covered by the vehicle warranty, and can
result in fire or serious injury.
Note: When you switch the ignition on, you
can use the center console power point to
power 12 V appliances with a maximum
current rating of 12.5 A.
Note: You can only use the center floor
console power point with the ignition on.
Note: You can use the rear hatch power
point with the ignition off.
Note: Do not hang any accessory from the
accessory plug.
Note: Do not use the power point over the
vehicle capacity of 12 V DC 180 watts or a
fuse may blow.
Note: Always keep the power point cap
closed when not in use.
Do not insert objects other than an
accessory plug into the power point. This
damages the power point and the fuse
may trip.
Run the vehicle for full capacity use of the
power point.
To prevent the battery from running out of
charge:
• Do not use the power point longer than
necessary when the vehicle is not
running.
Location
The power points are on the right side of
the center floor console and in the rear
hatch.
89
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Auxiliary Power Points
CUP HOLDERS
Note: Do not place hot drinks in the cup
holders when your vehicle is moving.
E247860
Press the button to access the cup holders.
The cup holders extend independently.
MAP POCKETS
You can access the storage pockets on the
back of the front seats by folding the seats
forward.
UNDER SEAT STORAGE
E227957
1. Press the center of the door to release
the latch.
2. Pull the door down to access the
storage bin.
90
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Storage Compartments
GENERAL INFORMATION
WARNING: Extended idling at
high engine speeds can produce very
high temperatures in the engine and
exhaust system, creating the risk of fire
or other damage.
WARNING: Do not park, idle or
drive your vehicle on dry grass or other
dry ground cover. The emission system
heats up the engine compartment and
exhaust system, creating the risk of fire.
WARNING: Do not start the
engine in a closed garage or in other
enclosed areas. Exhaust fumes can be
toxic. Always open the garage door
before you start the engine.
WARNING: Exhaust leaks may
result in entry of harmful and potentially
lethal fumes into the passenger
compartment. If you smell exhaust
fumes inside your vehicle, have your
vehicle inspected immediately. Do not
drive if you smell exhaust fumes.
If you disconnect the battery, your vehicle
may exhibit some unusual driving
characteristics for approximately 5 mi
(8 km) after you reconnect it. This is
because the engine management system
must realign itself with the engine. You
can disregard any unusual driving
characteristics during this period.
The powertrain control system meets all
Canadian interference-causing equipment
standard requirements regulating the
impulse electrical field or radio noise.
When you start the engine, avoid pressing
the accelerator pedal before and during
operation. Only use the accelerator pedal
when you have difficulty starting the
engine.
KEYLESS STARTING
Note: The keyless starting system may not
function if the key is close to metal objects
or electronic devices such as cellular
phones.
Note: A valid key must be located inside
your vehicle to switch the ignition on and
start the engine.
Ignition Modes
E243665
The keyless starting system has three
modes:
Off: Turns the ignition off.
• Without applying the brake pedal,
press and release the button once
when the ignition is in the on mode, or
when the engine is running but the
vehicle is not moving.
On: All electrical circuits are operational
and the warning lamps and indicators
illuminate.
• Without applying the brake pedal,
press and release the button once.
Start: Starts the engine.
91
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Starting and Stopping the Engine
• Press the brake pedal and then press
the button for any length of time.
STEERING WHEEL LOCK
The steering wheel locks automatically
when you leave your vehicle and take the
intelligent access key with you. The
steering wheel unlocks automatically when
you enter your vehicle with the intelligent
access key.
Note: You may need to turn the steering
wheel left or right if the wheel does not
unlock completely. This may happen in
certain situations, such as parking your
vehicle on a steep grade.
STARTING THE ENGINE
When you start the engine, the idle speed
increases. This helps to warm up the
engine. If the engine idle speed does not
slow down automatically, have your
vehicle checked by an authorized dealer.
Note: You can crank the engine for a total
of 60 seconds, without the engine starting,
before the starting system temporarily
disables. The 60 seconds does not have to
be all at once. For example, you can crank
the engine three times for 20 seconds each,
without the engine starting, to reach the 60
second time limit. If you exceed the
cranking time, you cannot attempt to start
the engine for at least 15 minutes. After 15
minutes, you have a 15 second time limit to
crank the engine. You need to wait 60
minutes before you crank the engine again
for 60 seconds.
Before starting the engine, check the
following:
• Make sure all occupants fasten their
seatbelts.
• Make sure the headlamps and
electrical accessories are off.
• Make sure the parking brake is on.
• Move the transmission selector into
park (P).
Note: Do not touch the accelerator pedal.
Note: You must have your intelligent access
key in the vehicle in order to shift the
transmission out of park (P).
E243956
1. Fully press the brake pedal.
2. Press the Engine START/STOP button.
The system does not function if:
• The key frequencies are jammed.
• The key battery has no charge.
If you are unable to start the engine, do the
following:
E228717
92
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Starting and Stopping the Engine
1. Place the key fob under the rubber mat
in front of the Engine START/STOP
button.
2. With the key in this position, press the
brake pedal and then the Engine
START/STOP button to switch the
ignition on and start your vehicle.
Note: If the vehicle fails to start, replace
the key fob battery.
Fast Restart
The fast restart feature allows you to
restart the engine within 20 seconds of
switching it off, even if a valid key is not
present.
Within 20 seconds of switching the engine
off, press the brake pedal and press the
START/STOP button. After 20 seconds
have expired, you can no longer restart the
engine without the key present inside your
vehicle.
Once the engine has started, it remains
running until you press the START/STOP
button, even if the system does not detect
a valid key. If you open and close a door
while the engine is running, the system
searches for a valid key. You cannot restart
the engine if the system does not detect a
valid key within 20 seconds.
Failure to Start
If you cannot start the engine after three
attempts, wait 10 seconds and follow this
procedure:
1. Fully press the brake pedal.
2. Move the transmission selector to the
park (P) position.
3. Fully press the accelerator pedal and
hold it there.
4. Press the START/STOP button once.
Stopping the Engine When Your
Vehicle is Stationary
1. Move the transmission selector to the
park (P) position.
2. Press the START/STOP button once.
3. Apply the parking brake.
Note: This switches off the ignition, all
electrical circuits, warning lamps and
indicators.
Stopping the Engine When Your
Vehicle is Moving
WARNING: Switching off the
engine when your vehicle is still moving
results in a significant decrease in
braking assistance. Higher effort is
required to apply the brakes and to stop
your vehicle. A significant decrease in
steering assistance could also occur. The
steering does not lock, but higher effort
could be required to steer your vehicle.
When you switch the ignition off, some
electrical circuits, for example airbags,
also turn off. If you unintentionally switch
the ignition off, shift into neutral (N) and
restart the engine.
1. Move the transmission selector to the
neutral position and use the brakes to
bring your vehicle to a safe stop.
2. When your vehicle has stopped, park
(P) will engage automatically.
3. Press and hold the START/STOP
button for one second, or press it three
times within two seconds.
4. Apply the parking brake.
93
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Starting and Stopping the Engine
Guarding Against Exhaust Fumes
WARNING: Exhaust leaks may
result in entry of harmful and potentially
lethal fumes into the passenger
compartment. If you smell exhaust
fumes inside your vehicle, have your
vehicle inspected immediately. Do not
drive if you smell exhaust fumes.
Important Ventilating Information
If you stop your vehicle and leave the
engine idling for long periods, we
recommend that you do one of the
following:
• Open the windows at least 1 in
(2.5 cm).
• Set your climate control to outside air.
94
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Starting and Stopping the Engine
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: Do not overfill the
fuel tank. The pressure in an overfilled
tank may cause leakage and lead to fuel
spray and fire.
WARNING: The fuel system may
be under pressure. If you hear a hissing
sound near the fuel filler inlet, do not
refuel until the sound stops. Otherwise,
fuel may spray out, which could cause
serious personal injury.
WARNING: Fuels can cause
serious injury or death if misused or
mishandled.
WARNING: Fuel may contain
benzene, which is a cancer-causing
agent.
WARNING: When refueling
always shut the engine off and never
allow sparks or open flames near the fuel
tank filler valve. Never smoke or use a
cell phone while refueling. Fuel vapor is
extremely hazardous under certain
conditions. Avoid inhaling excess fumes.
Follow these guidelines when refueling:
• Extinguish all smoking materials and
any open flames before refueling your
vehicle.
• Always switch the engine off before
refueling.
• Automotive fuels can be harmful or
fatal if swallowed. Fuel is highly toxic
and if swallowed can cause death or
permanent injury. If fuel is swallowed
immediately call a physician, even if no
symptoms are immediately apparent.
The toxic effects of fuel may not be
apparent for hours.
• Avoid inhaling fuel vapors. Inhaling fuel
vapor can lead to eye and respiratory
tract irritation. In severe cases,
excessive or prolonged breathing of
fuel vapor can cause serious illness and
permanent injury.
• Avoid getting fuel in your eyes. If you
splash fuel in your eyes, immediately
remove contact lenses (if worn), flush
with water for 15 minutes and seek
medical attention. Failure to seek
proper medical attention could lead to
permanent injury.
• Fuels can be harmful if absorbed
through the skin. If you splash fuel on
your skin, clothing or both, promptly
remove contaminated clothing and
thoroughly wash your skin with soap
and water. Repeated or prolonged skin
contact causes skin irritation.
• Be particularly careful if you are taking
Antabuse or other forms of Disulfiram
for the treatment of alcoholism.
Breathing fuel vapors could cause an
adverse reaction, serious personal
injury or sickness. Immediately call a
physician if you experience any adverse
reactions.
95
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Fuel and Refueling
FUEL QUALITY
Choosing the Right Fuel
E185193
Use only premium unleaded gasoline with
a minimum pump (R+M)/2 octane rating
of 91. For optimal performance, use
premium unleaded gasoline with an octane
rating of 93 or higher.
The use of the correct fuel is an important
part of the proper maintenance of your
vehicle, and a condition of the vehicle
Warranty. For this vehicle, the use of
gasoline with an octane level of 91 or
higher is required. The use of gasoline with
an octane rating lower than 91 will
invalidate the vehicle Warranty. It can
degrade vehicle performance and lead to
severe mechanical damage.
We recommend Top Tier detergent
gasolines, where available, to help
minimize engine deposits and maintain
optimal vehicle and engine performance.
For additional information, refer to
www.toptiergas.com.
Note: Use of any fuel other than those
recommended can impair the emission
control system and cause a loss of vehicle
performance.
Do not use:
• Diesel fuel.
• Fuels containing kerosene or paraffin.
• Fuel containing more than 15% ethanol
or E85 fuel.
• Fuels containing methanol.
• Fuels containing metallic-based
additives, including manganese-based
compounds.
• Fuels containing the octane booster
additive, methylcyclopentadienyl
manganese tricarbonyl (MMT).
• Leaded fuel (using leaded fuel is
prohibited by law).
The use of fuels with metallic compounds
such as methylcyclopentadienyl
manganese tricarbonyl (commonly known
as MMT), which is a manganese-based
fuel additive, will impair engine
performance and affect the emission
control system.
Do not be concerned if the engine
sometimes knocks lightly. However, if it
knocks heavily under most driving
conditions while you are using fuel with the
recommended octane rating, contact an
authorized dealer to prevent any engine
damage.
FUEL FILLER FUNNEL
LOCATION
The fuel filler funnel is located in the
storage compartment under the rear hatch.
RUNNING OUT OF FUEL
Running out of fuel can cause damage not
covered by the vehicle Warranty.
If your vehicle runs out of fuel:
• Add a minimum of 1.3 gal (5 L) of fuel
to restart the engine.
• You may need to switch the ignition
from off to on several times after
refueling to allow the fuel system to
pump the fuel from the tank to the
engine. When restarting, cranking time
takes a few seconds longer than
normal.
96
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Fuel and Refueling
Note: If your vehicle is on a steep slope,
more fuel may be required.
Filling a Portable Fuel Container
WARNING: Flow of fuel through
a fuel pump nozzle can produce static
electricity. This can cause a fire if you are
filling an ungrounded fuel container.
Use the following guidelines to avoid
electrostatic charge build-up, which can
produce a spark, when filling an
ungrounded fuel container:
• Only use an approved fuel container to
transfer fuel to your vehicle. Place the
container on the ground when filling it.
• Do not fill a fuel container when it is
inside your vehicle (including the cargo
area).
• Keep the fuel pump nozzle in contact
with the fuel container when filling it.
• Do not use a device that holds the fuel
pump nozzle lever in the fill position.
Adding Fuel From a Portable Fuel
Container
WARNING: Do not insert the
nozzle of a fuel container or an
aftermarket funnel into the fuel filler
neck. This may damage the fuel system
filler neck or its seal and cause fuel to
run onto the ground.
WARNING: Do not try to pry
open or push open the capless fuel
system with foreign objects. This could
damage the fuel system and its seal and
cause injury to you or others.
WARNING: Do not dispose of
fuel in the household refuse or the public
sewage system. Use an authorized waste
disposal facility.
When refueling the vehicle fuel tank from
a fuel container, use the fuel filler funnel
included with your vehicle. See Fuel Filler
Funnel Location (page 96).
Note: Do not use aftermarket funnels as
they may not work with the capless fuel
system and can damage it.
When refueling the vehicle fuel tank from
a fuel container, do the following:
1. Fully open the fuel filler door.
2. Fully insert the fuel filler funnel into the
fuel filler inlet.
E157452
3. Add fuel to your vehicle from the fuel
container.
4. Remove the fuel filler funnel.
5. Fully close the fuel filler door.
6. Clean the fuel filler funnel and place it
back in your vehicle or correctly dispose
of it.
97
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Fuel and Refueling
Note: Extra funnels can be purchased from
an authorized dealer if you choose to
dispose of the funnel.
REFUELING
WARNING: Do not overfill the
fuel tank. The pressure in an overfilled
tank may cause leakage and lead to fuel
spray and fire.
WARNING: Do not try to pry
open or push open the capless fuel
system with foreign objects. This could
damage the fuel system and its seal and
cause injury to you or others.
WARNING: Do not remove the
fuel pump nozzle from its fully inserted
position when refueling.
WARNING: When refueling
always shut the engine off and never
allow sparks or open flames near the fuel
tank filler valve. Never smoke or use a
cell phone while refueling. Fuel vapor is
extremely hazardous under certain
conditions. Avoid inhaling excess fumes.
WARNING: Wait at least 10
seconds before removing the fuel pump
nozzle to allow any residual fuel to drain
into the fuel tank.
WARNING: Stop refueling when
the fuel pump nozzle automatically
shuts off for the first time. Failure to
follow this will fill the expansion space
in the fuel tank and could lead to fuel
overflowing.
Note: Your vehicle does not have a fuel filler
cap.
Note: You must unlock your vehicle before
opening and closing the fuel tank filler door.
E228356
1. Fully open the fuel tank filler door until
it engages.
Note: When you insert the correct size fuel
pump nozzle a spring loaded inhibitor will
open.
2. Insert the fuel pump and keep it resting
on the cover of the fuel tank filler pipe
opening.
98
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Fuel and Refueling
E139203
A
B
3. Hold the fuel pump nozzle in position
B when refueling. Holding the fuel
nozzle in position A can affect the flow
of fuel and shut off the fuel nozzle
before the fuel tank is full.
E228357
4. Operate the fuel pump nozzle within
the area shown.
E119081
5. Slightly raise the fuel pump nozzle and
then slowly remove it.
6. Fully close the fuel tank filler door.
Note: Do not attempt to start the engine
if you have filled the fuel tank with incorrect
fuel. Incorrect fuel use can cause damage
not covered by the vehicle Warranty. Have
your vehicle checked immediately.
System Warnings (If Equipped)
If the fuel filler inlet does not fully close a
warning message appears in the
information display.
1. Stop your vehicle as soon as it is safe
to do so and switch the engine off.
2. Shift into park (P) or neutral (N). Apply
the parking brake.
3. Fully open the fuel filler door.
4. Check the fuel filler inlet and the area
around it for any items or debris that
may be obstructing its movement.
5. Fully insert a fuel pump nozzle or the
fuel filler funnel provided with your
vehicle into the fuel filler inlet. This
action should dislodge any debris that
may be preventing the fuel filler inlet
from fully closing.
6. Fully close the fuel filler door.
Note: If this action corrects the problem
the message may not immediately reset. If
the message remains and a warning lamp
illuminates, have your vehicle checked as
soon as possible.
FUEL CONSUMPTION
The advertised capacity is the indicated
capacity and the empty reserve combined.
Indicated capacity is the difference in the
amount of fuel in the fuel tank and when
the fuel gauge indicates empty.
See Capacities and Specifications
(page 207).
Note: The amount of fuel in the empty
reserve varies and should not be relied upon
to increase driving range.
99
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Fuel and Refueling
Note: When refueling your vehicle after the
fuel gauge indicates empty, you might not
be able to refuel the full amount of the
advertised capacity due to the empty
reserve still present in the fuel tank.
Filling the Fuel Tank
For consistent results when refueling:
• Always switch the ignition off before
refueling. If you leave the engine
running, you will get an inaccurate
reading.
• Use the same fill rate each time you fill
the tank.
Results are most accurate when the filling
method is consistent.
Calculating Fuel Economy
Do not measure fuel economy during the
first 1,000 mi (1,600 km) of driving (this is
your engine’s break-in period). A more
accurate measurement is obtained after
2,000 mi (3,200 km) to 3,000 mi
(4,800 km). Also, fuel expense, frequency
of fill ups or fuel gauge readings are not
accurate ways to measure fuel economy.
1. Fill the fuel tank completely and record
the initial odometer reading.
2. Each time you fill the fuel tank, record
the amount of fuel added.
3. After at least three fill ups, fill the fuel
tank and record the current odometer
reading.
4. Subtract your initial odometer reading
from the current odometer reading.
5. To calculate L/100 km (liters per 100
kilometers) fuel consumption, multiply
the liters used by 100, then divide by
kilometers traveled. To calculate MPG
(miles per gallon) fuel consumption,
divide miles traveled by gallons used.
Keep a record for at least one month and
record the type of driving (city or highway).
This provides an accurate estimate of your
vehicle's fuel economy under current
driving conditions.
Conditions
• Heavily loading your vehicle reduces
fuel economy.
• Carrying unnecessary weight in your
vehicle may reduce fuel economy.
• Adding certain accessories to your
vehicle may reduce fuel economy.
• Using fuel blended with alcohol may
lower fuel economy.
• Fuel economy may decrease with lower
temperatures.
• Fuel economy may decrease when
driving short distances.
• You will get better fuel economy when
driving on flat terrain than when driving
on hilly terrain.
100
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Fuel and Refueling
EMISSION LAW
WARNING: Do not remove or
alter the original equipment floor
covering or insulation between it and the
metal floor of the vehicle. The floor
covering and insulation protect
occupants of the vehicle from the engine
and exhaust system heat and noise. On
vehicles with no original equipment floor
covering insulation, do not carry
passengers in a manner that permits
prolonged skin contact with the metal
floor. Failure to follow these instructions
may result in fire or personal injury.
U.S. federal laws and certain state laws
prohibit removing or rendering inoperative
emission control system components.
Similar federal or provincial laws may
apply in Canada. We do not approve of any
vehicle modification without first
determining applicable laws.
Tampering with emissions
control systems including
related sensors or the Diesel
Exhaust Fluid system can result in reduced
engine power and the illumination of the
service engine soon light.
Tampering With a Noise Control
System
Federal laws prohibit the following acts:
• Removal or rendering inoperative by
any person other than for purposes of
maintenance.
• Repair or replacement of any device or
element of the design incorporated into
a new vehicle for the purpose of noise
control prior to its sale or delivery to
the ultimate purchaser or while it is in
use.
• The use of the vehicle after any person
removes or renders inoperative any
device or element of the design.
The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
may presume to constitute tampering as
follows:
• Removal of hood blanket, fender apron
absorbers, fender apron barriers,
underbody noise shields or acoustically
absorptive material.
• Tampering or rendering inoperative the
engine speed governor, to allow engine
speed to exceed manufacturer
specifications.
If the engine does not start, runs rough,
experiences a decrease in engine
performance, experiences excess fuel
consumption or produces excessive
exhaust smoke, check for the following:
• A plugged or disconnected air inlet
system hose.
• A plugged engine air filter element.
• Water in the fuel filter and water
separator.
• A clogged fuel filter.
• Contaminated fuel.
• Air in the fuel system, due to loose
connections.
• An open or pinched sensor hose.
• Incorrect engine oil level.
101
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Engine Emission Control
• Incorrect fuel for climatic conditions.
• Incorrect engine oil viscosity for
climactic conditions.
Note: Some vehicles have a lifetime fuel
filter that is integrated with the fuel tank.
Regular maintenance or replacement is not
needed.
Note: If these checks do not help you
correct the concern, have your vehicle
checked as soon as possible.
Noise Emissions Warranty,
Prohibited Tampering Acts and
Maintenance
On January 1, 1978, Federal regulation
became effective governing the noise
emission on trucks over 10,000 lb
(4,536 kg) Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
(GVWR). The preceding statements
concerning prohibited tampering acts and
maintenance, and the noise warranty
found in the Warranty Guide, are
applicable to complete chassis cabs over
10,000 lb (4,536 kg) GVWR.
CATALYTIC CONVERTER
WARNING: Do not park, idle or
drive your vehicle on dry grass or other
dry ground cover. The emission system
heats up the engine compartment and
exhaust system, creating the risk of fire.
WARNING: The normal
operating temperature of the exhaust
system is very high. Never work around
or attempt to repair any part of the
exhaust system until it has cooled. Use
special care when working around the
catalytic converter. The catalytic
converter heats up to a very high
temperature after only a short period of
engine operation and stays hot after the
engine is switched off.
WARNING: Exhaust leaks may
result in entry of harmful and potentially
lethal fumes into the passenger
compartment. If you smell exhaust
fumes inside your vehicle, have your
vehicle inspected immediately. Do not
drive if you smell exhaust fumes.
Your vehicle has various emission control
components and a catalytic converter that
enables it to comply with applicable
exhaust emission standards.
To make sure that the catalytic converter
and other emission control components
continue to work properly:
• Do not crank the engine for more than
10 seconds at a time.
• Do not run the engine with a spark plug
lead disconnected.
• Do not push-start or tow-start your
vehicle. Use booster cables. See Jump
Starting the Vehicle (page 136).
• Use only the specified fuel listed.
• Do not switch the ignition off when your
vehicle is moving.
• Avoid running out of fuel.
• Have the items listed in scheduled
maintenance information performed
according to the specified schedule.
102
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Engine Emission Control
Note: Resulting component damage may
not be covered by the vehicle Warranty.
The scheduled maintenance items listed
in scheduled maintenance information are
essential to the life and performance of
your vehicle and to its emissions system.
If you use anything other than Ford,
Motorcraft or Ford-authorized parts for
maintenance replacements or for service
of components affecting emission control,
such non-Ford parts should be equivalent
to genuine Ford Motor Company parts in
performance and durability.
Illumination of the service engine soon
indicator, charging system warning light or
the temperature warning light, fluid leaks,
strange odors, smoke or loss of engine
power could indicate that the emission
control system is not working properly.
An improperly operating or damaged
exhaust system may allow exhaust to
enter the vehicle. Have a damaged or
improperly operating exhaust system
inspected and repaired immediately.
Do not make any unauthorized changes to
your vehicle or engine. By law, vehicle
owners and anyone who manufactures,
repairs, services, sells, leases, trades
vehicles, or supervises a fleet of vehicles
are not permitted to intentionally remove
an emission control device or prevent it
from working. Information about your
vehicle’s emission system is on the Vehicle
Emission Control Information Decal
located on or near the engine. This decal
also lists engine displacement.
Please consult your warranty information
for complete details.
On-Board Diagnostics (OBD-II)
Your vehicle has a computer known as the
on-board diagnostics system (OBD-II) that
monitors the engine’s emission control
system. The system protects the
environment by making sure that your
vehicle continues to meet government
emission standards. The OBD-II system
also assists a service technician in properly
servicing your vehicle.
When the service engine soon
indicator illuminates, the OBD-II
system has detected a
malfunction. Temporary malfunctions may
cause the service engine soon indicator to
illuminate. Examples are:
1. Your vehicle has run out of fuel—the
engine may misfire or run poorly.
2. Poor fuel quality or water in the
fuel—the engine may misfire or run
poorly.
3. The fuel fill inlet may not have closed
properly. See Refueling (page 98).
4. Driving through deep water—the
electrical system may be wet.
You can correct these temporary
malfunctions by filling the fuel tank with
good quality fuel, properly closing the fuel
fill inlet or letting the electrical system dry
out. After three driving cycles without these
or any other temporary malfunctions
present, the service engine soon indicator
should stay off the next time you start the
engine. A driving cycle consists of a cold
engine startup followed by mixed city and
highway driving. No additional vehicle
service is required.
103
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Engine Emission Control
If the service engine soon indicator remains
on, have your vehicle serviced at the first
available opportunity. Although some
malfunctions detected by the OBD-II may
not have symptoms that are apparent,
continued driving with the service engine
soon indicator on can result in increased
emissions, lower fuel economy, reduced
engine and transmission smoothness and
lead to more costly repairs.
Readiness for Inspection and
Maintenance (I/M) Testing
Some state and provincial and local
governments may have
Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) programs
to inspect the emission control equipment
on your vehicle. Failure to pass this
inspection could prevent you from getting
a vehicle registration.
If the service engine soon
indicator is on or the bulb does
not work, your vehicle may need
service. See On-Board Diagnostics.
Your vehicle may not pass the I/M test if
the service engine soon indicator is on or
not working properly (bulb is burned out),
or if the OBD-II system has determined
that some of the emission control systems
have not been properly checked. In this
case, the vehicle is not ready for I/M
testing.
If the vehicle’s engine or transmission has
just been serviced, or the battery has
recently run down or been replaced, the
OBD-II system may indicate that the
vehicle is not ready for I/M testing. To
determine if the vehicle is ready for I/M
testing, turn the ignition key to the on
position for 15 seconds without cranking
the engine. If the service engine soon
indicator blinks eight times, it means that
the vehicle is not ready for I/M testing; if
the service engine soon indicator stays on
solid, it means that your vehicle is ready
for I/M testing.
The OBD-II system checks the emission
control system during normal driving. A
complete check may take several days.
If the vehicle is not ready for I/M testing,
you can perform the following driving cycle
consisting of mixed city and highway
driving:
1. 15 minutes of steady driving on an
expressway or highway followed by 20
minutes of stop-and-go driving with at
least four 30-second idle periods.
2. Allow your vehicle to sit for at least
eight hours with the ignition off. Then,
start the vehicle and complete the
above driving cycle. The vehicle must
warm up to its normal operating
temperature. Once started, do not turn
off the vehicle until the above driving
cycle is complete.
If the vehicle is still not ready for I/M
testing, you need to repeat the above
driving cycle.
104
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Engine Emission Control
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
WARNING: Always fully apply
the parking brake. Make sure you shift
into park (P) for vehicles with an
automatic transmission. Switch the
ignition off and remove the key whenever
you leave your vehicle.
WARNING: Do not apply the
brake pedal and accelerator pedal
simultaneously. Applying both pedals
simultaneously for more than a few
seconds will limit engine performance,
which may result in difficulty maintaining
speed in traffic and could lead to serious
injury.
Your Ford GT vehicle is equipped with a
7-speed, dual clutch automatic
transmission. In drive (D), the transmission
shifts automatically, or you can shift with
the paddle shifters. In manual mode, you
must shift the transmission with the
paddle shifters.
Understanding the Positions of
Your Automatic Transmission
E227917
1. Fully press down the brake pedal.
2. Move the selector to the desired gear.
Park (P)
With the transmission in park (P), your
vehicle locks the transmission and
prevents the wheels from turning. Always
come to a complete stop before putting
your vehicle into park (P).
Automatic Return to Park
Note: This feature does not operate when
your vehicle is in Stay in Neutral mode.
Your vehicle has a feature that
automatically shifts your vehicle into park
(P) when any of the following conditions
occur:
• You turn the vehicle off.
• You open the driver's door with your
seatbelt unlatched.
• Your seatbelt is unlatched when the
driver's door is open.
105
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Transmission
If you turn your vehicle off when moving,
your vehicle first shifts into neutral (N) until
it slows down enough to shift into park (P)
automatically.
Note: If you have waited an extended
period of time (2-15 minutes) before starting
your vehicle, unlatching your seatbelt causes
this feature to activate, even with the
driver's door closed.
Note: This feature may not work properly
if the door ajar switch is malfunctioning. If
your door ajar indicator does not illuminate
when you open the driver’s door or the
indicator illuminates with the driver’s door
closed, see your authorized dealer.
Reverse (R)
With the selector in reverse (R), your
vehicle moves backward. Always come to
a complete stop before shifting into and
out of reverse (R).
Neutral (N)
With the selector in neutral (N), your
vehicle can be started and is free to roll.
Hold the brake pedal down when in this
position.
Stay in Neutral Mode
Stay in Neutral mode allows your vehicle
to stay in neutral when you exit your
vehicle. Your vehicle must be stationary to
enter this mode.
To enter Stay in Neutral mode:
• With the engine running.
• Release the parking brake if applied,
press down the brake pedal and press
the parking brake release switch on the
center console.
• Press down the brake pedal and move
the transmission selector to neutral
(N).
• A message appears in your display
screen.
• Press the manual (M) button to enter
Stay in Neutral mode.
• Another message appears in your
display screen confirming Neutral
mode is engaged.
• Stay in Neutral mode remains engaged
as long as the engine is running. If the
engine is turned off, a 30 minute timer
starts and appears in your display
screen.
To exit Stay in Neutral mode, press down
the brake pedal and select a different gear.
Drive (D)
Drive (D) is the normal driving position for
the best fuel economy. In the drive (D)
position, the transmission automatically
shifts through gears one through seven.
Manual (M)
To select manual (M), place the
transmission selector in drive (D) and press
"M" button in the middle of the selector.
Once you select manual (M), you must use
the paddle shifters to upshift or downshift
the transmission.
To exit manual (M) and return to drive (D),
press the "M" button again.
SelectShift™ Automatic
Transmission
Your vehicle is equipped with a SelectShift
Automatic transmission, which gives you
the ability to change gears up or down as
desired.
106
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Transmission
In order to prevent the engine from running
at too low an RPM, which may cause it to
stall, SelectShift still automatically makes
some downshifts if it has determined that
you have not downshifted in time.
Although SelectShift makes some
downshifts for you, it still allows you to
downshift at any time as long as
SelectShift determines that no damage
occurs to the engine from over-revving.
Note: Engine damage may occur if you
maintain excessive engine revving without
shifting.
SelectShift does not automatically upshift,
even if the engine is approaching the RPM
limit. It must be shifted manually by use of
the upshift (+) paddle. When using Manual
(M) shift mode, pay attention to the shift
indicator on the top rim of the steering
wheel and the RPM indicator in the
instrument cluster.
Use the paddles on the steering wheel
to shift.
• Pull the right paddle (+) to upshift.
• Pull the left paddle (–) to downshift.
E243776
SelectShift in drive (D):
• Provides a temporary manual mode
for performing more demanding
maneuvers where extra control of gear
selection is required (for example,
when overtaking). This mode holds a
selected gear for a temporary period
of time dependent on driver inputs (for
example, steering or accelerator pedal
input).
SelectShift in manual (M):
• Provides a permanent manual gear
selection where full control of gear
selection is required.
The instrument cluster displays your
currently selected gear. If a gear is
requested but not available due to vehicle
conditions (low speed, too high engine
speed for requested gear selection), the
current gear flashes two times.
Upshift to the recommended shift speeds
according to this following chart:
Upshifts When Accelerating (Recom-
mended for Best Fuel Economy)
Shift from:
15 mph (24 km/h)1 - 2
25 mph (40 km/h)2 - 3
40 mph (64 km/h)3 - 4
45 mph (72 km/h)4 - 5
50 mph (80 km/h)5 - 6
55 mph (88 km/h)6 - 7
Performance Shift Indicator
There are LEDs at the top of the steering
wheel rim that illuminate in sequence to
indicate specific engine RPM. If you reach
the maximum engine speed, all LEDs flash
red.
107
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Transmission
Use the following chart to help determine
when to manually shift:
Gear 4-7
(RPM)
Gear 1-3
(RPM)
LED Color
61005800Green 1
62005900Green 2
63006000Green 3
64006100Green 4
65006200Green 5
66006300Green 6
67006400Red 1
67506500Red 2
68006600Red 3
68506700Blue 1
69006800Blue 2
69506900Blue 3
70007000Flashing
Red
Brake-Shift Interlock
WARNING: When doing this
procedure, you need to take the
transmission out of park (P) which
means your vehicle can roll freely. To
avoid unwanted vehicle movement,
always fully apply the parking brake prior
to doing this procedure. Use wheels
chocks if appropriate.
WARNING: If the parking brake
is fully released, but the brake warning
lamp remains illuminated, the brakes
may not be working properly. Have your
vehicle checked as soon as possible.
Note: You should only use this procedure
in the event that your vehicle is disabled and
you cannot start the engine in order to shift
into Neutral (N) to move it. Use the provided
Transmission Park Override tool to release
the transmission park mechanism and allow
the rear tires to roll freely.
Note: See your authorized dealer as soon
as this procedure is used.
Note: Do not drive your vehicle until you
verify that the brake lamps are working.
Your vehicle is equipped with a brake-shift
interlock feature that prevents moving the
selector from park (P) when the ignition is
in the on position and the brake pedal is
not pressed.
If you cannot move the selector out of park
(P) position with the ignition in the on
position and the brake pedal pressed, a
malfunction may have occurred. It is
possible that a fuse has blown or your
vehicle’s brake lamps are not operating
properly. See Fuse Specification Chart
(page 145).
If the fuse is good and the brake lamps are
functioning, then there may be a fault in
the system. To roll the car or to allow the
vehicle to be transported for repair, use the
following procedure to place the
transmission into neutral (N) manually. To
place the transmission into neutral (N) in
the event of a battery failure, or other
electrical fault that prevents the shifter
from working, use this procedure.
108
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Transmission
Manually Placing the Transmission in
Park Override
The transmission park override tool is in
the storage compartment under the rear
hatch.
It requires two people to perform this
procedure properly. One person seated in
the driver's seat, that must remain in
control of vehicle steering, brakes and
parking brake at all times. For instructions
on releasing the parking brake in the event
of a loss of vehicle battery power. See
Electric Parking Brake (page 111). If you
do not have battery power, chock the
wheels so the car does not roll forward or
backward when not intended.
E241995
1. Remove the plug from the bottom right
side of the storage compartment to
access the park override shaft.
E249885
2. Insert the park override tool onto the
shaft. Hold the tool in the rotated
position to maintain park override when
you move the vehicle.
3. To return the transmission to normal
park function, remove the park override
tool.
4. Re-install the plug and return the tool
to the storage position.
If Your Vehicle Gets Stuck In Mud
or Snow
If your vehicle is stuck in mud or snow,
reducing the stability and traction control
may be beneficial as this allows the wheels
to spin. You can reduce the stability and
traction control by switching to Sport
mode and adjusting the AdvanceTrac
setting. See Using Stability Control
(page 116).
109
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Transmission
GENERAL INFORMATION
Note: Occasional brake noise is normal. If
a metal-to-metal, continuous grinding or
continuous squeal sound is present, the
brake linings may be worn-out. Have the
system checked by an authorized dealer. If
your vehicle has continuous vibration or
shudder in the steering wheel while braking,
have it checked by an authorized dealer.
Note: Brake dust may accumulate on the
wheels, even under normal driving
conditions. Some dust is inevitable as the
brakes wear and does not contribute to
brake noise. See Cleaning the Wheels
(page 180).
E138644
See Warning Lamps and
Indicators (page 69).
Wet brakes result in reduced braking
efficiency. Gently press the brake pedal a
few times after washing the car.
Carbon Ceramic Brake Discs
Your vehicle has carbon ceramic brake
discs. When cleaning your wheels and tires,
use care not to get any wheel cleaner or
tire dressing on the brake discs.
E269429
This lamp illuminates when your
brakes pads are worn and
require replacement. See an
authorized dealer for replacement.
Brake Over Accelerator
In the event the accelerator pedal
becomes stuck or entrapped, apply steady
and firm pressure to the brake pedal to
slow the vehicle and reduce engine power.
If you experience this condition, apply the
brakes and bring your vehicle to a safe
stop. Move the transmission to park (P),
switch the engine off and apply the parking
brake. Inspect the accelerator pedal for
any interferences. If none are found and
the condition persists, have your vehicle
towed to the nearest authorized dealer.
Brake Assist
Brake assist detects when you brake
rapidly by measuring the rate at which you
press the brake pedal. It provides
maximum braking efficiency as long as you
press the pedal, and can reduce stopping
distances in critical situations.
Anti-lock Brake System
This system helps you maintain steering
control during emergency stops by keeping
the brakes from locking.
This lamp momentarily
illuminates when you switch the
ignition on. If the light does not
illuminate during start up, remains on or
flashes, the system may be disabled. Have
the system checked by an authorized
dealer. If the anti-lock brake system is
disabled, normal braking is still effective.
E138644
If the brake warning lamp
remains illuminated after you
release the parking brake, have
the system checked by an authorized
dealer. This lamp illuminates momentarily
when you switch the ignition on to confirm
the lamp is functional. If it does not
illuminate when you switch the ignition on,
or begins to flash at any time, have the
system checked by an authorized dealer.
If the brake warning lamp remains
illuminated after you release the parking
brake, have the system checked by an
authorized dealer.
110
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Brakes
HINTS ON DRIVING WITH
ANTI-LOCK BRAKES
The anti-lock braking system does not
eliminate the risks when:
• You drive too closely to the vehicle in
front of you.
• Your vehicle is hydroplaning.
• You take corners too fast.
• The road surface is poor.
Note: If the system activates, the brake
pedal may pulse and may travel further.
Maintain pressure on the brake pedal. You
may also hear a noise from the system. This
is normal.
ELECTRIC PARKING BRAKE
WARNING: Always set the
parking brake and leave your vehicle with
the transmission in park (P).
The electric parking brake operates with
the switch in the center console.
Note: When you apply the electric parking
brake in certain conditions, for example, on
a steep hill, the electric parking brake may
reapply the brakes within three to ten
minutes.
Note: You may notice various noises when
you apply and release the electric parking
brake. This is normal and no cause for
concern.
Applying the Electric Parking
brake
WARNING: Applying the electric
parking brake while moving will result in
the engagement of the anti-lock braking
system. Do not use the electric parking
brake system when the vehicle is moving
unless the normal brake system is unable
to stop the vehicle.
WARNING: With the exception
of emergency conditions (for example,
the brake pedal is broken or is blocked),
do not apply the electric parking brake
while the vehicle is moving. On bends, or
poor road surfaces or weather
conditions, emergency braking can cause
the vehicle to skid out of control or off
the road.
Note: The brake system warning lamp
lights during an electric parking brake apply.
If the brake system warning lamp flashes
and continues to flash, there could be a
problem with your electric parking brake.
See your authorized dealer.
Note: The brake system warning lamp
illuminates for ten seconds if you switch the
ignition off after you apply the electric
parking brake, or you apply the electric
parking brake after you switch the ignition
off.
Note: When you switch the engine off, the
electric parking brake applies.
111
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Brakes
E227395
Pull the switch up to apply the electric
parking brake.
The brake system warning lamp flashes
for about two seconds and then
illuminates to confirm that you have
applied the electric parking brake. See
Information Displays (page 74).
If you apply the electric parking brake when
your vehicle is moving, the brake system
warning lamp illuminates and a warning
chime sounds. See Information Displays
(page 74).
If your vehicle speed is above 4 mph
(6 km/h), the braking force is applied as
long as you pull the switch. Releasing or
pressing the switch or pressing the
accelerator pedal will stop the braking
force.
Releasing the Electric Parking
Brake
E227515
You can release the electric parking brake
either manually by pressing the switch or
automatically by pressing the accelerator
pedal.
Manual release
WARNING: If the brake system
warning light remains illuminated or
flashes for more than four seconds after
you have released the parking brake,
there could be a problem with your
braking system. Have your vehicle
checked as soon as possible.
You can manually release the electric
parking brake by:
1. Switching the ignition on.
2. Pressing the brake pedal.
3. Pressing the electric parking brake
switch.
When you release the electric parking
brake, the brake system warning lamp
turns off.
112
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Brakes
Automatic release - drive away release
Your vehicle automatically releases the
parking brake if all of the following
conditions exist:
• You close the driver door.
• You put on your seatbelt.
• You press the accelerator pedal.
• The system does not detect any faults
in the parking brake system.
Note: If the electric parking brake warning
lamp stays illuminated, the electric parking
brake will not automatically release. You
must release the electric parking brake using
the electric parking brake switch.
The brake system warning lamp turns off
to confirm that you released the electric
parking brake.
Note: The electric parking brake drive away
release makes starting on a hill easier. This
feature releases the parking brake
automatically when the vehicle has
sufficient drive force to move up the hill. To
assure drive away release when starting
uphill, press the accelerator pedal quickly.
Battery With No Charge
WARNING: You will not be able
to apply or release the electric parking
brake if the battery is low or has no
charge.
If the battery is low or has no charge, use
jumper cables and a booster battery.
After connecting the booster battery, you
should be able to apply or release the
electric parking brake.
HILL START ASSIST
WARNING: The system does
not replace the parking brake. When you
leave your vehicle, always apply the
parking brake.
WARNING: You must remain in
your vehicle when the system turns on.
At all times, you are responsible for
controlling your vehicle, supervising the
system and intervening, if required.
Failure to take care may result in the loss
of control of your vehicle, serious
personal injury or death.
WARNING: The system turns
off if there is a malfunction or if you
excessively rev the engine.
The system makes it easier to pull away
when your vehicle is on a slope without the
need to use the parking brake.
When the system is active, your vehicle
remains stationary on the slope for two to
three seconds after you release the brake
pedal. This allows you time to move your
foot from the brake to the accelerator
pedal. The brakes release automatically
once the engine develops sufficient torque
to prevent your vehicle from rolling down
the slope. The system activates
automatically on any slope that causes
significant vehicle rollback.
Note: There is no warning lamp to indicate
the system is either on or off.
Using Hill Start Assist
1. Press the brake pedal to bring your
vehicle to a complete standstill. Keep
the brake pedal pressed.
113
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Brakes
2. If the sensors detect that your vehicle
is on a slope, the system activates
automatically.
3. When you remove your foot from the
brake pedal, your vehicle will remain
on the slope without rolling away for
about two or three seconds. This hold
time automatically extends if you are
in the process of driving off.
4. Drive off in the normal manner. The
brakes release automatically.
114
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Brakes
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
WARNING: Vehicle
modifications involving braking system,
aftermarket roof racks, suspension,
steering system, tire construction and
wheel and tire size may change the
handling characteristics of your vehicle
and may adversely affect the
performance of the electronic stability
control system. In addition, installing any
stereo loudspeakers may interfere with
and adversely affect the electronic
stability control system. Install any
aftermarket stereo loudspeaker as far
as possible from the front center
console, the tunnel, and the front seats
in order to minimize the risk of interfering
with the electronic stability control
sensors. Reducing the effectiveness of
the electronic stability control system
could lead to an increased risk of loss of
vehicle control, vehicle rollover, personal
injury and death.
WARNING: Remember that
even advanced technology cannot defy
the laws of physics. It's always possible
to lose control of a vehicle due to
inappropriate driver input for the
conditions. Aggressive driving on any
road condition can cause you to lose
control of your vehicle increasing the risk
of personal injury or property damage.
Activation of the electronic stability
control system is an indication that at
least some of the tires have exceeded
their ability to grip the road; this could
reduce the operator's ability to control
the vehicle potentially resulting in a loss
of vehicle control, vehicle rollover,
personal injury and death. If your
electronic stability control system
activates, SLOW DOWN.
WARNING: The stability and
traction control light illuminates steadily
if the system detects a failure. Make sure
you did not manually disable the traction
control system using the information
display controls or the switch. If the
stability control and traction control light
is still illuminating steadily, have the
system serviced by an authorized dealer
immediately. Operating your vehicle with
the traction control disabled could lead
to an increased risk of loss of vehicle
control, vehicle rollover, personal injury
and death.
The stability and traction control systems
help you to avoid drive wheel spin and loss
of traction. The system automatically
turns on each time you switch the ignition
on.
If a fault occurs in either the stability
control or the traction control system, you
may experience the following conditions:
• The stability and traction control light
illuminates steadily.
• The stability control and traction
control systems do not enhance your
vehicle's ability to maintain traction of
the wheels.
If a driving condition activates either the
stability control or the traction control
system you may experience the following
conditions:
• The stability and traction control light
flashes.
• Your vehicle slows down.
• Reduced engine power.
• A vibration in the brake pedal.
115
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Stability Control
• The brake pedal is stiffer than usual.
• If the driving condition is severe and
your foot is not on the brake, the brake
pedal may move as the system applies
higher brake force.
The stability and traction control systems
have several features built into it to help
you maintain control of your vehicle:
AdvanceTrac™ Electronic
Stability Control
The system enhances your vehicle’s ability
to prevent skids or lateral slides by
applying brakes to one or more of the
wheels individually and, if necessary,
reducing engine power.
Traction Control
The system enhances your vehicle’s ability
to maintain traction of the wheels by
detecting and controlling wheel spin.
Traction control settings on your vehicle
are integrated into the AdvanceTrac
Stability Control system.
USING STABILITY CONTROL
AdvanceTrac™ Electronic
Stability Control
The system automatically turns on each
time you switch the ignition on. You can
also use the stability control button on the
center console to adjust the operation of
the AdvanceTrac stability control system.
AdvanceTrac electronic stability control is
disabled when the transmission is in
reverse (R).
The amount of change you can make to
the AdvanceTrac stability control system
depends on the Drive Mode you have
selected.
The following chart describes how much you can change the functionality of
stability control and traction control in each Drive Mode:
How to SelectOperationAvailable Setting(s)Drive Mode
No input required.Normal.On.
Normal, Wet and
V-Max.
No input required.Normal.On.
Sport and Track.
Press the ESC
button once.
Stability control is
reduced, traction
control remains on.
Performance.
Press the ESC
button twice within
0.5 seconds.
Stability control is
reduced, traction
control is disabled.
Performance+.
Press the ESC
button for 5
seconds.
Stability and traction
control is disabled.
Off.
116
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Stability Control
If the stability or traction control system
has been reduced or disabled, press the
stability and traction control button once
to return to the normal on setting.
Note: Do not use Track or V-Max modes on
public roadways.
Note: Messages appear in the instrument
cluster when you make changes to the
AdvanceTrac system.
Note: When you start your vehicle,
AdvanceTrac turns on for all drive modes.
It does not remember the previous setting.
Stability Control
E72903
A
A
A
B
B
B
B
Vehicle without stability control
skidding off its intended route.
A
Vehicle with stability control
maintaining control on a slippery
surface.
B
If your vehicle begins to slide, the system
applies the brakes to individual wheels
and, when needed, reduces engine power
at the same time. If the wheels spin when
accelerating on slippery or loose surfaces,
the system reduces engine power in order
to increase traction.
System Indicator Lights and Messages
E236447
The stability and traction control
light temporarily illuminates on
engine start-up and flashes:
• When a driving condition activates
either of the systems.
• If a problem occurs in either of the
systems.
E236448
The stability and traction control
off light temporarily illuminates
on engine start-up and stays on
when you adjust the operation of the
AdvanceTrac stability control system. The
amount of change you can make to the
AdvanceTrac stability control system
depends on the drive mode you have
selected. The chart found earlier in this
section shows how much you can change
the stability control and traction control
for each drive mode.
117
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Stability Control
REAR VIEW CAMERA
WARNING: The rear view
camera system is a reverse aid
supplement device that still requires the
driver to use it in conjunction with the
interior and exterior mirrors for maximum
coverage.
WARNING: Objects that are
close to either corner of the bumper or
under the bumper, might not be seen on
the screen due to the limited coverage
of the camera system.
WARNING: Use caution when
turning camera features on or off when
the transmission is not in park (P). Make
sure your vehicle is not moving.
The rear view camera system provides a
video image of the area behind your
vehicle.
During operation, lines appear in the
display which represent your vehicle’s
proximity to objects behind your vehicle.
E236446
The camera is located below the license
plate.
Using the Rear View Camera
System
The rear view camera system displays
what is behind your vehicle when you place
the transmission in reverse (R).
The system uses fixed guidelines to help
you see what is behind your vehicle. Fixed
guidelines show the path your vehicle is
moving while reversing in a straight line.
This can be helpful when backing into a
parking space.
The camera may not operate correctly
under the following conditions:
• Nighttime or dark areas if the reverse
lamps are not operating.
• Mud, water or debris obstructs the
camera's view. Clean the lens with a
soft, lint-free cloth and non-abrasive
cleaner.
• The camera is misaligned due to
damage to the rear of your vehicle.
Camera Guidelines
Note: Fixed guidelines are only available
when the transmission is in reverse (R).
E243771
CenterlineA
Fixed guideline: Red ZoneB
118
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Parking Aids
Fixed guideline: Yellow zoneC
Fixed guideline: Green zoneD
Always use caution while reversing.
Objects in the red zone are closest to your
vehicle and objects in the green zone are
farther away. Objects are getting closer to
your vehicle as they move from the green
zone to the yellow or red zones. Use the
side view mirrors and rear view mirror to
get better coverage on both sides and rear
of the vehicle.
Manual Zoom
WARNING: When manual zoom
is on, the full area behind your vehicle
may not show. Be aware of your
surroundings when using the manual
zoom feature.
Note: Manual zoom is only available when
the transmission is in reverse (R).
Selectable settings for this feature are
Zoom in (+) and Zoom out (-). Press the
symbol in the camera screen to change the
view. The default setting is Zoom OFF.
This feature allows you to get a closer view
of an object behind your vehicle. The zoom
is only active while the transmission is in
reverse (R). When the transmission shifts
out of reverse (R), the feature
automatically turns off and must be reset
when it is used again.
Rear Camera Delay
You can select to have the rear camera
continue to display after shifting from
reverse (R). See Settings (page 247).
119
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Parking Aids
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
Cruise control lets you maintain a set
speed without keeping your foot on the
accelerator pedal. You can use cruise
control when your vehicle speed is greater
than 20 mph (30 km/h).
USING CRUISE CONTROL
WARNING: Do not use cruise
control on winding roads, in heavy traffic
or when the road surface is slippery. This
could result in loss of vehicle control,
serious injury or death.
WARNING: When you are going
downhill, your vehicle speed could
increase above the set speed. The
system does not apply the brakes.
Note: Cruise control disengages if the
vehicle speed decreases more than 10 mph
(16 km/h) below the set speed when driving
uphill.
E227119
The cruise controls are on the steering
wheel.
Switching Cruise Control On
Press ON.
E71340
The indicator appears in the
information display.
Setting the Cruise Speed
1. Drive to desired speed.
2. Toggle SET+ or SET-.
3. Take your foot off the accelerator
pedal.
Note: The indicator changes color.
Changing the Set Speed
Note: If you accelerate by pressing the
accelerator pedal, the set speed will not
change. When you release the accelerator
pedal, your vehicle returns to the speed that
you previously set.
• Toggle SET+ or SET- to change the set
speed in small increments.
• Press the accelerator or brake pedal
until you reach the desired speed.
Toggle SET+ or SET-.
• Toggle and hold SET+ or SET-. Release
the control when you reach the desired
speed.
Canceling the Set Speed
Press CAN or tap the brake pedal. The set
speed does not erase.
Resuming the Set Speed
Press RES.
Switching Cruise Control Off
Note: You erase the set speed when you
switch the system off.
Press OFF when the system is in standby
mode, or switch the ignition off.
120
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Cruise Control
STEERING
To help prevent damage to the power
steering system:
• Never hold the steering wheel at its
furthest turning points (until it stops)
for more than three to five seconds
when the engine is running.
• Do not operate the vehicle with a low
hydraulic fluid level. See Power
Steering Fluid Check (page 166).
• Some noise is normal during operation.
If excessive, check for low hydraulic
fluid level before seeking service by
your dealer.
• Heavy or uneven efforts may be caused
by low hydraulic fluid. Check for low
hydraulic fluid level before seeking
service by your dealer.
• Do not over fill the hydraulic fluid as
this may result in leaks from the
reservoir. See Power Steering Fluid
Check (page 166).
If the power steering system breaks down
(or if the engine is off), you can manually
steer the vehicle, but it takes more effort.
If the steering wanders or pulls, check for:
• An improperly inflated tire.
• Uneven tire wear.
• Loose or worn suspension
components.
• Loose or worn steering components.
• Improper vehicle alignment.
A high crown in the road or high crosswinds
may also make the steering seem to
wander or pull.
DRIVE MODE CONTROL
Drive Mode Selection
Your vehicle has five selectable drive
modes that deliver an enhanced driving
experience through a suite of sophisticated
electronic vehicle systems. In response to
vehicle use and driving conditions, the
selection of the drive mode optimizes
handling and powertrain response. This
provides a single location to control
multiple systems performance settings.
Using Selectable Drive Modes
E227821
To change the drive mode setting, use the
rotary switch on the left side of the steering
wheel.
Note: To engage or disengage Track or
V-Max Drive Modes, the car must be at a
stop with the transmission in park (P) and
the engine running. This is necessary since
the vehicle ride height changes. You can
change between Normal, Wet and Sport
Drive Modes while the vehicle is in motion.
121
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Driving Aids
Modes:
• Normal (N) – Use for normal driving in
dry conditions.
• AdvanceTrac Stability Control is
active and cannot be adjusted.
• Ride height is set to High and
suspension damping is set to
Normal.
• Comfort damping can be selected
with the console switch.
• Launch control is available.
• Transmission automatic shift
calibration is set to Normal.
• Rear wing deploys at speeds above
90 mph (145 km/h) and retracts
when the speed drops below
81 mph (130 km/h).
• Air brake activates at speeds above
100 mph (161 km/h) when the
brakes are applied with moderate
force.
• Sport (S) – Use for sport driving in dry
conditions.
• AdvanceTrac Stability Control is
active but can be adjusted by use
of the Stability Control button on
the console.
• Ride height is set to High and
suspension damping is set to Sport.
• Comfort damping cannot be
selected.
• Launch control is available.
• Transmission automatic shift
calibration is set to Sport.
• Turbocharger anti-lag calibration
is active.
• Rear wing deploys at speeds above
70 mph (113 km/h) and retracts
when the speed drops below
45 mph (72 km/h).
• Air brake activates at speeds above
75 mph (121 km/h) when the brakes
are applied with moderate force.
• Wet (W) – Use for driving in wet
conditions.
• AdvanceTrac Stability Control is
active and cannot be adjusted.
• Ride height is set to High and
suspension damping is set to
Normal.
• Comfort damping can be selected
with the console switch.
• Launch control is not available.
• Transmission automatic shift
calibration is set to Normal.
• Rear wing deploys at speeds above
90 mph (145 km/h) and retracts
when the speed drops below
81 mph (130 km/h).
• Air brake activates at speeds above
100 mph (161 km/h) when the
brakes are applied with moderate
force.
122
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Driving Aids
• Track (T) – Optimized settings for
track handling performance. The Track
drive mode should only be used in a
track environment, not on the street,
due to the low ride height. This setting
can only be selected while your vehicle
is in park (P) with the engine running,
and you need to confirm the selection.
• AdvanceTrac Stability Control is
active but can be adjusted by use
of the Stability Control button on
the console.
• Ride height is set to Low and
suspension damping is set to Track.
• Comfort damping cannot be
selected due to low ride height.
• Launch control is available.
• Transmission automatic shift
calibration is set to Sport.
• Turbocharger anti-lag calibration
is active.
• Rear wing deploys and remains
deployed while in Track mode.
When you change to another mode,
the wing lowers once you start to
drive your vehicle, not while it is
stopped.
• Air brake activates at speeds above
75 mph (121 km/h) when the brakes
are applied with moderate force.
• V-Max (V) – Optimized settings for
achieving maximum velocity (top
speed). The V-Max mode should only
be used in a controlled track
environment, not on the street, due to
the low ride height. This setting can
only be selected while your vehicle is
in park (P) with the engine running, and
you need to confirm the selection.
• AdvanceTrac Stability Control is
active and cannot be adjusted.
• Ride height is set to Low and
suspension damping is set to Track.
• Comfort damping cannot be
selected due to low ride height.
• Launch control is available.
• Transmission automatic shift
calibration is set to Sport.
• Rear wing does not deploy.
• Air brake activates at speeds above
110 mph (177 km/h) when the
brakes are applied with moderate
force.
Note: When you shut down your vehicle in
V-Max or Track mode, the vehicle returns
to the Normal ride height. When you restart
your vehicle in V-Max or Track mode, you
need to re-acknowledge the drive mode
selection in the information display in order
for the drive mode to reactivate. If you do
not make a selection, the vehicle returns to
the previously selected drive mode.
123
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Driving Aids
V-MaxTrackSportNormalWetDrive Mode
Optimized
settings for
achieving
maximum
velocity (not
for street
use). Must
be in park
(P) to select
this mode
Optimized
settings for
track use
(not for
street use).
Must be in
park (P) to
select this
mode
Sport driving
in dry condi-
tions
Normal
driving in dry
conditions
Driving in
wet condi-
tions
Use
Active,
cannot be
adjusted
Active, but
can be
adjusted
Active, but
can be
adjusted
Active,
cannot be
adjusted
Active,
cannot be
adjusted
AdvanceTrac
Stability
Control
Available
NotLaunch
control Available
Low with
track
damping
Low with
track
damping
High with
sport
damping
High with
normal
damping
High with
normal
damping
Ride height
and
suspension
damping
Not Avail-
able
Not Avail-
able
Not AvailableAvailableAvailable
Comfort
damping
SportSportSportNormalNormal
Automatic
transmission
InactiveActiveActiveInactiveInactive
Turbocharger
anti-lag
Does not
deploy
Always
deployed
Active above
70 mph
(113 km/h)
Active above
90 mph
(145 km/h)
Active
above
90 mph
(145 km/h)
Rear wing
Activates
above
110 mph
(177 km/h)
with
moderate
braking
Activates
above
75 mph
(121 km/h)
with
moderate
braking
Activates
above 75 mph
(121 km/h)
with
moderate
braking
Activates
above
100 mph
(161 km/h)
with
moderate
braking
Activates
above
100 mph
(161 km/h)
with
moderate
braking
Air brake
124
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Driving Aids
Note: Selectable driving modes has
diagnostic checks that continuously monitor
the system to ensure proper operation. If a
selected mode is unavailable due to a
system fault or change in gear shifter
position, the selected mode defaults to
Normal.
Front Lift
WARNING: Before using front
lift, make sure the area around your
vehicle is free from obstruction. Failure
to follow this instruction could result in
personal injury or death.
Your vehicle has a front lift system to
provide additional front end clearance
when approaching a speed bump,
driveway ramp or another similar surface
where front end clearance could be a
concern.
E229612
The front lift button is located on the
center console. Press the button to lift the
front end of your vehicle. Press the button
again to return to normal ride height. A
warning indicator illuminates in the display
screen when the system is on. When you
shut the engine off, the car returns to
normal ride height. Remember to use the
front lift again when needed, for example
when backing out of a driveway.
Note: The front lift feature only operates if
your vehicle is traveling under 25 mph
(40 km/h). If your vehicle exceeds this
speed, the system automatically returns
your vehicle to normal ride height.
Note: The front lift feature does not
function when in Track (T) or V-Max (V)
drive modes.
Damper Comfort Mode
E229613
You can change the feel of the suspension
by pressing the damper comfort button on
the center console. An indicator illuminates
in the display screen when the system is
active. The comfort mode operates at
speeds up to 85 mph (137 km/h).
Pressing the damper comfort button
softens the suspension. Pressing the
button again returns the suspension to the
normal setting.
Note: The comfort mode selection does
not function when in Sport (S), Track (T)
or V-Max (V) drive modes.
Active Aerodynamics
The rear wing is a tri-state device designed
to operate automatically in either a
low-drag (down), high downforce (up) or
airbrake mode depending on the vehicle
demands.
125
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Driving Aids
The rear wing works in harmony with the
bi-state front splitter. The front splitter has
a raised leading edge so that the surfaces
underneath and immediately downstream
of it create a Venturi effect and lower the
air pressure creating downforce on the
front wheels. In normal (low-drag)
operation, the Venturi effect draws air
through ducts that connect the upper
surface of the splitter just below the
radiator intake. This reduces drag and
eliminates unnecessary front downforce.
When the rear wing moves out of the
low-drag position, and to compensate for
the increase in grip capability from the rear
tires, the front splitter automatically
compensates by closing off airflow through
the ducts causing an increase in front
downforce. The operation of this system
is entirely automatic and is dependent on
the rear-wing state and the drive mode
selected.
For information on raising the rear wing for
cleaning, See Vehicle Care (page 175).
126
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Driving Aids
REAR UNDER HATCH
STORAGE
Your vehicle has a storage compartment
under the rear hatch.
Note: Avoid placing items in the storage
compartment that could be affected by
temperature, as this area is subject to both
high and low temperatures.
LOAD LIMIT
Vehicle Loading - with and
without a Trailer
This section guides you in the
proper loading of your vehicle,
trailer, or both. Keep your loaded
vehicle weight within its design
rating capability, with or without
a trailer. Properly loading your
vehicle provides maximum return
of vehicle design performance.
Before you load your vehicle,
become familiar with the
following terms for determining
your vehicle’s weight rating, with
or without a trailer, from the
vehicle’s Tire and Loading
Information label or Safety
Compliance Certification label.
Tire and Loading Label Information
Example:
E198719
Payload
Payload is the combined weight
of cargo and passengers that your
vehicle is carrying. The maximum
payload for your vehicle appears
on the Tire and Loading label. The
label is either on the B-pillar or the
edge of the driver door. Vehicles
exported outside the US and
Canada may not have a tire and
loading label. Look for “The
combined weight of occupants
and cargo should never exceed
XXX kg OR XXX lb” for maximum
payload. The payload listed on the
Tire and Loading Information label
127
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Load Carrying
is the maximum payload for your
vehicle as built by the assembly
plant. If you install any additional
equipment on your vehicle, you
must determine the new payload.
Subtract the weight of the
equipment from the payload listed
on the Tire and Loading label.
When towing, trailer tongue
weight or king pin weight is also
part of payload.
Note: Your Ford GT is not designed
for trailer towing. Never tow a
trailer with your Ford GT.
WARNING: The
appropriate loading capacity of
your vehicle can be limited either
by volume capacity (how much
space is available) or by payload
capacity (how much weight the
vehicle should carry). Once you
have reached the maximum
payload of your vehicle, do not
add more cargo, even if there is
space available. Overloading or
improperly loading your vehicle
can contribute to loss of vehicle
control and vehicle rollover.
GAWR (Gross Axle Weight
Rating)
GAWR is the maximum allowable
weight that a single axle (front or
rear) can carry. These numbers
are on the Safety Compliance
Certification label. The label is
located on the door hinge pillar,
door-latch post, or the door edge
that meets the door-latch post,
next to the driver seating position.
The total load on each axle must
never exceed its Gross Axle
Weight Rating.
GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating)
GVWR is the maximum allowable
weight of the fully loaded vehicle.
This includes all options,
equipment, passengers and cargo.
It appears on the Safety
Compliance Certification label.
The label is located on the door
hinge pillar, door-latch post, or the
door edge that meets the
door-latch post, next to the driver
seating position.
The gross vehicle weight must
never exceed the Gross Vehicle
Weight Rating.
128
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Load Carrying
Safety Compliance Certification Label
Example:
E198828
WARNING: Exceeding the
Safety Compliance Certification
label vehicle weight limits can
adversely affect the
performance and handling of
your vehicle, cause vehicle
damage and can result in the
loss of control of your vehicle,
serious personal injury or death.
Maximum Loaded Trailer
Weight
Note: Your Ford GT is not designed
for trailer towing. Never tow a
trailer with your Ford GT.
GCWR (Gross Combined
Weight Rating)
GCWR is the maximum allowable
weight of the vehicle and the
loaded trailer, including all cargo
and passengers, that the vehicle
can handle without risking
damage.
The gross combined weight must
never exceed the Gross Combined
Weight Rating.
Note: Your Ford GT is not designed
for trailer towing. Never tow a
trailer with your Ford GT.
WARNING: Do not
exceed the GVWR or the GAWR
specified on the certification
label.
WARNING: Do not use
replacement tires with lower
load carrying capacities than the
original tires because they may
lower your vehicle's GVWR and
GAWR limitations. Replacement
tires with a higher limit than the
original tires do not increase the
GVWR and GAWR limitations.
WARNING: Exceeding
any vehicle weight rating can
adversely affect the
performance and handling of
your vehicle, cause vehicle
damage and can result in the
loss of control of your vehicle,
serious personal injury or death.
Steps for determining the
correct load limit:
1. Locate the statement "The
combined weight of occupants
and cargo should never exceed
XXX kg or XXX lb." on your
vehicle’s placard.
129
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Load Carrying
2. Determine the combined
weight of the driver and
passengers that will be riding
in your vehicle.
3. Subtract the combined weight
of the driver and passengers
from XXX kg or XXX lb.
4. The resulting figure equals the
available amount of cargo and
luggage load capacity. For
example, if the “XXX” amount
equals 1,400 lb. and there will
be five 150 lb. passengers in
your vehicle, the amount of
available cargo and luggage
load capacity is 650 lb.
(1400-750 (5 x 150) = 650 lb.)
5. Determine the combined
weight of luggage and cargo
being loaded on the vehicle.
That weight may not safely
exceed the available cargo and
luggage load capacity
calculated in Step 4.
6. If your vehicle will be towing a
trailer, load from your trailer
will be transferred to your
vehicle. Consult this manual to
determine how this reduces the
available cargo and luggage
load capacity of your vehicle.
Helpful examples for calculating
the available amount of cargo
and luggage load capacity
Suppose your vehicle has a
1400-pound (635-kilogram) cargo
and luggage capacity. You decide
to go golfing. Is there enough load
capacity to carry you, four of your
friends and all the golf bags? You
and four friends average 220
pounds (99 kilograms) each and
the golf bags weigh approximately
30 pounds (13.5 kilograms) each.
The calculation would be: 1400 -
(5 x 220) - (5 x 30) = 1400 - 1100
- 150 = 150 pounds. Yes, you have
enough load capacity in your
vehicle to transport four friends
and your golf bags. In metric units,
the calculation would be: 635
kilograms - (5 x 99 kilograms) -
(5 x 13.5 kilograms) = 635 - 495 -
67.5 = 72.5 kilograms.
Suppose your vehicle has a
1400-pound (635-kilogram) cargo
and luggage capacity. You and
one of your friends decide to pick
up cement from the local home
improvement store to finish that
patio you have been planning for
the past two years. Measuring the
inside of the vehicle with the rear
seat folded down, you have room
for twelve 100-pound
(45-kilogram) bags of cement. Do
you have enough load capacity to
transport the cement to your
home? If you and your friend each
weigh 220 pounds (99 kilograms),
the calculation would be: 1400 -
(2 x 220) - (12 x 100) = 1400 - 440
130
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Load Carrying
- 1200 = - 240 pounds. No, you do
not have enough cargo capacity
to carry that much weight. In
metric units, the calculation would
be: 635 kilograms - (2 x 99
kilograms) - (12 x 45 kilograms) =
635 - 198 - 540 = -103 kilograms.
You will need to reduce the load
weight by at least 240 pounds
(104 kilograms). If you remove
three 100-pound (45-kilogram)
cement bags, then the load
calculation would be:1400 - (2 x
220) - (9 x 100) = 1400 - 440 -
900 = 60 pounds. Now you have
the load capacity to transport the
cement and your friend home. In
metric units, the calculation would
be: 635 kilograms - (2 x 99
kilograms) - (9 x 45 kilograms) =
635 - 198 - 405 = 32 kilograms.
The above calculations also
assume that the loads are
positioned in your vehicle in a
manner that does not overload
the front or the rear gross axle
weight rating specified for your
vehicle on the Safety Compliance
Certification label.
131
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Load Carrying
TOWING A TRAILER
Note: Your Ford GT is not designed
for trailer towing. Never tow a
trailer with your Ford GT.
TOWING THE VEHICLE ON
FOUR WHEELS
Emergency Towing
You can release the steering wheel lock by
starting the engine or by pressing the
START/STOP button with your foot off
the brake.
If your Ford GT must be transported,
whenever possible, use an enclosed trailer,
an open car trailer, or a roll back car carrier.
If you must move the car on its wheels,
install the recovery hook provided in the
rear hatch storage. This recovery hook
should be screwed into the receptacle
located in the right corner of the front grille.
Once installed, use the recovery hook to
pull the car.
E233260
132
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Towing
BREAKING-IN
You need to break in new tires for
approximately 300 mi (480 km). During
this time, your vehicle may exhibit some
unusual driving characteristics.
You should not drive your Ford GT
aggressively for the first 600 mi
(1,000 km) of vehicle operation. This will
allow for proper break in of the powertrain
and braking systems.
For the first 600 mi (1,000 km):
• Do not apply high load at low engine
speed.
• Do not drive the vehicle at a sustained
high-speed, high load.
• Avoid driving the vehicle at full throttle.
• Drive the vehicle at varying road and
engine speeds.
• Do not drive in competition and race
track conditions.
• Do not use launch control.
• If you are going to use the vehicle on
the race track right after break in,
change the oil after break in.
Cold Engine Operation
The design of your Ford GT restricts engine
power and RPM when the engine is cold.
The engine RPM and power output will be
reduced until the engine reaches full
operating temperature.
Hot Engine Shut down
You should allow your Ford GT engine to
cool down for a few minutes prior to shut
down after high speed or high performance
driving. Allowing the engine to run at light
loads and or idle for a few minutes will
reduce overall engine oil and coolant
temperatures.
DRIVING THROUGH WATER
WARNING: Do not drive through
flowing or deep water as you may lose
control of your vehicle.
Note: Driving through standing water can
cause vehicle damage.
Note: Engine damage can occur if water
enters the air filters.
Before driving through standing water,
check the depth. Do not drive through
water that is higher than the sidewall of
the front tire. If the water is up onto the
wheel, do not proceed. When driving
through a puddle, drive slowly to avoid
splashing the water into the engine air
intake.
E232273
When driving through standing water, drive
very slowly and do not stop your vehicle.
Your brake performance and traction may
be limited.
After driving through water and as soon as
it is safe to do so:
• Lightly press the brake pedal to dry the
brakes and to check that they work.
• Check that the horn works.
133
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Driving Hints
• Check that the exterior lights work.
• Turn the steering wheel to check that
the steering power assist works.
FLOOR MATS
WARNING: Use a floor mat
designed to fit the footwell of your
vehicle that does not obstruct the pedal
area. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in the loss of control of your
vehicle, personal injury or death.
WARNING: Pedals that cannot
move freely can cause loss of vehicle
control and increase the risk of serious
personal injury.
WARNING: Secure the floor mat
to both retention devices so that it
cannot slip out of position and interfere
with the pedals. Failure to follow this
instruction could result in the loss of
control of your vehicle, personal injury or
death.
WARNING: Do not place
additional floor mats or any other
covering on top of the original floor mats.
This could result in the floor mat
interfering with the operation of the
pedals. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in the loss of control of your
vehicle, personal injury or death.
WARNING: Always make sure
that objects cannot fall into the driver
foot well while your vehicle is moving.
Objects that are loose can become
trapped under the pedals causing a loss
of vehicle control.
E142666
To install the floor mats, position the floor
mat eyelet over the retention post and
press down to lock in position. Make sure
the hook and loop fastener is properly
attached to the floor at the front edge of
the driver side floor mat.
To remove the floor mat, reverse the
installation procedure.
Note: Regularly check the floor mats to
make sure they are secure.
134
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Driving Hints
ROADSIDE ASSISTANCE
Vehicles Sold in the United States:
Getting Roadside Assistance
To fully assist you should you have a
vehicle concern, Ford Motor Company
offers a complimentary roadside
assistance program. This program is
separate from the New Vehicle Limited
Warranty.
The service is available:
• 24 hours a day, seven days a week.
• The coverage period is three years from
the date of purchase.
Roadside Assistance covers:
• Assistance with a flat tire.
• Battery jump start.
• Lock-out assistance (key replacement
cost is the customer's responsibility).
• Assistance if your vehicle runs out of
fuel.
• Winch out — available if your vehicle is
stuck.
• Towing — Ford dealership or
independent service contractors, if not
prohibited by state, local or municipal
law, shall tow your vehicle to the
nearest Certified Ford GT Dealership.
Vehicles Sold in the United States:
Using Roadside Assistance
United States Ford GT customers who
require Roadside Assistance, call the Ford
GT Concierge at 800-210-5795.
If you need to arrange roadside assistance
for yourself, Ford Motor Company
reimburses a reasonable amount for
towing to the nearest authorized
dealership. To obtain reimbursement
information, contact the Ford GT Concierge
at 800-210-5795.
For assistance outside of the United
States, refer to the complete list of Ford
GT Concierge phone numbers. See About
This Manual (page 5).
HAZARD FLASHERS
Note: The hazard flashers operate when
the ignition is in any position. If used when
the vehicle is not running, the battery loses
charge. As a result, there may be insufficient
power to restart your vehicle.
E142663
The hazard flasher control is on
the floor console. Use your
hazard flashers when your
vehicle is creating a safety hazard for other
motorists.
• Press the flasher control and all front
and rear direction indicators flash.
• Press the button again to switch them
off.
FUEL SHUTOFF
WARNING: If your vehicle has
been involved in a crash, have the fuel
system checked. Failure to follow this
instruction could result in fire, personal
injury or death.
Note: When you try to restart your vehicle
after a fuel shutoff, the vehicle makes sure
that various systems are safe to restart.
Once the vehicle determines the systems
are safe, then the vehicle allows you to
restart.
Note: In the event that your vehicle does
not restart after your third attempt, contact
a qualified technician.
135
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Roadside Emergencies
The fuel pump shutoff stops the flow of
fuel to the engine in the event of a
moderate to severe crash. Not every
impact causes a shutoff.
Should your vehicle shut off after a crash,
you may restart your vehicle.
1. Press START/STOP to switch off your
vehicle.
2. Press the brake pedal and
START/STOP to switch on your
vehicle.
3. Remove your foot from the brake pedal
and press START/STOP to switch off
your vehicle.
4. You can attempt to start the vehicle
by pressing the brake pedal and
START/STOP, or press START/STOP
without pressing the brake pedal.
Note: Both methods re-enable the fuel
system.
JUMP STARTING THE VEHICLE
WARNING: Do not use fuel lines,
engine valve covers, windshield wiper
arms, the intake manifold, or hood latch
as ground points.
WARNING: Use only adequately
sized cables with insulated clamps.
Preparing Your Vehicle
Note: Attempting to push-start a vehicle
with an automatic transmission may cause
transmission damage.
Note: Use only a 12-volt supply to start your
vehicle.
Note: Do not disconnect the battery of the
disabled vehicle as this could damage the
vehicle's electrical system.
Park the booster vehicle close to the hood
of the disabled vehicle, making sure the
two vehicles do not touch.
Connecting the Jumper Cables
E235907
1. Switch off all accessories.
2. Remove the red cap over the positive
(B) post of the disabled vehicle.
3. Connect the positive (+) jumper cable
to the positive (B) post of the disabled
vehicle.
4. Connect the other end of the positive
(+) cable to the positive terminal of the
booster vehicle battery.
5. Connect the negative (-) jumper cable
to the negative (A) post of the disabled
vehicle.
6. Connect the other end of the negative
(-) cable to the negative terminal of
the booster vehicle battery.
136
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Roadside Emergencies
Grounding Stud Location
E229889
Jump Starting
1. Start the engine of the booster vehicle
and rev the engine moderately, or press
the accelerator gently to keep your
engine speed between 2000 and 3000
RPM, as shown in your tachometer.
2. Start the engine of the disabled vehicle.
3. Once the disabled vehicle has been
started, run both vehicle engines for an
additional three minutes before
disconnecting the jumper cables.
Removing the Jumper Cables
Remove the jumper cables in the reverse
order that they were connected.
1. Remove the jumper cable from the
negative (-) terminal of the booster
vehicle battery.
2. Remove the jumper cable from the
negative (A) post of the disabled
vehicle.
3. Remove the jumper cable from the
positive (+) terminal of the booster
vehicle battery.
4. Remove the jumper cable from the
positive (B) post of the disabled
vehicle.
5. Allow the engine to idle for at least one
minute.
POST-CRASH ALERT SYSTEM
The system flashes the direction indicators
and sounds the horn (intermittently) in the
event of a serious impact that deploys an
airbag (front and side) or the safety belt
pretensioners.
The horn and indicators will turn off when:
• You press the hazard control button.
• You press the panic button on the
remote entry transmitter (if equipped).
• Your vehicle runs out of power.
TRANSPORTING THE VEHICLE
If you need to transport your vehicle,
please contact the Ford GT Concierge at
800-210-5795.
You can only transport your vehicle in an
enclosed trailer or on a roll back flatbed
truck. The ramp angle or angle of approach
on Ford GT is 9 degrees. Below are some
ramp lengths required to achieve this angle
depending on trailer or bed entrance
height.
Ramp LengthHeight
11 ft (330 cm)20 in (50 cm)
10 ft (292 cm)18 in (45 cm)
9 ft (266 cm)16 in (40 cm)
7 ft (228 cm)14 in (35 cm)
7 ft (203 cm)12 in (30 cm)
137
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Roadside Emergencies
Your vehicle has a front end lift feature
that uses the electronically controlled
suspension hydraulics to lift the front of
the car. You can use this feature for
driveway approaches and speed bumps.
If there is power to this system, use it to lift
the front when loading the car onto a trailer
or a roll back. To operate the front lift, use
the switch in the console.
Note: The ground clearance on the car at
standard ride height is only 5 in (12 cm). Use
care when moving or loading the car to
make sure it does not bottom out.
Note: The vehicle doors swing both upward
and outward. At the full open position, the
top edge of the door is 67 in (170 cm) from
the ground and swings outward 26 in
(66 cm). Make sure you have the clearance
you need prior to opening the door.
The full undertrays of the vehicle are
carbon fiber, there are no tie down slots.
Use only over the tire straps to tie the car
down for transport.
Getting the Transmission in
Neutral
If the battery loses charge, the
transmission moves to park (P). You can
use the transmission tool to place the car
into Neutral (N). See Automatic
Transmission (page 105).
Note: If your battery loses charge with the
electric park brake on, you cannot transport
your vehicle until you restore power to your
vehicle to turn off the electric park brake.
TOWING POINTS
Recovery Hook Location
Your vehicle comes with a screw-in
recovery hook, it is in the storage
compartment under the rear hatch.
Installing the Recovery Hook
Note: The screw-in recovery hook has a
left-hand thread. Turn it counterclockwise
to install it. Make sure that the recovery
hook is fully tightened.
The installation point for the recovery hook
is the receptacle in the right corner of the
front grille.
E233260
138
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Roadside Emergencies
GETTING THE SERVICES YOU
NEED
Warranty repairs to your vehicle must be
performed by an authorized dealer. If you
need assistance in identifying a Ford GT
Service Dealership or would like assistance
in scheduling a repair, please contact the
Ford GT Concierge. See About This
Manual (page 5).
A reasonable time must be allowed to
perform a repair after taking your vehicle
to the authorized dealer. Repairs will be
made using Ford or Motorcraft® parts, or
remanufactured or other parts that are
authorized by Ford.
Away From Home
If you are away from home when your
vehicle needs service, contact the Ford GT
Concierge and they will arrange repairs at
the nearest Certified Ford GT Service
Dealership.
Website
www.owner.ford.com
These are some of the items that can be
found online:
• Owner Manuals.
• Maintenance Schedules.
• Recalls.
• Ford Genuine Accessories.
In Canada:
Website
www.ford.ca
Additional Assistance
If you have questions or concerns, or are
unsatisfied with the service you are
receiving, follow these steps:
1. Contact your Ford GT Concierge or
Service Advisor at your selling or
servicing authorized dealer.
2. If your inquiry or concern remains
unresolved, contact the Sales Manager,
Service Manager or Customer Relations
Manager.
3. If you require assistance or clarification
on Ford Motor Company policies,
please contact the Ford Customer
Relationship Center.
In order to help us serve you better, please
have the following information available
when contacting a Customer Relationship
Center:
• Vehicle Identification Number.
• Your telephone number (home and
business).
• The name of the authorized dealer and
city where located.
• The vehicle’ s current odometer reading.
In some states within the United States,
you must directly notify Ford in writing
before pursuing remedies under your
state's warranty laws, and Ford is also
allowed a final repair attempt.
Additionally, in some states within the
United States, a consumer has the option
of submitting a warranty dispute to the
BBB Auto Line before taking action under
the Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act, or to
the extent allowed by state law, before
pursuing replacement or repurchase
139
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Customer Assistance
remedies provided by certain state laws.
This dispute handling procedure is not
required prior to enforcing state created
rights or other rights which are independent
of the Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act or
state replacement or repurchase laws.
IN CALIFORNIA (U.S. ONLY)
California Civil Code Section 1793.2(d)
requires that, if a manufacturer or its
representative is unable to repair a motor
vehicle to conform to the vehicle’s
applicable express warranty after a
reasonable number of attempts, the
manufacturer shall be required to either
replace the vehicle with one substantially
identical or repurchase the vehicle and
reimburse the buyer in an amount equal to
the actual price paid or payable by the
consumer (less a reasonable allowance
for consumer use). The consumer has the
right to choose whether to receive a refund
or replacement vehicle.
California Civil Code Section 1793.22(b)
presumes that the manufacturer has had
a reasonable number of attempts to
conform the vehicle to its applicable
express warranties if, within the first 18
months of ownership of a new vehicle or
the first 18,000 mi (29,000 km), whichever
occurs first:
1. Two or more repair attempts are made
on the same non-conformity likely to
cause death or serious bodily injury OR
2. Four or more repair attempts are made
on the same nonconformity (a defect
or condition that substantially impairs
the use, value or safety of the vehicle)
OR
3. The vehicle is out of service for repair
of nonconformities for a total of more
than 30 calendar days (not necessarily
all at one time).
In the case of 1 or 2 above, the consumer
must also notify the manufacturer of the
need for the repair of the nonconformity
at the following address:
Ford Motor Company
16800 Executive Plaza Drive
Mail Drop 3NE-B
Dearborn, MI 48126
You are required to submit your warranty
dispute to BBB AUTO LINE before asserting
in court any rights or remedies conferred
by California Civil Code Section 1793.22(b).
You are also required to use BBB AUTO
LINE before exercising rights or seeking
remedies created by the Federal
Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act, 15 U.S.C.
sec. 2301 et seq. If you choose to seek
redress by pursuing rights and remedies
not created by California Civil Code Section
1793.22(b) or the Magnuson-Moss
Warranty Act, resort to BBB AUTO LINE is
not required by those statutes.
THE BETTER BUSINESS
BUREAU (BBB) AUTO LINE
PROGRAM (U.S. ONLY)
Your satisfaction is important to Ford
Motor Company and to your dealer. If a
warranty concern has not been resolved
using the three-step procedure outlined
earlier in this chapter in the Getting the
Services you need section, you may be
eligible to participate in the BBB AUTO
LINE program.
The BBB AUTO LINE program consists of
two parts – mediation and arbitration.
During mediation, a representative of the
BBB will contact both you and Ford Motor
Company to explore options for settlement
of the claim. If an agreement is not reached
during mediation or you do not want to
participate in mediation, and if your claim
is eligible, you may participate in the
140
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Customer Assistance
arbitration process. An arbitration hearing
will be scheduled so that you can present
your case in an informal setting before an
impartial person. The arbitrator will
consider the testimony provided and make
a decision after the hearing.
Disputes submitted to the BBB AUTO LINE
program are usually decided within forty
days after you file your claim with the BBB.
You are not bound by the decision, and
may reject the decision and proceed to
court where all findings of the BBB Auto
Line dispute, and decision, are admissible
in the court action. Should you choose to
accept the BBB AUTO LINE decision, Ford
is then bound by the decision, and must
comply with the decision within 30 days
of receipt of your acceptance letter.
BBB AUTO LINE Application: Using the
information provided below, please call or
write to request a program application.
You will be asked for your name and
address, general information about your
new vehicle, information about your
warranty concerns, and any steps you have
already taken to try to resolve them. A
Customer Claim Form will be mailed that
will need to be completed, signed and
returned to the BBB along with proof of
ownership. Upon receipt, the BBB will
review the claim for eligibility under the
Program Summary Guidelines.
You can get more information by
calling BBB AUTO LINE at
1-800-955-5100, or writing to:
BBB AUTO LINE
3033 Wilson Boulevard, Suite 600
Arlington, Virginia 22201
BBB AUTO LINE applications can also be
requested by calling the Ford Motor
Company Customer Relationship Center
at 1-800-392-3673.
For additional information refer to the
Better Business Bureau website.
Note: Ford Motor Company reserves the
right to change eligibility limitations, modify
procedures, or to discontinue this process
at any time without notice and without
obligation.
UTILIZING THE
MEDIATION/ARBITRATION
PROGRAM (CANADA ONLY)
For vehicles delivered to authorized
Canadian dealers. In those cases where
you continue to feel that the efforts by Ford
of Canada and the authorized dealer to
resolve a factory-related vehicle service
concern have been unsatisfactory, Ford of
Canada participates in an impartial third
party mediation/arbitration program
administered by the Canadian Motor
Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP).
The CAMVAP program is a straight forward
and relatively speedy alternative to resolve
a disagreement when all other efforts to
produce a settlement have failed. This
procedure is without cost to you and is
designed to eliminate the need for lengthy
and expensive legal proceedings.
In the CAMVAP program, impartial
third-party arbitrators conduct hearings at
mutually convenient times and places in
an informal environment. These impartial
arbitrators review the positions of the
parties, make decisions and, when
appropriate, render awards to resolve
disputes. CAMVAP decisions are fast, fair,
and final as the arbitrator’s award is
binding on both you and Ford of Canada.
CAMVAP services are available in all
Canadian territories and provinces. For
more information, without charge or
obligation, call your CAMVAP Provincial
Administrator directly at 1-800-207-0685
or visit www.camvap.ca.
141
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Customer Assistance
GETTING ASSISTANCE
OUTSIDE THE U.S. AND
CANADA
Before exporting your vehicle to a foreign
country, contact the appropriate foreign
embassy or consulate. These officials can
inform you of local vehicle registration
regulations and where to find unleaded
fuel or petrol/gas engines or the proper
sulfur fuel for diesel engines.
If you cannot find the proper fuel
recommended for your vehicle, contact
our Customer Relationship Center.
The use of improper fuels in your vehicle
without proper conversion may damage
the effectiveness of your emission control
system and may cause engine knocking or
serious engine damage. Ford Motor
Company or Ford of Canada is not
responsible for any damage caused by use
of improper fuel. Using improper fuels may
also result in difficulty importing your
vehicle back into the United States.
If your vehicle must be serviced while you
are traveling or living in Asia-Pacific Region,
Sub-Saharan Africa, U.S. Virgin Islands
and/or Puerto Rico, Central America, the
Caribbean, and Israel and the Middle East,
contact the nearest authorized dealer. If
the authorized dealer cannot help you,
contact the corresponding Ford Customer
Assistance Center:
FORD MOTOR COMPANY
Customer Relationship Centers in:
E-mailFaxPhone
Customer Relation-
ship Center
apemcrc@ford.comN/AN/AAsia Pacific
expcac@ford.com-+1 313 594 4857
Caribbean and
Central America
menacac@ford.com971 4 3327 266
Ford
Middle East
80004443673
Lincoln
80004441067
UAE
80004441066
Saudi Arabia
8008443673
Mobily and Zain cell
phone users in Saudi
800850078
Kuwait
22280384
142
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Customer Assistance
E-mailFaxPhone
Customer Relation-
ship Center
nafcrc@ford.comN/AN/ANorth Africa
prcac@ford.comN/A+1-800-841-3673
Puerto Rico and U.S.
Virgin Islands
ssacrc@ford.comN/AN/ASub-Saharan Africa
infokr1@ford.com or
infokr@lincoln.com
N/A+82-02-1600-6003South Korea
If you buy your vehicle in North America
and then relocate to any of the above
locations, register your vehicle
identification number (VIN) and new
address with Ford Global Trade Services
by emailing, expcso@ford.com.
If you are in another foreign country,
contact the nearest authorized dealer. In
the event your inquiry is unresolved,
communicate your concern with the
dealership’s Sales Manager, Service
Manager or Customer Relations Manager.
If you require additional assistance or
clarification, please contact the respective
Customer Relationship Center as
previously listed.
Customers in the U.S. should call
1-800-392-3673.
ORDERING ADDITIONAL
OWNER'S LITERATURE
To order the publications in this portfolio,
contact the Ford GT Concierge at
1-800-210-5795.
REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS
(U.S. ONLY)
If you believe that your vehicle has
a defect which could cause a
crash or could cause injury or
death, you should immediately
inform the National Highway
Traffic Safety Administration
(NHTSA) in addition to notifying
Ford Motor Company.
If NHTSA receives similar
complaints, it may open an
investigation, and if it finds that a
safety defect exists in a group of
vehicles, it may order a recall and
remedy campaign. However,
NHTSA cannot become involved
in individual problems between
you, your dealer, or Ford Motor
Company.
To contact NHTSA, you may call
the Vehicle Safety Hotline
toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY:
1-800-424-9153); go to http://
www.safercar.gov; or write to:
Administrator
143
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Customer Assistance
1200 New Jersey Avenue,
Southeast
Washington, D.C. 20590
You can also obtain other
information about motor vehicle
safety from http://
www.safercar.gov .
REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS
(CANADA ONLY)
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect
which could cause a crash or could cause
injury or death, you should immediately
inform Transport Canada and Ford of
Canada.
Transport Canada Contact Information
http://www.tc.gc.ca/eng/motorvehiclesafety/reporting-defects-motor-
vehicles.html (English)
Website
http://www.tc.gc.ca/fra/securiteautomobile/signaler-defauts-vehicules-
automobiles.html (French)
Website
1-800-333-0510Phone
Ford of Canada Contact Information
www.ford.caWebsite
1-800-565-3673Phone
144
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Customer Assistance
FUSE SPECIFICATION CHART
Front Power Distribution Box
WARNING: Always disconnect
the battery before servicing high current
fuses.
WARNING: To reduce risk of
electrical shock, always replace the
cover to the power distribution box
before reconnecting the battery or
refilling fluid reservoirs.
The front power distribution box is under
the front hood. See Under Hood
Overview (page 159). It has high-current
fuses that protect your vehicle's main
electrical systems from overloads. There
are also high-current fuses next to the front
power distribution box. If you need to
replace these high-current fuses, see an
authorized dealer.
If you disconnect and reconnect the
battery, you need to reset some features.
See Changing the 12V Battery (page 167).
E235532
145
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Fuses
Protected ComponentsFuse
Rating
Fuse or
Relay
Number
Vehicle dynamics module relay.—F1
Radiator fan 1 relay.—F2
Heating ventilation and air conditioning blower relay.—F3
Wipers relay.—F4
Radiator fan 2 relay.—F5
Horn relay.—F6
Body control module.
50 A
1
F7
Shunt.—F8
Vacuum pump.
40 A
1
F9
Wiper.
25 A
1
F10
Radiator fan 2.
40 A
1
F11
Body control module.
50 A
1
F12
Body control module.
60 A
1
F13
Radiator fan 1.
40 A
1
F14
Heating ventilation and air conditioning blower.
40 A
1
F15
Anti-lock brake system.
40 A
1
F16
Anti-lock brake system.
40 A
1
F17
Body control module.
30 A
1
F18
Vacuum pump relay.—F19
Vehicle dynamics module.
5 A
2
F20
Left-hand headlamp.
20 A
2
F21
146
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Fuses
Protected ComponentsFuse
Rating
Fuse or
Relay
Number
Anti-lock brake system.
5 A
2
F22
Horn.
20 A
2
F23
Electronic door system.
20 A
2
F24
Right-hand headlamp.
20 A
2
F25
1
J-case fuse.
2
Mini fuse.
Rear Power Distribution Box 1
The rear power distribution box is in the
engine compartment. See Under Hood
Overview (page 159). It has high-current
fuses that protect your vehicle's main
electrical systems from overloads. These
are in the right-hand side of the engine
compartment behind an access door in the
engine surround panel. If you need to
replace these high-current fuses, see an
authorized dealer.
If you disconnect and reconnect the
battery, you need to reset some features.
See Changing the 12V Battery (page 167).
147
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Fuses
E235533
Protected ComponentsFuse
Rating
Fuse or
Relay
Number
Vehicle power 3.
15 A
1
F1
Mass airflow.
5 A
1
F2
Engine control module.
10 A
1
F3
Transmission control module.
5 A
1
F4
Vehicle power 1.
20 A
1
F5
Keep alive power.
5 A
1
F6
Not used.—F7
Rear video camera.
5 A
1
F8
Not used.—F9
Alternator sense.
10 A
1
F10
148
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Fuses
Protected ComponentsFuse
Rating
Fuse or
Relay
Number
Air conditioner.
10 A
1
F11
Damper.
10 A
1
F12
Vehicle power 4.
20 A
1
F13
Not used.—F14
Not used.—F15
Engine control module.
5 A
1
F16
Run/start.
Vehicle power 2.
20 A
1
F17
Injector.
15 A
1
F18
Fuel pump 1.
30 A
2
F19
Fuel pump 2.
30 A
2
F20
Transmission control module.
30 A
2
F21
Starter.
30 A
2
F22
Charge air cooler fan.
30 A
2
F23
Shunt.—F24
Charge air cooler fan relay.—F25
Not used.—F26
Fuel pump 1 relay.—F27
A/C clutch relay.—F28
Starter relay.—F29
Fuel injection relay.—F30
149
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Fuses
Protected ComponentsFuse
Rating
Fuse or
Relay
Number
Fuel pump 2 relay.—F31
Engine control module relay.—F32
1
Mini fuse.
2
J-case fuse.
Rear Power Distribution Box 2
The rear power distribution box is in the
engine compartment. See Under Hood
Overview (page 159). It has high-current
fuses that protect your vehicle's main
electrical systems from overloads. These
are in the right-hand side of the engine
compartment behind an access door in the
engine surround panel. If you need to
replace these high-current fuses, see an
authorized dealer.
If you disconnect and reconnect the
battery, you need to reset some features.
See Changing the 12V Battery (page 167).
E270327
150
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Fuses
Protected ComponentsFuse
Rating
Fuse or
Relay
Number
Transmission gear fluid cooler fan relay.—1
Engine oil cooler fan relay.—2
Transmission clutch fluid cooler fan relay.—3
Not used.—4
Not used.—5
Not used.—6
Engine oil cooler fan.
20 A
1
7
Transmission clutch fluid cooler fan.
25 A
1
8
Transmission gear fluid cooler fan.
20 A
1
9
Trunk power point.
20 A
1
10
1
J-case fuse.
Passenger Compartment Fuse
Panel
The fuse panel is in the passenger footwell
behind the toeboard panel.
E238973
To remove the toeboard panel, rotate each
of the four fasteners, and then pull the
toeboard panel toward you. Once you
remove this panel, you can access the fuse
panel. After replacing a fuse, reinstall the
toeboard panel and rotate the fasteners
back to their original position.
151
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Fuses
E145984
Protected ComponentsFuse
Rating
Fuse or
Relay
Number
Not used.—1
Not used (spare).
7.5 A
1
2
Driver unlock relay.
20 A
1
3
Double lock relay.
Not used (spare).
5 A
1
4
Not used (spare).
20 A
1
5
Not used (spare).
10 A
2
6
Not used (spare).
10 A
2
7
Not used (spare).
10 A
2
8
Brake on-off switch.
10 A
2
9
Push button start switch.
5 A
2
10
152
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Fuses
Protected ComponentsFuse
Rating
Fuse or
Relay
Number
Right-hand and left-hand exterior door locks and handles.
5 A
2
11
RF transceiver module.
7.5 A
2
12
Steering column control module logic.
7.5 A
2
13
Smart datalink connector logic.
Instrument cluster.
Extended power mode module.
10 A
2
14
Smart datalink connector power.
10 A
2
15
Decklid release relay.
15 A
1
16
Combined sensor module.
5 A
2
17
Telematics control unit - modem.
5 A
2
18
Not used (spare).
7.5 A
2
19
Front damper controllers.
7.5 A
2
20
Shift indicator module head up display.
5 A
2
21
Interior temperature sensor.
Extended power mode module.
5 A
2
22
Right-hand window switch illumination.
10 A
1
23
Right-hand door lock switch illumination.
Left-hand door lock switch illumination.
Power mirror/window switch (motor).
Right-hand smart window motor (logic).
Left-hand smart window motor (logic).
Central lock relay.
20 A
1
24
Central unlock relay.
Left-hand smart window motor.
30 A
1
25
Right-hand smart window motor.
30 A
1
26
Not used (spare).
30 A
1
27
153
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Fuses
Protected ComponentsFuse
Rating
Fuse or
Relay
Number
Electronic steering column lock (relay supply).
20 A
1
28
Not used (spare).
30 A
1
29
Not used (spare).
30 A
1
30
Not used (spare).
15 A
1
31
SYNC.
10 A
1
32
Audio on/off switch.
Gear shift module.
Heating ventilation and air conditioning electronic control unit
power.
Audio control module.
20 A
1
33
Run-start relay (R12).
30 A
1
34
Steering angle sensor module.
5 A
1
35
Auxiliary power point.
15 A
1
36
Heating ventilation and air conditioning electronic control unit
ignition.
20 A
1
37
Front power distribution box ignition (F1, F3, F20, F22).
Rear power distribution box 1 ignition (F4, F8, F12, F16).
Not used.—38
1
Micro 2 fuse.
2
Micro 3 fuse.
Note: Spare fuses can vary per amperage
depending on the trim level of the vehicle.
154
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Fuses
CHANGING A FUSE
Fuses
WARNING: Always replace a
fuse with one that has the specified
amperage rating. Using a fuse with a
higher amperage rating can cause severe
wire damage and could start a fire.
E217331
If electrical components in the vehicle are
not working, a fuse may have blown. Blown
fuses are identified by a broken wire within
the fuse. Check the appropriate fuses
before replacing any electrical
components.
Fuse Types
E207206
Fuse TypeCallout
Micro 2A
Micro 3B
MaxiC
MiniD
155
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Fuses
Fuse TypeCallout
M CaseE
J CaseF
J Case Low ProfileG
156
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Fuses
GENERAL INFORMATION
Have your Ford GT serviced regularly to
help maintain its roadworthiness and
resale value. There is a network of Ford GT
service dealers that are certified to help
you with their professional servicing
expertise. We believe that their specially
trained technicians are best qualified to
service your vehicle properly and expertly.
They are supported by a range of highly
specialized tools developed specifically
for servicing the Ford GT.
If your vehicle requires professional service,
an authorized dealer can provide the
necessary parts and service. Check your
warranty information to find out which
parts and services are covered.
Use only recommended fuels, lubricants,
fluids and service parts conforming to
specifications. Motorcraft® parts are
designed and built to provide the best
performance in your vehicle.
Precautions
• Do not work on a hot engine.
• Make sure that nothing gets caught in
moving parts.
• Do not work on a vehicle with the
engine running in an enclosed space,
unless you are sure you have enough
ventilation.
• Keep all open flames and other burning
material (such as cigarettes) away
from the battery and all fuel related
parts.
Working with the Engine Off
1. Set the parking brake and shift to park
(P).
2. Switch off the engine.
3. Block the wheels.
Working with the Engine On
WARNING: To reduce the risk
of vehicle damage and personal burn
injuries, do not start your engine with the
air cleaner removed and do not remove
it while the engine is running.
1. Set the parking brake and shift to park
(P).
2. Block the wheels.
OPENING AND CLOSING THE
HOOD
Opening the Front Hood
E229939
157
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Maintenance
1. Inside the vehicle, pull the hood release
handle located on the left side panel
left of the pedals.
2. Slightly lift the hood.
E233210
3. Release the hood latch by pulling up
on the secondary release lever.
E233828
4. Open the hood and support it with the
prop rod.
Closing the Front Hood
1. Remove the hood prop rod from the
under hood slot and securely place it
back in its holder.
2. Lower the hood and lightly press down
until closed.
Note: If you do not close the front hood
correctly, an indicator lamp displays in the
instrument cluster. See Warning Lamps
and Indicators (page 69).
Opening the Rear Hatch
You can open the rear hatch by three
different methods:
• A button on your remote control. See
Remote Control (page 46).
• In the case of a dead battery or other
electrical concerns, use the key blade
in your remote control. See Remote
Control (page 46).
• A button on the lighting control switch.
After you release the rear hatch latch, lift
the rear hatch into the open position.
A hydraulic cylinder holds the rear hatch
open.
Closing the Rear Hatch
1. Pull down the rear hatch.
2. Lightly press the hatch into position so
the latch fully engages.
158
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Maintenance
UNDER HOOD OVERVIEW
E270336
Negative jump start post. See Jump Starting the Vehicle (page 136).A.
Brake fluid reservoir. See Brake Fluid Check (page 166).B.
Cabin air filter access door. See Cabin Air Filter (page 86).C.
Washer fluid reservoir. See Windshield Washers (page 61).D.
Front hood sensor. See Warning Lamps and Indicators (page 69).E.
Hydraulic fluid reservoir for power steering, active aero and active suspension.
See Power Steering Fluid Check (page 166).
F.
Positive jump start post. See Jump Starting the Vehicle (page 136).G.
Front power distribution box. See Fuse Specification Chart (page 145).H.
Engine coolant reservoir. See Engine Coolant Check (page 161).I.
Rear power distribution box 2. See Fuse Specification Chart (page 145).J.
Rear power distribution box 1. See Fuse Specification Chart (page 145).K.
Oil cap, reservoir and dipstick. See Engine Oil Dipstick (page 160).L.
159
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Maintenance
ENGINE OIL DIPSTICK
E230019
MINA
MAXB
ENGINE OIL CHECK
Note: Use a thick cloth to protect your hand
when removing the oil tank cap and dipstick.
To check the engine oil level consistently
and accurately, do the following:
1. Make sure the parking brake is on. Make
sure the transmission is in park (P) or
neutral (N).
2. Run the engine until it reaches normal
operating temperature (Coolant
temperature of 190°F (87.7°C) or
higher).
3. Turn the engine off and wait two to
three minutes.
4. Make sure that your vehicle is on level
ground.
5. Open the rear hatch. See Opening
and Closing the Hood (page 157).
6. Unscrew the oil tank cap to remove the
dipstick and wipe it with a clean,
lint-free cloth. See Under Hood
Overview (page 159).
7. Replace the cap and dipstick and
remove it again to check the oil level.
See Engine Oil Dipstick (page 160).
8. Make sure that the oil level is between
the minimum and the maximum marks.
If the oil level is at the minimum mark,
add oil immediately. See Capacities
and Specifications (page 207).
9. If the oil level is correct, replace the cap
and dipstick and make sure it is fully
tightened.
Note: Do not remove the dipstick when the
engine is running.
Note: If the oil level is between the
maximum and minimum marks, the oil level
is acceptable. Do not add oil.
Note: The oil consumption of new engines
reaches its normal level after approximately
3,000 mi (5,000 km).
Note: High performance vehicles tend to
be driven in such a way the engine
experiences high speed and high load. As a
result, some oil consumption could occur
between oil changes. We recommend that
you check the oil level on a regular basis.
Adding Engine Oil
WARNING: Do not remove the
filler cap when the engine is running.
WARNING: Do not add engine
oil when the engine is hot. Failure to
follow this instruction could result in
personal injury.
Note: Use a thick cloth to protect your hand
when removing the oil tank cap and dipstick.
Do not use supplemental engine oil
additives because they are unnecessary
and could lead to engine damage that may
not be covered by the vehicle Warranty.
160
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Maintenance
E142732
Only use oils certified for gasoline engines
by the American Petroleum Institute (API).
An oil with this trademark symbol
conforms to the current engine and
emission system protection standards and
fuel economy requirements of the
International Lubricants Specification
Advisory Committee (ILSAC).
To top up the engine oil level do the
following:
1. Unscrew the oil tank cap.
2. Add engine oil by pouring oil that meets
Ford specifications into the oil tank.
See Capacities and Specifications
(page 207). You may have to use a
funnel to pour the engine oil into the
opening.
3. Recheck the oil level.
4. If the oil level is correct, replace the cap
and the dipstick and make sure it is
fully tightened.
Note: Do not add oil further than the
maximum mark. Oil levels above the
maximum mark may cause engine damage.
Note: Make sure you install the oil tank cap
and dipstick correctly.
Note: Soak up any spillage with an
absorbent cloth immediately.
ENGINE COOLANT CHECK
WARNING: Never remove the
coolant reservoir cap when the engine is
running or hot.
WARNING: Do not put coolant
in the windshield washer reservoir. If
sprayed on the windshield, coolant could
make it difficult to see through the
windshield.
WARNING: To reduce the risk
of personal injury, make sure the engine
is cool before unscrewing the coolant
pressure relief cap. The cooling system
is under pressure. Steam and hot liquid
can come out forcefully when you loosen
the cap slightly.
WARNING: Do not add coolant
further than the MAX mark.
Check the concentration and level of the
coolant only when the engine is cold at the
intervals listed in the scheduled
maintenance information. See Scheduled
Maintenance (page 263).
Note: Make sure that the coolant level is
between the MIN and MAXmarks on the
coolant reservoir when the engine is cold.
Note: Coolant expands when it is hot. The
level may extend beyond the MAX mark.
161
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Maintenance
The coolant reservoir is behind an access
panel on the left side of the of the engine
compartment. The cold MIN / MAX are
located on the front inboard corner of the
coolant reservoir. MAX is located just
below where the black top meets the
translucent reservoir lower. MIN is located
3/4 inch (20 mm) below the black top.
E244128
Maintain coolant concentration within
48% to 50%, which equates to a freeze
point between -30°F (-34°C) and -34°F
(-37°C). Coolant concentration should be
checked using a refractometer. We do not
recommend the use of hydrometers or
coolant test strips for measuring coolant
concentration.
Adding Coolant
WARNING: Never remove the
coolant reservoir cap when the engine is
running or hot.
Note: Automotive fluids are not
interchangeable. Do not use coolant or
windshield washer fluid outside of its
specified function and vehicle location.
Note: Do not use stop leak pellets, cooling
system sealants or additives as they can
cause damage to the engine cooling or
heating systems. Resulting component
damage may not be covered by the vehicle
Warranty.
It is very important to use prediluted
coolant meeting the correct specification
in order to avoid plugging the small
passageways in the engine cooling system.
See Capacities and Specifications
(page 207). Do not mix different colors or
types of coolant in your vehicle. Mixing of
engine coolants or using an incorrect
coolant may harm the engine or cooling
system components and may not be
covered by the vehicle Warranty.
Note: Coolants marketed for all makes and
models may not meet Ford specifications
and may cause damage to the cooling
system. Resulting component damage may
not be covered by the vehicle Warranty.
If the coolant level is at or below the
minimum mark, add prediluted coolant
immediately. Only check the coolant level
or add coolant when the system is cold.
To top up the coolant level do the
following:
1. Unscrew the cap slowly. Any pressure
escapes as you unscrew the cap.
2. Add prediluted coolant meeting the
correct specification. See Capacities
and Specifications (page 207).
3. Add enough prediluted coolant to
reach the correct level.
4. Replace the coolant reservoir cap, turn
it clockwise until you feel a strong
resistance.
5. Check the coolant level in the coolant
reservoir the next few times you drive
your vehicle. If necessary, add enough
prediluted engine coolant to bring the
coolant level to the correct level.
162
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Maintenance
If you have to add more than 1.1 qt (1 L) of
engine coolant per month, have your
vehicle checked as soon as possible.
Operating an engine with a low level of
coolant can result in engine overheating
and possible engine damage.
Note: During normal vehicle operation, the
coolant may change color from orange to
pink or light red. As long as the coolant is
clear and uncontaminated, this color change
does not indicate the coolant has degraded
nor does it require the coolant to be drained,
the system to be flushed, or the coolant to
be replaced.
Note: In case of emergency, you can add a
large amount of water without coolant in
order to reach a vehicle service location.
Water alone, without coolant, can cause
engine damage from corrosion, overheating
or freezing.
Do not use the following as a coolant
substitute:
• Alcohol.
• Methanol.
• Brine.
• Any coolant mixed with alcohol or
methanol antifreeze.
Alcohol and other liquids can cause engine
damage from overheating or freezing.
Do not add extra inhibitors or additives to
the coolant. These can be harmful and
compromise the corrosion protection of
the coolant.
Recycled Coolant
We do not recommend the use of recycled
coolant as an approved recycling process
is not yet available.
Dispose of used engine coolant in an
appropriate manner. Follow your
community’s regulations and standards
for recycling and disposing of automotive
fluids.
Severe Climates
If you drive in extremely cold climates:
• It may be necessary to increase the
coolant concentration above 50%.
• A coolant concentration of 60%
provides improved freeze point
protection. Coolant concentrations
above 60% decrease the overheat
protection characteristics of the
coolant and may cause engine
damage.
If you drive in extremely hot climates:
• It may be necessary to decrease the
coolant concentration to 40%.
• A coolant concentration of 40%
provides improved overheat protection.
Coolant concentrations below 40%
decrease the freeze and corrosion
protection characteristics of the
coolant and may cause engine
damage.
Vehicles driven year-round in non-extreme
climates should use prediluted coolant for
optimum cooling system and engine
protection.
Coolant Change
At specific mileage intervals, as listed in
the scheduled maintenance information,
the coolant should be changed. Add
prediluted coolant meeting the correct
specification. See Capacities and
Specifications (page 207).
Fail-Safe Cooling
Fail-safe cooling allows you to temporarily
drive your vehicle before any incremental
component damage occurs. The fail-safe
distance depends on ambient
temperature, vehicle load and terrain.
163
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Maintenance
How Fail-Safe Cooling Works
If the engine begins to overheat, the
coolant temperature gauge moves toward
the red zone:
A warning lamp illuminates and
a message may appear in the
information display.
If the engine reaches a preset
over-temperature condition, the engine
automatically switches to alternating
cylinder operation. Each disabled cylinder
acts as an air pump and cools the engine.
When this occurs, your vehicle still
operates, however:
• Engine power is limited.
• The air conditioning system turns off.
Continued operation increases the engine
temperature, causing the engine to
completely shut down. Your steering and
braking effort increases in this situation.
When the engine temperature cools, you
can re-start the engine. Have your vehicle
checked as soon as possible to minimize
engine damage.
When Fail-Safe Mode Is Activated
WARNING: Fail-safe mode is for
use during emergencies only. Operate
your vehicle in fail-safe mode only as
long as necessary to bring your vehicle
to rest in a safe location and seek
immediate repairs. When in fail-safe
mode, your vehicle will have limited
power, will not be able to maintain
high-speed operation, and may
completely shut down without warning,
potentially losing engine power, power
steering assist, and power brake assist,
which may increase the possibility of a
crash resulting in serious injury.
WARNING: Never remove the
coolant reservoir cap when the engine is
running or hot.
Your vehicle has limited engine power
when in the fail-safe mode, drive your
vehicle with caution. Your vehicle does not
maintain high-speed operation and the
engine may operate poorly.
Remember that the engine is capable of
automatically shutting down to prevent
engine damage. In this situation:
1. Pull off the road as soon as safely
possible and switch the engine off.
2. Contact the Ford GT Concierge to
obtain assistance. See About This
Manual (page 5).
3. If this is not possible, wait a short
period for the engine to cool.
4. Check the coolant level. If the coolant
level is at or below the minimum mark,
add prediluted coolant immediately.
5. When the engine temperature cools,
you can re-start the engine. Have your
vehicle checked as soon as possible to
minimize engine damage.
Note: Driving your vehicle without repair
increases the chance of engine damage.
164
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Maintenance
Engine Coolant Temperature
Management
WARNING: To reduce the risk
of crash and injury, be prepared that the
vehicle speed may reduce and the
vehicle may not be able to accelerate
with full power until the coolant
temperature reduces.
At this time, you may notice the coolant
temperature gauge moves toward the red
zone and a message may appear in the
information display.
You may notice a reduction in vehicle
speed caused by reduced engine power in
order to manage the engine coolant
temperature. Your vehicle may enter this
mode if certain high-temperature and
high-load conditions take place. The
amount of speed reduction depends on
vehicle loading, grade and ambient
temperature. If this occurs, there is no need
to pull off the road. You can continue to
drive your vehicle.
The air conditioning may automatically
turn on and off during severe operating
conditions to protect the engine from
overheating. When the coolant
temperature decreases to the normal
operating temperature, the air conditioning
turns on.
If the coolant temperature gauge moves
fully into the red zone, or if the coolant
temperature warning or service engine
soon messages appear in your information
display, do the following:
1. Pull off the road as soon as safely
possible and shift the transmission into
park (P).
2. Leave the engine running until the
coolant temperature gauge needle
returns to the normal position. After
several minutes, if the temperature
does not drop, follow the remaining
steps.
3. Switch the engine off and wait for it to
cool. Check the coolant level.
4. If the coolant level is at or below the
minimum mark, add prediluted coolant
immediately.
5. If the coolant level is normal, restart
the engine and continue.
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
FLUID CHECK
If required, have an authorized dealer check
and change the transmission fluid at the
correct service interval. See Scheduled
Maintenance (page 263).
The automatic transmission does not have
a transmission fluid dipstick.
Refer to your scheduled maintenance
information for scheduled intervals for fluid
checks and changes. Your transmission
does not consume fluid. However, if the
transmission slips, shifts slowly or if you
notice a sign of leaking fluid, contact an
authorized dealer.
Do not use supplemental transmission
fluid additives, treatments or cleaning
agents. The use of these materials may
affect transmission operation and result
in damage to internal transmission
components.
165
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Maintenance
BRAKE FLUID CHECK
WARNING: Do not use any fluid
other than the recommended brake fluid
as this will reduce brake efficiency. Use
of incorrect fluid could result in the loss
of vehicle control, serious personal injury
or death.
WARNING: Only use brake fluid
from a sealed container. Contamination
with dirt, water, petroleum products or
other materials may result in brake
system damage or failure. Failure to
adhere to this warning could result in the
loss of vehicle control, serious personal
injury or death.
WARNING: Do not allow the
fluid to touch your skin or eyes. If this
happens, rinse the affected areas
immediately with plenty of water and
contact your physician.
WARNING: A fluid level between
the MAX and MIN lines is within the
normal operating range and there is no
need to add fluid. A fluid level not in the
normal operating range could
compromise the performance of the
system. Have your vehicle checked
immediately.
E244129
To avoid fluid contamination, the reservoir
cap must remain in place and fully tight,
unless you are adding fluid.
Only use fluid that meets Ford
specifications. See Capacities and
Specifications (page 207).
POWER STEERING FLUID
CHECK
The hydraulic fluid reservoir is under the
hood. The fluid is used for power steering,
active aerodynamics and the active
hydraulic suspension. Keep the fluid level
between MIN and MAX marks as shown
on the reservoir.
E248557
166
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Maintenance
Note: This procedure must be followed to
prevent over filling of the reservoir.
1. Start the engine and make sure that
the steering wheel is at the straight
ahead position. Do not move the
steering wheel after this time.
2. Allow the engine to idle in Park for 2
minutes then shut the engine off.
3. After the engine has been off for 5
minutes, check the hydraulic fluid level
in the reservoir.
4. The MIN / MAX marks are on the front
face of the reservoir. If the level is
above the MIN line on the reservoir DO
NOT add fluid.
5. If the level is below the MIN line, add
only enough fluid to bring the level to
a point between the MIN and MAX
lines.
6. DO NOT add fluid past the MAX line.
WASHER FLUID CHECK
WARNING: If you operate your
vehicle in temperatures below 40°F
(5°C), use washer fluid with antifreeze
protection. Failure to use washer fluid
with antifreeze protection in cold
weather could result in impaired
windshield vision and increase the risk
of injury or accident.
Add fluid to fill the reservoir if the level is
low. Only use a washer fluid that meets
Ford specifications. See Capacities and
Specifications (page 207).
State or local regulations on volatile
organic compounds may restrict the use
of methanol, a common windshield washer
antifreeze additive. Washer fluids
containing non-methanol antifreeze
agents should be used only if they provide
cold weather protection without damaging
the vehicle’s paint finish, wiper blades or
washer system.
FUEL FILTER
Your vehicle is equipped with a lifetime
fuel filter that is integrated with the fuel
tank. Regular maintenance or replacement
is not needed.
CHANGING THE 12V BATTERY
WARNING: Battery posts,
terminals and related accessories
contain lead and lead compounds,
chemicals known to the State of
California to cause cancer and
reproductive harm. Wash your hands
after handling.
The Ford GT uses a lithium Ion battery.
The battery is inside the right front fender.
For battery maintenance or replacement,
contact an authorized dealer.
When a battery replacement is required,
you must use a recommended
replacement battery that matches the
electrical requirements of the vehicle.
Note: If you add electrical accessories or
components to the vehicle, it may adversely
affect the low voltage battery performance
and durability. This may also affect the
performance of other electrical systems in
the vehicle.
167
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Maintenance
Because your vehicle’s engine is
electronically controlled by a computer,
some control conditions are maintained
by power from the battery. When the
battery is disconnected or a new battery
is installed, the engine must relearn its idle
and fuel trim strategy for optimum
driveability and performance.
To restore the settings, do the following:
1. Apply the parking brake.
2. Shift into park (P) or neutral (N).
3. Switch off all accessories.
4. Press the brake pedal and start your
vehicle.
5. Run the engine until it reaches normal
operating temperature. As the engine
is warming up, complete the following:
Reset the clock. See Audio System
(page 218). Reset the radio station
presets. See Audio System (page 218).
6. Allow the engine to idle for at least one
minute.
7. Drive the vehicle at least 10 mi (16 km)
to completely relearn the idle trim and
fuel trim strategy.
Note: If you do not allow the engine to
relearn the idle and fuel trim strategy, the
idle quality of your vehicle may be adversely
affected until the engine computer
eventually relearns the idle trim and fuel
trim strategy.
Make sure that you dispose of old batteries
in an environmentally friendly way. Seek
advice from your local authority about
recycling old batteries.
Battery Charger and Maintainer
If you plan to have your GT parked or in
storage for more than two weeks without
driving it, connect the Li-Ion compatible
battery charger and maintainer provided.
There are two methods to connect the
charger:
Method 1: Rear Hatch Storage
Compartment Power Point
Your Ford GT has a 12V power point in the
rear hatch storage area that allows you to
conveniently plug in to charge and
maintain your battery.
Note: You can only the use the hatch
storage power point for battery charging.
The one inside the passenger compartment
on the side of the center console will not
work for this purpose.
E291522
1. Locate and open the cap covering the
power point.
2. Insert the provided charger plug in to
the power point.
3. Connect the charger to the wall socket.
4. Disconnect the charger from the wall
socket before disconnecting the cigar
plug.
Method 2: Under Hood Jump Start
Posts
You can also connect the battery charger
to the posts underneath the front hood for
jump starting the vehicle. The charger
connects simply to the jump start positive
(+) and negative (-) posts as shown in the
following illustration.
168
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Maintenance
Note: If you incorrectly connect the battery
clamps, the reverse polarity protection of
the charger ensures that the battery and
charger are not damaged.
E235907
1. Connect the positive (+) red cable to
the positive (B) post.
2. Connect the negative (-) black cable
to the negative (A) post.
3. Connect the charger to the wall socket.
4. Disconnect the charger from the wall
socket before disconnecting the
battery.
5. Disconnect the black clamp before the
red clamp.
The battery charger and maintainer
charges the battery to a full charge and
then monitors the charge as the car sits. If
the battery charge level drops, the
maintainer turns on to keep the battery
fully charged. You can keep the car stored
with the charger and maintainer attached.
For further information on the charger, see
the instructions provided with the charger.
Note: If the battery state of charge has
dropped below 10.5 volts, the battery goes
into its under voltage protection mode. If
this has occurred, connect the charger and
press the reset button on the charger for 10
seconds, which wakes up the battery to
allow it to receive a charge.
Note: The GT battery charger and
maintainer is designed for the Lithium
battery used on Ford GT. Use only this
device. A charger designed for a lead acid
battery may damage the lithium battery in
your GT.
Battery Management System
The battery management system monitors
battery conditions and takes actions to
extend battery life. If excessive battery
drain is detected, the system temporarily
disables the electrical systems to protect
the battery.
Use the charger to bring the battery back
to full charge.
Electrical Accessory Installation
Note: If you add electrical accessories or
components to the vehicle, it may adversely
affect battery performance and durability.
This may also affect the performance of
other electrical systems in the vehicle.
CHECKING THE WIPER
BLADES
E142463
169
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Maintenance
Run the tip of your fingers over the edge of
the blade to check for roughness.
Clean the wiper blades with washer fluid
or water applied with a soft sponge or
cloth.
CHANGING THE WIPER
BLADES
Replacement blades are available at your
Ford dealer.
E233208
Note: To avoid damaging the windshield,
lift the wiper blade a few inches off the
glass and place a cloth on the windshield
under the blade.
Note: Manually move the wiper blades to
the midway position.
Note: The windshield wiper blades are
different in length. The longer blade is on
the driver's side.
1. Disconnect the washer pipe from the
wiper arm.
2. Press the release button on the top of
the wiper arm where the blade
assembly attaches to the arm.
3. Pull the blade assembly away from the
arm, while rocking it from side to side
to help release it.
4. Keep the cloth in place to avoid the
arm from hitting the windshield glass.
5. Install the new blade assembly and
reconnect the washer pipe.
6. When complete, switch on the wipers
and they will cycle back to the park
position when you switch them off.
Replace wiper blades at least once per
year for optimum performance.
ADJUSTING THE HEADLAMPS
Headlamp Aim Target
E142592
8 ft (2.4 m).A
Center height of lamp to ground.B
25 ft (7.6 m).C
Horizontal reference line.D
Vertical Aim Adjustment
1. Park your vehicle on a level surface
approximately 25 ft (7.6 m) away from
a vertical wall or screen.
2. Apply the parking brake.
3. Measure the height from the center of
the headlamp to the ground.
Note: There may be an identifying mark on
the lens to help you locate the center of the
headlamp bulb.
170
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Maintenance
4. Mark a horizontal reference line on the
vertical wall or screen that is a
minimum of 8 ft (2.4 m) long.
5. Switch the low beam headlamps on.
E209825
6. There is a distinct change from light to
dark in the left-hand portion of the
headlamp beam pattern. Position the
top edge of this cut-off 2 in (5 cm)
below the horizontal reference line.
E250917
7. Locate and remove the plug in the front
of the wheel liner. Place wheels in the
straight ahead position. Use a ½ inch
socket wrench to adjust vertical
alignment (A).
Note: To see a clearer light pattern while
adjusting one headlamp, block the light
from the other headlamp.
8. Switch the low beam headlamps off.
CHANGING A BULB
LED Lamps
All exterior and interior lamps on the GT
are LED.
These lamps operate at a high voltage.
Contact an authorized dealer if they fail.
CHANGING THE ENGINE AIR
FILTER
Please see an authorized dealer.
171
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Maintenance
Operating at High Speeds and on
Track Days
Your vehicle is capable of sustained high
speeds and track day driving. Follow the
guidelines for breaking in the tires and
powertrain before operating your vehicle
at high speeds or on a track. See
Breaking-In (page 133).
Note: Obey all traffic laws and only operate
your vehicle at locations designed to do so
safely.
Note: For a detailed description of what
your vehicle's New Limited Warranty covers,
see the Ford GT Warranty Guide provided
to you along with your owner's manual.
Before operating your vehicle at high
speeds, follow these guidelines:
Overall Vehicle Preparation:
• Inspect wheels and tires for wear and
damage. Replace any damaged wheels
or tires.
• Torque the wheel lug nuts to the proper
specification: 150 lb.ft (204 Nm).
• Inspect all aerodynamic grilles and
cooling system components for
damage. Make sure there is no debris
or non-factory installed protective
films or equipment that could obstruct
airflow.
• Verify your tires have the correct tire
pressure. See the section that follows
for tire pressure specifications.
• Do not operate your vehicle at high
speeds while carrying cargo.
Brake System Preparation:
• Your vehicle has carbon ceramic brake
rotors that require extra care and
inspection methods including
measuring their weight and reviewing
the surface condition.
• Inspect the brake system for wear or
damage. Replace worn or below
specification brake pads, rotors or
cooling hoses. Make sure that the cross
drilling holes in the rotors are open and
free of debris.
• Prior to track use, replace the brake
fluid with fresh Motorcraft/Ford DOT
4 LV High Performance Brake Fluid or
other DOT compliant fluid with a dry
boiling point greater than 500°F
(260°C) from a sealed container. Do
not use silicone or DOT 5 brake fluids.
Powertrain Preparation:
• Make sure the engine oil, coolant,
transmission fluids and hydraulic
system fluid have received proper
maintenance, are clean and are at the
appropriate capacity.
• Allow the powertrain to warm up and
reach normal operating temperature.
Your vehicle has electronic controls to
reduce power or limit engine RPM to
reduce powertrain temperatures if
required.
• Regularly check the engine oil level
during the event. Maintain the engine
oil level at or near the max mark on the
engine oil dipstick. See Engine Oil
Check (page 160).
Note: To obtain service, please contact the
Ford GT Concierge and they will advise you
of the nearest Certified Ford GT Service
Dealership. See About This Manual (page
5).
172
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Track Use
Road Course Vehicle Preparation
Your Ford GT is already set up from the
factory for road and track use, but if you
plan to participate in road course track
days, we recommend the following chassis
settings for optimal tire wear and handling
performance.
SettingFront Alignment
-1.5°Camber
6°Caster
-0.10° (toe out)Toe — Total
SettingRear Alignment
-1.5°Camber
0.22° (toe in)Toe — Total
SettingTire Pressure (cold
minimum)
1
26 psi (179 kPa)Front
27 psi (186 kPa)Rear
1
If the track has high banking or if your
vehicle will exceed 165 mph (265 km/h),
increase the cold tire pressure to 38 psi
(262 kPa).
SettingTire Pressure (hot)
33 psi (227 kPa)Front
33 psi (227 kPa)Rear
All settings are at Normal ride height and
curb loading condition - full fluids, no
passengers or cargo.
After your track day is complete and your
vehicle has cooled down, return the tire
pressure to the specification listed on the
vehicle placard.
173
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Track Use
WHAT IS LAUNCH CONTROL
Note: Only use this feature in a controlled
environment, such as a track. Launch control
is not for use in normal driving.
Note: Launch control is not available when
in the Wet drive mode.
Your vehicle has a launch control feature
that uses clutch and engine controls to
reduce wheel spin or slip on a hard
acceleration from a standing start.
To operate launch control, your vehicle
must meet the following conditions:
• You must be in any drive mode other
than Wet drive mode.
• You must close the doors, front hood
and rear hatch.
• Your vehicle should be on a level
surface.
• You must disengage the electric park
brake.
• You must be at a complete stop with
the brake pedal applied and the
transmission selector in drive (D).
• Transmission clutch fluid temperature
must be in the normal operating
temperature range.
• No powertrain or brake system warning
indicators are active.
Launch Control remains active until:
• You switch the feature off through the
display screen.
• Your vehicle no longer meets the
conditions required for launch control
to operate.
USING LAUNCH CONTROL
To use Launch Control:
• Activate the launch control feature
through the display screen. See
General Information (page 74).
• When activated, the LC icon appears
in white inside the instrument cluster.
• With your vehicle at a complete stop,
hold the brake pedal firmly and press
the accelerator pedal to wide open
throttle.
• When the engine reaches the required
RPM and your vehicle meets all other
system requirements, the LC icon turns
from white to green and the vehicle is
ready to launch.
• Quickly release the brake pedal and
carefully steer your vehicle when it
accelerates from a stop. The launch
control feature controls wheel spin as
you accelerate.
• After completing the run and stopping,
the LC icon returns to white.
• If any operating conditions are not
within specification, the LC icon turns
grey with a strikethrough.
• You can switch launch control off
through the display screen. See
General Information (page 74).
174
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Launch Control
GENERAL INFORMATION
Your authorized dealer has many quality
products available to clean your vehicle
and protect its finishes.
CLEANING PRODUCTS
Materials
For best results, use the following products
or products of equivalent quality:
SpecificationName
Motorcraft® Bug and Tar Remover, ZC-42 (U.S. & Canada)
ESR-M5B194-BMotorcraft® Custom Bright Metal Cleaner, ZC-15 (U.S. & Canada)
ESR-M14P4-AMotorcraft® Detail Wash, ZC-3-A (U.S. & Canada)
ESR-M14P3-AMotorcraft® Engine Shampoo and Degreaser, ZC-20 (U.S.)
Motorcraft® Engine Shampoo, CXC-66-A (Canada)
Motorcraft® Premium Leather and Vinyl Cleaner, ZC-56 (U.S. &
Canada)
Motorcraft® Multi-Purpose Cleaner, CXC-101 (Canada)
WSS-M14P19-AMotorcraft® Premium Windshield Wash Concentrate with
Bitterant, ZC-32-B2 (U.S.)
WSS-M14P19-AMotorcraft® Premium Quality Windshield Washer Fluid, CXC-37-
A/B/D/F (Canada)
Motorcraft® Professional Strength Carpet & Upholstery Cleaner,
ZC-54 (U.S. & Canada)
ESR-M14P5-AMotorcraft® Premium Glass Cleaner, CXC-100 (Canada)
Motorcraft® Spot and Stain Remover, ZC-14 (U.S.)
ESR-M14P5-AMotorcraft® Ultra-Clear Spray Glass Cleaner, ZC-23 (U.S.)
Motorcraft® Wheel and Tire Cleaner, ZC-37-A (U.S. & Canada)
CLEANING THE EXTERIOR
Note: Never drive your vehicle through an
automated, commercial car wash due to
the vehicle's low ground clearance. Always
wash your vehicle by hand. Never use a
power washer or high pressure wand to
clean your vehicle.
Note: Suntan lotions and insect repellents
can damage painted surfaces. If these
substances come in contact with your
vehicle, wash the affected area as soon as
possible.
Note: Use a separate wash mitt and soap
bucket to clean the wheels to prevent brake
dust from scratching the paint finish.
175
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Vehicle Care
Note: Do not spray cleaning products on
the brake discs. Any resulting damage is not
covered by your vehicle warranty.
Note: Always follow the instructions
included in this manual when cleaning your
vehicle and do not use abrasive cleaning
products.
Standard Paint Finish
If your vehicle has a matte paint finish, see
Matte Paint Finish in this chapter.
Wash your vehicle regularly with cool or
lukewarm water and a neutral pH
shampoo, we recommend Motorcraft®™
Detail Wash.
• Never use strong household detergents
or soap, for example dish washing or
laundry liquid. These products can
discolor and spot painted surfaces.
• Never wash your vehicle when it is hot
to the touch, or during strong or direct
sunlight.
• Dry your vehicle with a chamois or soft
terry cloth towel to eliminate water
spotting.
• Immediately remove fuel spillages, bird
droppings, insect deposits and road tar.
These may cause damage to your
vehicle’s paintwork or trim over time.
We recommend Motorcraft® Bug and
Tar Remover.
Matte Paint Finish (If Equipped)
Prepare the following before washing your
vehicle:
• Use a no shine, matte car wash soap
that does not contain fillers or silicone.
• Use high quality, soft lamb's wool mitts
and wash each mitt thoroughly after
each car wash.
• Wash your vehicle's painted surfaces
in the shade with two buckets of water,
one for soap and the other for clean
water.
• Add a plastic grit guard to the bottom
of the soap bucket so that dirt settles
at the bottom of the bucket and does
not contaminate the wash mitt.
To wash your vehicle:
1. Rinse your vehicle to remove as much
dirt and debris as possible.
2. Wet the wash mitt in the soap bucket
and apply the soapy water to your
vehicle in a gentle back-and-forth
motion.
Note: Do not rub the wash mitt in circles or
rub the paint surface aggressively. Rubbing
too hard in circles leaves permanent swirl
marks in the paint finish.
3. Rinse the wash mitt in clean water
before inserting the mitt back into the
soap bucket to prevent dirt from
contaminating the soapy water.
4. Rinse the vehicle with clean water and
dry it with a clean, damp cloth.
Note: Do not use automotive waxes, detail
sprays or abrasive polishes or glazes on your
vehicle. Improper use of cleaning products
can cause damage to your vehicle not
covered by your vehicle warranty.
Immediately remove fuel spillages, bird
droppings, insect deposits and road tar.
Use a wet microfiber towel and an
alcohol-based window cleaner, a matte
paint finish cleaner or a 50/50 mix of
alcohol and deionized water.
Note: Always soak a microfiber towel or
wash mitt with water before cleaning. Using
a dry towel or mitt on a matte paint finish
creates a permanent glossy spot in the paint
finish.
176
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Vehicle Care
Raising the Rear Wing
For routine cleaning, raise the wing.
Using the information display select the
following:
1. Rear wing deployment.
2. Select Raised.
After you have cleaned your vehicle, to
return the wing to the lowered position you
must drive the car at 15 mph (25 km/h) or
above. The wing will return to the lowered
position.
Note: You cannot lower the wing when your
vehicle is stationary.
Exterior Plastic Parts
For routine cleaning we recommend
Motorcraft® Detail Wash. If tar or grease
spots are present, we recommend
Motorcraft® Bug and Tar Remover.
Under Hood
For removing black rubber marks from
under the hood we recommend
Motorcraft® Wheel and Tire Cleaner or
Motorcraft® Bug and Tar Remover.
WAXING
Note: If your vehicle has a matte paint
finish, do not wax your vehicle.
Regular waxing is necessary to protect your
car's paint from the elements. We
recommend that you wash and wax the
painted surface once or twice a year.
When washing and waxing, park your
vehicle in a shaded area out of direct
sunlight. Always wash your vehicle before
applying wax.
• Use a quality wax that does not contain
abrasives.
• Follow the manufacturer’ s instructions
to apply and remove the wax.
• Apply a small amount of wax in a
back-and-forth motion, not in circles.
• Do not allow wax to come in contact
with any non-body (low-gloss black)
colored trim. The wax will discolor or
stain the parts over time.
• Do not apply wax to glass areas.
• After waxing, your car's paint should
feel smooth, and be free of streaks and
smudges.
CLEANING THE ENGINE
Engines are more efficient when they are
clean because grease and dirt buildup keep
the engine warmer than normal.
When washing:
• Do not spray a hot engine with cold
water to avoid cracking the engine
block or other engine components.
• Spray Motorcraft® Engine Shampoo
and Degreaser on all parts that require
cleaning and pressure rinse clean. In
Canada, use Motorcraft Engine
Shampoo.
• Never wash or rinse the engine while it
is hot or running; water in the running
engine may cause internal damage.
• Never wash or rinse any ignition coil,
spark plug wire or spark plug well, or
the area in and around these locations.
• Never spray water on electrical
components such as modules,
connectors and fuse boxes. Cover all
electrical components before cleaning
to prevent water damage.
177
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Vehicle Care
CLEANING THE WINDOWS AND
WIPER BLADES
Dirty windshield and wipers will result in
poor windshield wiper operation. Keep the
windshield and wiper blades clean to
maintain windshield wiper performance.
To clean exterior glass surfaces and wiper
blades:
• Clean the exterior surface of the
windshield with a non-abrasive glass
cleaner.
• For windshields contaminated with
tree sap, chemicals, wax or bugs, clean
the outside surface of the windshield
with Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover.
• Clean the wiper blades with isopropyl
rubbing alcohol or windshield washer
concentrate.
The interior glass surface of the windshield
and engine cover glass, and both the inner
and outer surface of the bulkhead glass,
have a laminate coating that requires
special care.
To clean interior glass surfaces:
• When cleaning the inside of the
windshield, avoid getting any glass
cleaner on the instrument panel or door
panels. Wipe any excess cleaner off
these surfaces immediately.
• Use a microfiber towel and plain water,
or a mixture of one-half water and
one-half white vinegar, to clean the
interior glass surfaces.
Note: Never use alcohol or ammonia based
cleaners, aerosol sprays or abrasive
compounds to clean the interior glass
surfaces of your vehicle. Using improper
cleaning products can cause damage to
your vehicle.
CLEANING THE INTERIOR
WARNING: Do not use cleaning
solvents, bleach or dye on the vehicle's
seatbelts, as these actions may weaken
the belt webbing.
Clean safety belts with water applied with
a soft sponge. Let them dry naturally, away
from artificial heat.
Wipe carbon fiber surfaces with a clean,
damp and soft cloth to remove dust. Then
use a clean, dry and soft cloth to dry these
areas.
Cleaning Alcantara Microfiber
Cloth
Note: Some models have Alcantara
microfiber cloth fabric on the seats,
headliner, instrument panel and door panels.
Use a soft brush, a clean, dry cloth or
vacuum cleaner to remove dust and loose
dirt from Alcantara cloth surfaces. Gently
wipe the cloth surfaces with a clean, damp
cotton cloth.
Note: Alcantara microfiber cloth fabric are
made of polyester microfiber with
micro-porous polyurethane. Using
commercially available fabric cleaners can
cause permanent damage.
Note: Do not use commercially available
leather and vinyl cleaning products on
Alcantara cloth fabric.
Depending on the type of stain, use water,
lemon juice or pure ethyl alcohol when
cleaning. For cleaning Alcantara microfiber
cloth, refer to the following chart:
178
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Vehicle Care
Cleaning ProcedureType of Stain
Use lukewarm water and rinse by dabbing
with clean water.
Fruit juice, jam, jelly, syrup or ketchup.
Use cold water and rinse by dabbing with
clean water. Avoid warm water because it
makes these substances coagulate.
Blood, egg, excrement or urine.
Use lukewarm water. If the color remains,
treat with lemon juice and then rinse.
Liquor, alcoholic beverages, wine, beer, cola
and tea.
Use lukewarm water and rinse by dabbing
with clean water.
Indelible pencil, cocoa, chocolate, pastry
with cream or chocolate, ice cream or
mustard.
Use lemon juice, wipe with lukewarm water
and rinse by dabbing with clean water.
Vinegar, hair gel, tomato sauce or coffee
with sugar.
Use ethyl alcohol, then dab with water.Dye transfer and all other stains.
CLEANING THE INSTRUMENT
PANEL AND INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER LENS
WARNING: Do not use chemical
solvents or strong detergents when
cleaning the steering wheel or
instrument panel to avoid contamination
of the airbag system.
Note: Follow the same procedure as
cleaning leather seats for cleaning leather
interior trim surfaces. See Cleaning Leather
Seats (page 180).
Note: If your vehicle has Alcantara or Miko
microfiber cloth trim, follow the cleaning
instructions in this chapter. See Cleaning
the Interior (page 178).
Clean the carbon fiber portions of the
instrument panel and cluster lens with a
clean, damp and soft cloth, then use a
clean, dry and soft cloth to dry these areas.
• Do not use any household cleaning
products or glass cleaners as these
may damage the finish of the
instrument panel, interior trim and
cluster lens.
• Wash or wipe your hands clean if you
have been in contact with certain
products such as insect repellent and
suntan lotion to avoid possible damage
to the interior painted surfaces.
• Do not allow air fresheners and hand
sanitizers to spill onto interior surfaces.
If a spill occurs, wipe off immediately.
Your warranty may not cover these
damages.
179
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Vehicle Care
CLEANING LEATHER SEATS
If your vehicle has Alcantara or Miko
microfiber cloth trim, follow the cleaning
instructions in this chapter. See Cleaning
the Interior (page 178).
Note: Follow the same procedure as
cleaning leather seats for cleaning leather
interior trim surfaces.
For routine cleaning, wipe the surface with
a soft, damp cloth and a mild soap and
water solution. Dry the area with a clean,
soft cloth.
For cleaning and removing stains such as
dye transfer, use Motorcraft™ Premium
Leather and Vinyl Cleaner or a
commercially available leather cleaning
product for automotive interiors.
Note: Test any cleaner or stain remover on
an inconspicuous area.
You should:
• Remove dust and loose dirt with a
vacuum cleaner.
• Clean and treat spills and stains as
soon as possible.
Do not use the following products as these
may damage the leather:
• Oil and petroleum or silicone-based
leather conditioners.
• Household cleaners.
• Alcohol solutions.
• Solvents or cleaners intended
specifically for rubber, vinyl and
plastics.
REPAIRING MINOR PAINT
DAMAGE
See your authorized dealer to obtain
touch-up paint for the exterior color of your
vehicle. The color code is included on the
Safety Compliance Certification label on
the driver's door-latch post. Follow the
instructions on the paint bottle.
CLEANING THE WHEELS
This information applies to alloy and
carbon fiber wheels.
Note: Do not apply a cleaning chemical to
warm or hot wheels.
Note: Do not drive your vehicle through an
automated, commercial car wash.
Automated car washes can damage your
vehicle.
Note: Do not use industrial-strength or
heavy-duty cleaners in combination with
brush agitation to remove brake dust and
dirt.
Note: Do not use hydrofluoric acid-based
or high caustic-based wheel cleaners, steel
wool, fuels or strong household detergents.
Note: Do not spray wheel cleaning products
on any part of the braking system. Use a
mild soap and water solution only.
Alloy and carbon fiber wheels are coated
with a paint finish. To maintain their
condition we recommend that you:
• Clean the wheels weekly using
Motorcraft Wheel and Tire Cleaner or
a gentle soap solution. Apply to the
wheel only using manufacturer's
instructions.
• Use a soft sponge to remove deposits
of dirt and brake dust accumulation.
180
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Vehicle Care
• Rinse thoroughly with a strong stream
of water when you have completed the
cleaning process.
• To remove tar and grease, use
Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover.
VEHICLE STORAGE
At Ford, we fully understand that many
Ford Performance vehicles will see only
occasional operation and that many of the
vehicles, especially in northern climates,
may be stored for an extended period
during the winter months. If you plan on
storing your vehicle for 30 days or more,
read the following maintenance
recommendations to make sure your
vehicle stays in good operating condition.
We engineer and test all motor vehicles
and their components for reliable, regular
driving. Under various conditions,
long-term storage may lead to degraded
engine performance or failure unless you
use specific precautions to preserve engine
components.
General
Note: Do not park your vehicle in facilities
that use parking platforms or elevators that
lift your vehicle. The vehicle Warranty may
not cover damage caused to your vehicle as
a result of using this type of equipment.
• Store all vehicles inside a garage or
building in a dry, ventilated place.
• Protect from sunlight, if possible. Use
a soft, breathable vehicle cover.
Body
• Wash your vehicle thoroughly to
remove dirt, grease, oil, tar or mud from
exterior surfaces, rear-wheel housing
and the underside of front fenders.
• Lubricate all hood, door and luggage
compartment hinges and latches with
a light grade oil.
• Cover interior trim to prevent fading.
• Keep all rubber parts free from oil and
solvents.
Engine
• Change the engine oil and filter prior to
storage because used engine oil
contains contaminates which may
cause engine damage.
• Start the engine every 15 days for a
minimum of 15 minutes. Run at fast
idle with the climate controls set to
defrost until the engine reaches normal
operating temperature.
• With your foot on the brake, shift
through all the gears while the engine
is running.
• If your vehicle is stored for more than
a few months, we recommend that you
change the engine oil before you use
your vehicle again.
Fuel system
• Fill the fuel tank with high-quality fuel
until the first automatic shutoff of the
fuel pump nozzle and add
commercially available fuel stabilizer.
Run the engine for a minimum of one
minute to ensure that treated fuel has
circulated through the system.
181
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Vehicle Care
Cooling system
• Protect against freezing temperatures.
• When removing your vehicle from
storage, check coolant fluid level.
Confirm that there are no cooling
system leaks and that fluid is at the
recommended level.
Battery
• Connect your vehicle to the battery
charger/maintainer provided with your
vehicle whenever you store your vehicle
for more than 2 weeks.
• Connect the wires as shown in the
illustration. See Changing the 12V
Battery (page 167).
Brakes
• Make sure the brakes and parking brake
release fully.
Tires
• To minimize flat spots on the tires,
inflate all four tires to the
recommended cold pressures listed on
the Safety Compliance Certification
label or Tire Label. When the vehicle is
taken out of storage, reset the tire
pressures as necessary to the
recommended levels listed on the
Safety Compliance Certification label
or Tire Label affixed to your vehicle.
Note: If you store your vehicle in a location
with low ambient temperatures, follow the
instructions for care of summer tires. See
Using Summer Tires (page 201).
Miscellaneous
• Move vehicles at least 25 ft (7.5 m)
every 15 days to lubricate working parts
and prevent flat spots in the tires.
Removing Vehicle From Storage
When your vehicle is ready to come out of
storage, do the following:
• Wash your vehicle to remove any dirt
or grease film build-up on window
surfaces.
• Check windshield wipers for any
deterioration.
• Check under the hood and engine cover
for any foreign material that may have
collected during storage such as mice
or squirrel nests.
• Check the exhaust for any foreign
material that may have collected
during storage.
• Check tire pressures and set tire
inflation per the Tire Label.
• Check brake pedal operation. Drive
your vehicle 15 ft (4.5 m) back and
forth with the brake lightly applied.
• Check fluid levels (including coolant,
oil and gas) to make sure there are no
leaks, and fluids are at recommended
levels.
See an authorized dealer if you have any
concerns or issues.
BODY STYLING KITS
The distance between the underside of
your vehicle and the ground is less than
that of other models. Drive with extreme
care to avoid damage to your vehicle.
182
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Vehicle Care
TIRE SEALANT AND INFLATOR
KIT
E244127
The kit is located in the storage
compartment under the rear hatch,
forward of the rear wing. The kit consists
of an air compressor to re-inflate the tire
and a canister of sealing compound that
will effectively seal most punctures caused
by nails or similar objects. This kit provides
a temporary tire repair, allowing you to
drive your vehicle up to 120 mi (200 km)
at a maximum speed of 50 mph (80 km/h)
to reach a tire service location.
Note: The temporary mobility kit contains
enough sealant compound in the canister
for one tire repair only. See an authorized
Ford dealer for replacement sealant
canisters.
E175977
Air compressor (inside).A
Selector switch.B
On and off button.C
Air pressure gauge.D
Sealant bottle and canister.E
Dual purpose hose: air and
repair.
F
Tire valve connector.G
Accessory power plug.H
Casing/housing.I
Bike/raft/sports ball adapters.J
183
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Wheels and Tires
General Information
WARNING: Failure to follow
these guidelines could result in an
increased risk of loss of vehicle control,
injury or death.
Note: Do not use the kit if you have severely
damaged a tire. Only seal punctures located
within the tire tread with the kit.
Do not attempt to repair punctures larger
than 0.2362 in (6 mm) or damage to the
tire's sidewall. The tire may not completely
seal.
Loss of air pressure may adversely affect
tire performance. For this reason:
Note: Do not drive the vehicle above
50 mph (80 km/h).
Note: Do not drive further than 120 mi
(200 km). Drive only to the closest
authorized Ford dealer or tire repair shop to
have your tire inspected.
• Drive carefully and avoid abrupt
steering maneuvers.
• Periodically monitor tire inflation
pressure in the affected tire; if the tire
is losing pressure, have the vehicle
towed on a flat bed.
• Read the information in the Tips for
Use of the Kit section to make sure safe
operation of the kit and your vehicle.
Tips for Use of the Kit
To ensure safe operation of the kit:
• Read all instructions and cautions fully.
• Before operating the kit, make sure
your vehicle is safely off the road and
away from moving traffic. Switch on
the hazard lights.
• Always set the parking brake to ensure
the vehicle does not move
unexpectedly.
• Do not remove any foreign objects,
such as nails or screws, from the tire.
• When using the kit, leave the engine
running (only if the vehicle is outdoors
or in a well-ventilated area) so the
compressor does not drain the
vehicle's battery.
• Do not allow the compressor to
operate continuously for more than 15
minutes. This will help prevent the
compressor from overheating.
• Never leave the kit unattended during
operation.
• Sealant compound contains latex.
Those with latex sensitivities should
use appropriate precautions to avoid
an allergic reaction.
• Keep the kit away from children.
• Only use the kit when the ambient
temperature is between -22°F (-30°C)
and 158°F (70°C).
• Only use the sealing compound before
the use-by date. The use-by date is on
a label on the sealant canister, which
you can see through the rectangular
viewing window on the bottom of the
compressor. Check the use-by date
regularly and replace the canister after
four years of non-use.
• Do not store the kit unsecured inside
the passenger compartment of the
vehicle as it may cause injury during a
sudden stop or crash. Always store the
kit in its original location.
• After sealant use, an authorized Ford
dealer must replace the tire pressure
monitoring system sensor and valve
stem on the wheel.
• Operating the kit could cause an
electrical disturbance in radio
operation.
184
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Wheels and Tires
E175978
* When inflation only is required
for a tire or other objects, the
selector must be in the Air
position.
What to do When a Tire Is
Punctured
You can repair a tire puncture within the
tire's tread area in two stages with the kit.
• In the first stage, inflate the tire with a
sealing compound and air. After you
inflate the tire, you will need to drive
the vehicle a short distance (about 4 mi
(6 km) to distribute the sealant in the
tire.
• In the second stage, check the tire
pressure and adjust, if necessary, to the
vehicle's specified tire inflation
pressure.
First Stage: Inflating the Tire with
Sealing Compound and Air
WARNING: Do not stand directly
over the kit while inflating the tire. If you
notice any unusual bulges or
deformations in the tire's sidewall during
inflation, stop and call roadside
assistance.
WARNING: If the tire does not
inflate to the recommended tire pressure
within 15 minutes, stop and call roadside
assistance.
WARNING: Do not run the
engine when operating the air
compressor unless the vehicle is
outdoors or in a well-ventilated area.
Preparation: Park the vehicle in a safe, level
and secure area, away from moving traffic.
Switch the hazard lights on. Apply the
parking brake and switch the engine off.
Inspect the flat tire for visible damage.
Sealant compound contains latex. Use
appropriate precautions to avoid any
allergic reactions.
Do not remove any foreign object that has
pierced the tire. If a puncture is located in
the tire sidewall, stop and call roadside
assistance.
1. Remove the valve cap from the tire
valve.
2. Unwrap the dual purpose hose (black
tube) from the back of the compressor
housing.
3. Fasten the hose to the tire valve by
turning the connector clockwise.
Tighten the connection securely.
E252191
4. Plug the power cable into the 12-volt
power point located on the right side
of the floor console.
185
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Wheels and Tires
5. Remove the warning sticker found on
the casing/housing and place it on the
top of the instrument panel or the
center of the dash.
6. Start the vehicle and leave the engine
running so the compressor does not
drain the vehicle’s battery.
E175981
7. Turn dial (A) clockwise to the sealant
position. Switch the kit on by pressing
the on/off button (B).
8. Inflate the tire to the pressure listed on
the tire label located on the driver's
door or the door jamb area. The initial
air pressure gauge reading may indicate
a value higher than the label pressure
while you pump the sealing compound
into the tire. This is normal and should
be no reason for concern. The pressure
gauge reading will indicate the tire
inflation pressure after about 30
seconds of operation. You should
check the final tire pressure with the
compressor turned OFF in order to get
an accurate pressure reading.
E175982
9. When the tire reaches the
recommended tire pressure, switch off
the kit, unplug the power cable, and
disconnect the hose from the tire valve.
Re-install the valve cap on the tire
valve and return the kit to the stowage
area.
10. Immediately and cautiously, drive the
vehicle 4 mi (6 km) to distribute the
sealant evenly inside the tire. Do not
exceed 50 mph (80 km/h).
11. After 4 mi (6 km), stop and check the
tire pressure. See Second Stage:
Checking Tire Pressure.
186
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Wheels and Tires
Note: If you experience any unusual
vibration, ride disturbance or noise while
driving, reduce your speed until you can
safely pull off to the side of the road to call
for roadside assistance. Note: Do not
proceed to the second stage of this
operation.
Second Stage: Checking Tire
Pressure
WARNING: The power plug may
get hot after use and should be handled
carefully when unplugging.
If you are proceeding from the First Stage:
Re-inflating the Tire with Sealing
Compound and Air section and have
injected sealant in the tire and the pressure
is below 20 psi (137 kPa), continue to the
next step.
Check the air pressure of your tires as
follows:
E175983
1. Remove the valve cap from the tire
valve.
2. Firmly screw the air compressor hose
onto the valve stem by turning
clockwise.
3. Push and turn the dial clockwise to the
air position.
4. If required, switch on the compressor
and adjust the tire to the
recommended inflation pressure
shown on the tire label located on the
driver's door or door jamb area. You
should check the tire pressure with the
compressor turned OFF in order to get
an accurate pressure reading.
5. Unplug the hoses, re-install the valve
cap on the tire and return the kit to the
stowage area.
What to Do After the Tire has Been
Sealed
After using the kit to seal your tire, you will
need to replace the sealant canister. You
can obtain sealant canisters and spare
parts at an authorized Ford dealer. You can
dispose of empty sealant canisters at
home. However, you should dispose of
canisters still containing liquid sealant
through your local authorized Ford dealer
or tire dealer, or in accordance with local
waste disposal regulation.
Note: After you use the sealing compound,
the maximum vehicle speed is 50 mph
(80 km/h) and the maximum driving
distance is 120 mi (200 km). You should
inspect the sealed tire immediately.
You can check the tire pressure any time
within the 120 mi (200 km) by performing
the steps listed previously in the Second
Stage: Checking Tire Pressure procedure.
187
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Wheels and Tires
Removal of the sealant canister from
the kit
E175984
1. Unwrap the dual purpose hose (black
tube) from the compressor housing.
E175985
2. Unwrap the power cord.
E175986
3. Remove the back cover.
E175987
4. Rotate the sealant canister up 90
degrees and pull away from
casing/housing to remove.
Installation of the sealant canister to
the kit
1. With the canister held perpendicular
to the housing, insert the canister
nozzle into the connector and push
until seated.
2. Rotate the canister 90 degrees down
into the housing/casing.
E175988
3. Snap the back cover back into place.
188
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Wheels and Tires
E175989
4. Wrap the dual purpose hose (black
tube) around the channel on the
bottom of the housing/casing.
E175990
5. Wrap the power cord around the
housing and stow the accessory power
plug into its storage area.
Note: If you experience any difficulties with
the removal or installation of the sealant
canister, consult an authorized Ford dealer
for assistance.
Make sure you check the sealant
compound’s use-by date regularly. The
use-by date is on a label located on the
sealant canister, which you can see
through the rectangular viewing window
on the bottom of the kit. You should
replace the sealant canister after four
years of non-use.
TIRE CARE
Information About Uniform
Tire Quality Grading
E142542
Tire Quality Grades apply to new
pneumatic passenger car tires.
The Quality grades can be found
where applicable on the tire
sidewall between tread shoulder
and maximum section width. For
example: Treadwear 200
Traction AA Temperature A.
These Tire Quality Grades are
determined by standards that the
United States Department of
Transportation has set.
Tire Quality Grades apply to new
pneumatic passenger car tires.
They do not apply to deep tread,
winter-type snow tires,
space-saver or temporary use
spare tires, light truck or LT type
tires, tires with nominal rim
diameters of 10 to 12 inches or
limited production tires as defined
in Title 49 Code of Federal
Regulations Part 575.104 (c)(2).
189
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Wheels and Tires
U.S. Department of
Transportation Tire quality
grades: The U.S. Department of
Transportation requires Ford
Motor Company to give you the
following information about tire
grades exactly as the government
has written it.
Treadwear
The treadwear grade is a
comparative rating based on the
wear rate of the tire when tested
under controlled conditions on a
specified government test course.
For example, a tire graded 150
would wear 1 ½ times as well on
the government course as a tire
graded 100. The relative
performance of tires depends
upon the actual conditions of their
use, however, and may depart
significantly from the norm due to
variations in driving habits, service
practices, and differences in road
characteristics and climate.
Traction AA A B C
WARNING: The traction
grade assigned to this tire is
based on straight-ahead braking
traction tests, and does not
include acceleration, cornering,
hydroplaning or peak traction
characteristics.
The traction grades, from highest
to lowest are AA, A, B, and C. The
grades represent the tire’s ability
to stop on wet pavement as
measured under controlled
conditions on specified
government test surfaces of
asphalt and concrete. A tire
marked C may have poor traction
performance.
Temperature A B C
WARNING: The
temperature grade for this tire is
established for a tire that is
properly inflated and not
overloaded. Excessive speed,
underinflation, or excessive
loading, either separately or in
combination, can cause heat
buildup and possible tire failure.
The temperature grades are A
(the highest), B and C,
representing the tire’s resistance
to the generation of heat and its
ability to dissipate heat when
tested under controlled conditions
on a specified indoor laboratory
test wheel. Sustained high
temperature can cause the
material of the tire to degenerate
and reduce tire life, and excessive
temperature can lead to sudden
tire failure. The grade C
corresponds to a level of
performance which all passenger
car tires must meet under the
190
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Wheels and Tires
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety
Standard No. 139. Grades B and A
represent higher levels of
performance on the laboratory
test wheel than the minimum
required by law.
Glossary of Tire Terminology
*Tire label: A label showing the
original equipment tire sizes,
recommended inflation pressure
and the maximum weight the
vehicle can carry.
*Tire Identification Number
(TIN): A number on the sidewall
of each tire providing information
about the tire brand and
manufacturing plant, tire size and
date of manufacture. Also referred
to as DOT code.
*Inflation pressure: A measure
of the amount of air in a tire.
*Standard load: A class of
P-metric or Metric tires designed
to carry a maximum load at set
pressure. For example: For
P-metric tires 35 psi (241 kPa) and
for Metric tires 36 psi (248 kPa).
Increasing the inflation pressure
beyond this pressure will not
increase the tire capability.
*Extra load: A class of P-metric
or Metric tires designed to carry a
heavier maximum load at 42 psi
(289 kPa). Increasing the inflation
pressure beyond this pressure will
not increase the tire’s load
carrying capability.
*kPa: Kilopascal, a metric unit of
air pressure.
*PSI: Pounds per square inch, a
standard unit of air pressure.
*Cold tire pressure: The tire
pressure when the vehicle has
been stationary and out of direct
sunlight for an hour or more and
prior to the vehicle being driven for
1 mi (1.6 km).
*Recommended inflation
pressure: The cold inflation
pressure found on the Safety
Compliance Certification Label
(affixed to either the door hinge
pillar, door-latch post, or the door
edge that meets the door-latch
post, next to the driver's seating
position), or Tire Label located on
the B-Pillar or the edge of the
driver’s door.
* B-pillar: The structural member
at the side of the vehicle behind
the front door.
*Bead area of the tire: Area of
the tire next to the rim.
* Sidewall of the tire: Area
between the bead area and the
tread.
*Tread area of the tire: Area of
the perimeter of the tire that
contacts the road when mounted
on the vehicle.
*Rim: The metal support (wheel)
for a tire or a tire and tube
assembly upon which the tire
beads are seated.
191
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Wheels and Tires
Information Contained on the
Tire Sidewall
Both United States and Canada
Federal regulations require tire
manufacturers to place
standardized information on the
sidewall of all tires. This
information identifies and
describes the fundamental
characteristics of the tire and also
provides a U.S. DOT Tire
Identification Number for safety
standard certification and in case
of a recall.
Information on P Type Tires
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
E142543
P215/65R15 95H is an example of
a tire size, load index and speed
rating. The definitions of these
items are listed below. (Note that
the tire size, load index and speed
rating for your vehicle may be
different from this example.)
A. P: Indicates a tire, designated
by the Tire and Rim Association,
that may be used for service on
cars, sport utility vehicles,
minivans and light trucks. Note: If
your tire size does not begin with
a letter this may mean it is
designated by either the European
Tire and Rim Technical
Organization or the Japan Tire
Manufacturing Association.
B. 215: Indicates the nominal
width of the tire in millimeters
from sidewall edge to sidewall
edge. In general, the larger the
number, the wider the tire.
C. 65: Indicates the aspect ratio
which gives the tire's ratio of
height to width.
D. R: Indicates a radial type tire.
E. 15: Indicates the wheel or rim
diameter in inches. If you change
your wheel size, you will have to
purchase new tires to match the
new wheel diameter.
F. 95: Indicates the tire's load
index. It is an index that relates to
how much weight a tire can carry.
You may find this information in
your owner’s manual. If not,
contact a local tire dealer.
Note: You may not find this
information on all tires because it
is not required by federal law.
192
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Wheels and Tires
G. H: Indicates the tire's speed
rating. The speed rating denotes
the speed at which a tire is
designed to be driven for extended
periods of time under a standard
condition of load and inflation
pressure. The tires on your vehicle
may operate at different
conditions for load and inflation
pressure. These speed ratings may
need to be adjusted for the
difference in conditions. The
ratings range from 81 mph
(130 km/h) to 186 mph
(299 km/h). These ratings are
listed in the following chart.
Note: You may not find this
information on all tires because it
is not required by federal law.
Speed ratingLetter
rating
81 mph (130 km/h)M
87 mph (140 km/h)N
93 mph (150 km/h)P
99 mph (160 km/h)Q
106 mph (170 km/h)R
112 mph (180 km/h)S
118 mph (190 km/h)T
124 mph (200 km/h)U
130 mph (210 km/h)H
149 mph (240 km/h)V
168 mph (270 km/h)W
Speed ratingLetter
rating
186 mph (300 km/h)Y
>186 mph
(300 km/h)
ZR
Note: For tires with a maximum
speed capability over 149 mph
(240 km/h), tire manufacturers
sometimes use the letters ZR. For
those with a maximum speed
capability over 186 mph (299
km/h), tire manufacturers always
use the letters ZR.
H. U.S. DOT Tire Identification
Number (TIN): This begins with
the letters DOT and indicates that
the tire meets all federal
standards. The next two numbers
or letters are the plant code
designating where it was
manufactured, the next two are
the tire size code and the last four
numbers represent the week and
year the tire was built. For
example, the numbers 317 mean
the 31st week of 1997. After 2000
the numbers go to four digits. For
example, 2501 means the 25th
week of 2001. The numbers in
between are identification codes
used for traceability. This
information is used to contact
customers if a tire defect requires
a recall.
I. M+S or M/S: Mud and Snow, or
AT: All Terrain, or
AS: All Season.
193
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Wheels and Tires
J. Tire Ply Composition and
Material Used: Indicates the
number of plies or the number of
layers of rubber-coated fabric in
the tire tread and sidewall. Tire
manufacturers also must indicate
the ply materials in the tire and the
sidewall, which include steel,
nylon, polyester, and others.
K. Maximum Load: Indicates the
maximum load in kilograms and
pounds that can be carried by the
tire. See the Safety Compliance
Certification Label (affixed to
either the door hinge pillar,
door-latch post, or the door edge
that meets the door-latch post,
next to the driver's seating
position), for the correct tire
pressure for your vehicle.
L. Treadwear, Traction and
Temperature Grades:
*Treadwear The treadwear grade
is a comparative rating based on
the wear rate of the tire when
tested under controlled conditions
on a specified government test
course. For example, a tire graded
150 would wear one and one-half
times as well on the government
course as a tire graded 100.
*Traction: The traction grades,
from highest to lowest are AA, A,
B, and C. The grades represent the
tire's ability to stop on wet
pavement as measured under
controlled conditions on specified
government test surfaces of
asphalt and concrete. A tire
marked C may have poor traction
performance.
*Temperature: The temperature
grades are A (the highest), B and
C, representing the tire's
resistance to the generation of
heat and its ability to dissipate
heat when tested under controlled
conditions on a specified indoor
laboratory test wheel.
M. Maximum Inflation
Pressure: Indicates the tire
manufacturers' maximum
permissible pressure or the
pressure at which the maximum
load can be carried by the tire. This
pressure is normally higher than
the vehicle manufacturer's
recommended cold inflation
pressure which can be found on
the Safety Compliance
Certification Label (affixed to
either the door hinge pillar,
door-latch post, or the door edge
that meets the door-latch post,
next to the driver's seating
position), or Tire Label which is
located on the B-Pillar or the edge
of the driver’s door. The cold
inflation pressure should never be
set lower than the recommended
pressure on the vehicle label.
194
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Wheels and Tires
The tire suppliers may have
additional markings, notes or
warnings such as standard load
or radial tubeless.
Location of the Tire Label
You will find a Tire Label
containing tire inflation pressure
by tire size and other important
information located on the driver’s
side door opening.
Inflating Your Tires
Safe operation of your vehicle
requires that your tires are
properly inflated. Remember that
a tire can lose up to half of its air
pressure without appearing flat.
Every day before you drive, check
your tires. If one looks lower than
the others, use a tire gauge to
check pressure of all tires and
adjust if required.
At least once a month and before
long trips, inspect each tire and
check the tire pressure with a tire
gauge (including spare, if
equipped). Inflate all tires to the
inflation pressure recommended
by Ford Motor Company.
You are strongly urged to buy a
reliable tire pressure gauge, as
automatic service station gauges
may be inaccurate. Ford
recommends the use of a digital
or dial-type tire pressure gauge
rather than a stick-type tire
pressure gauge.
Use the recommended cold
inflation pressure for optimum tire
performance and wear.
Under-inflation or over-inflation
may cause uneven treadwear
patterns.
WARNING:
Under-inflation is the most
common cause of tire failures
and may result in severe tire
cracking, tread separation or
blowout, with unexpected loss
of vehicle control and increased
risk of injury. Under-inflation
increases sidewall flexing and
rolling resistance, resulting in
heat buildup and internal
damage to the tire. It also may
result in unnecessary tire stress,
irregular wear, loss of vehicle
control and accidents. A tire can
lose up to half of its air pressure
and not appear to be flat!
Always inflate your tires to the
Ford recommended inflation
pressure even if it is less than the
maximum inflation pressure
information found on the tire. The
Ford recommended tire inflation
pressure is found on the Safety
Compliance Certification Label
(affixed to either the door hinge
pillar, door-latch post, or the door
edge that meets the door-latch
post, next to the driver's seating
position), or Tire Label which is
located on the B-Pillar or the edge
195
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Wheels and Tires
of the driver’s door. Failure to
follow the tire pressure
recommendations can cause
uneven treadwear patterns and
adversely affect the way your
vehicle handles.
Maximum Inflation Pressure is
the tire manufacturer's maximum
permissible pressure and the
pressure at which the maximum
load can be carried by the tire. This
pressure is normally higher than
the manufacturer’s recommended
cold inflation pressure which can
be found on the Safety
Compliance Certification Label
(affixed to either the door hinge
pillar, door-latch post, or the door
edge that meets the door-latch
post, next to the driver's seating
position), or Tire Label which is
located on the B-Pillar or the edge
of the driver’s door. The cold
inflation pressure should never be
set lower than the recommended
pressure on the Safety
Compliance Certification Label or
Tire Label.
When weather temperature
changes occur, tire inflation
pressures also change. A 43°F
(6°C) temperature drop can
cause a corresponding drop of
1 psi (6 kPa) in inflation pressure.
Check your tire pressures
frequently and adjust them to the
proper pressure which can be
found on the Safety Compliance
Certification Label or Tire Label.
To check the pressure in your
tire(s):
1. Make sure the tires are cool,
meaning they are not hot from
driving even a mile.
Note: If you are checking tire
pressure when the tire is hot, (for
example, driven more than 1 mi
(1.6 km)), never bleed or reduce air
pressure. The tires are hot from
driving and it is normal for
pressures to increase above
recommended cold pressures. A
hot tire at or below recommended
cold inflation pressure could be
significantly under-inflated.
Note: If you have to drive a
distance to get air for your tire(s),
check and record the tire pressure
first and add the appropriate air
pressure when you get to the
pump. It is normal for tires to heat
up and the air pressure inside to go
up as you drive.
2. Remove the cap from the valve
on one tire, then firmly press
the tire gauge onto the valve
and measure the pressure.
3. Add enough air to reach the
recommended air pressure.
Note: If you overfill the tire, release
air by pressing on the metal stem
in the center of the valve. Then
recheck the pressure with your tire
gauge.
4. Replace the valve cap.
5. Repeat this procedure for each
tire, including the spare.
196
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Wheels and Tires
6. Visually inspect the tires to
make sure there are no nails or
other objects embedded that
could poke a hole in the tire
and cause an air leak.
7. Check the sidewalls to make
sure there are no gouges, cuts
or bulges.
Inspecting Your Tires and
Wheel Valve Stems
Periodically inspect the tire treads
for uneven or excessive wear and
remove objects such as stones,
nails or glass that may be wedged
in the tread grooves. Check the tire
and valve stems for holes, cracks,
or cuts that may permit air
leakage and repair or replace the
tire and replace the valve stem.
Inspect the tire sidewalls for
cracking, cuts, bruises and other
signs of damage or excessive
wear. If internal damage to the tire
is suspected, have the tire
demounted and inspected in case
it needs to be repaired or replaced.
For your safety, tires that are
damaged or show signs of
excessive wear should not be used
because they are more likely to
blow out or fail.
Improper or inadequate vehicle
maintenance can cause tires to
wear abnormally. Inspect all your
tires, including the spare,
frequently, and replace them if
one or more of the following
conditions exist:
Tire Wear
E142546
When the tread is worn down to
one sixteenth of an inch (2 mm),
tires must be replaced to help
prevent your vehicle from skidding
and hydroplaning. Built-in
treadwear indicators, or wear bars,
which look like narrow strips of
smooth rubber across the tread
will appear on the tire when the
tread is worn down to one
sixteenth of an inch (2 mm).
When the tire tread wears down
to the same height as these wear
bars, the tire is worn out and must
be replaced.
Damage
Periodically inspect the tire treads
and sidewalls for damage (such
as bulges in the tread or sidewalls,
cracks in the tread groove and
separation in the tread or
sidewall). If damage is observed
or suspected have the tire
inspected by a tire professional.
197
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Wheels and Tires
Age
WARNING: Tires degrade
over time depending on many
factors such as weather, storage
conditions, and conditions of use
(load, speed, inflation pressure)
the tires experience throughout
their lives.
WARNING: In general,
tires should be replaced after six
years regardless of tread wear.
However, heat caused by hot
climates or frequent high loading
conditions can accelerate the
aging process and may require
tires to be replaced more
frequently.
U.S. DOT Tire Identification
Number
Both United States and Canada
Federal regulations require tire
manufacturers to place
standardized information on the
sidewall of all tires. This
information identifies and
describes the fundamental
characteristics of the tire and also
provides a U.S. DOT Tire
Identification Number for safety
standard certification and in case
of a recall.
This begins with the letters DOT
and indicates that the tire meets
all federal standards. The next
two numbers or letters are the
plant code designating where it
was manufactured, the next two
are the tire size code and the last
four numbers represent the week
and year the tire was built. For
example, 2501 means the 25th
week of 2001. The numbers in
between are identification codes
used for traceability. This
information is used to contact
customers if a tire defect requires
a recall.
Tire Replacement
Requirements
Your vehicle is equipped with tires
designed to provide a safe ride
and handling capability.
WARNING: Only use
replacement tires and wheels
that are the same size, load
index, speed rating and type
(such as P-metric versus
LT-metric or all-season versus
all-terrain) as those originally
provided by Ford. The
recommended tire and wheel
size may be found on either the
Safety Compliance Certification
Label (affixed to either the door
hinge pillar, door-latch post, or
the door edge that meets the
door-latch post, next to the
driver's seating position), or the
Tire Label which is located on
198
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Wheels and Tires
the B-Pillar or edge of the
driver's door. If this information
is not found on these labels, then
you should contact your
authorized dealer as soon as
possible. Use of any tire or wheel
not recommended by Ford can
affect the safety and
performance of your vehicle,
which could result in an
increased risk of loss of vehicle
control, vehicle rollover, personal
injury and death.
WARNING: The use of
non-recommended tires and
wheels could cause steering,
suspension, axle, transfer case
or power transfer unit failure. If
you have questions regarding tire
replacement, contact your
authorized dealer as soon as
possible.
WARNING: To reduce the
risk of serious injury, when
mounting replacement tires and
wheels, you should not exceed
the maximum pressure indicated
on the sidewall of the tire to set
the beads without additional
precautions listed below. If the
beads do not seat at the
maximum pressure indicated,
re-lubricate and try again.
WARNING: When
inflating the tire for mounting
pressures up to 20 psi (1.38 bar)
greater than the maximum
pressure on the tire sidewall, the
following precautions must be
taken to protect the person
mounting the tire:
• Make sure that you have the
correct tire and wheel size.
• Lubricate the tire bead and
wheel bead seat area again.
• Stand at a minimum of 12 ft
(3.66 m) away from the wheel
and tire assembly.
• Use both eye and ear
protection.
WARNING: For a
mounting pressure more than
20 psi (1.38 bar) greater than the
maximum pressure, a Ford
dealer or other tire service
professional should do the
mounting.
WARNING: Always inflate
steel carcass tires with a remote
air fill with the person inflating
standing at a minimum of 12 ft
(3.66 m) away from the wheel
and tire assembly.
199
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Wheels and Tires
Important: Remember to replace
the wheel valve stems when the
road tires are replaced on your
vehicle.
It is recommended that the two
front tires or two rear tires
generally be replaced as a pair.
The tire pressure sensors mounted
in the wheels (originally installed
on your vehicle) are not designed
to be used in aftermarket wheels.
The use of wheels or tires not
recommended by Ford Motor
Company may affect the
operation of your tire pressure
monitoring system.
If the tire pressure monitoring
system indicator is flashing, your
system is malfunctioning. Your
replacement tire might be
incompatible with your tire
pressure monitoring system, or
some component of the system
may be damaged.
Safety Practices
WARNING: If your vehicle
is stuck in snow, mud or sand, do
not rapidly spin the tires;
spinning the tires can tear the
tire and cause an explosion. A
tire can explode in as little as
three to five seconds.
WARNING: Do not spin
the wheels at over 34 mph
(55 km/h). The tires may fail and
injure a passenger or bystander.
Driving habits have a great deal
to do with your tire mileage and
safety.
*Observe posted speed limits.
*Avoid fast starts, stops and turns.
*Avoid potholes and objects on
the road.
*Do not run over curbs or hit the
tire against a curb when parking.
Highway Hazards
No matter how carefully you drive
there’s always the possibility that
you may eventually have a flat tire
on the highway. Drive slowly to the
closest safe area out of traffic.
This may further damage the flat
tire, but your safety is more
important.
If you feel a sudden vibration or
ride disturbance while driving, or
you suspect your tire or vehicle
has been damaged, immediately
reduce your speed. Drive with
caution until you can safely pull
off the road. Stop and inspect the
tires for damage. If a tire is
under-inflated or damaged, see
200
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Wheels and Tires
the instructions on use of the tire
sealant and inflater kit at the
beginning of this section. If the kit
cannot provide a temporary tire
inflation, contact an authorized
dealer.
Tire and Wheel Alignment
A bad jolt from hitting a curb or
pothole can cause the front end
of your vehicle to become
misaligned or cause damage to
your tires. If your vehicle seems to
pull to one side when you’re
driving, the wheels may be out of
alignment. Have an authorized
dealer check the wheel alignment
periodically.
Wheel misalignment in the front
or the rear can cause uneven and
rapid treadwear of your tires and
should be corrected by an
authorized dealer. Front-wheel
drive vehicles and those with an
independent rear suspension (if
equipped) may require alignment
of all four wheels.
The tires should also be balanced
periodically. An unbalanced tire
and wheel assembly may result in
irregular tire wear.
USING SUMMER TIRES
Your Ford GT was built with Michelin Pilot
Sport Cup 2 tires which are a summer tire.
Summer tires provide superior
performance on wet and dry roads.
Summer tires do not have the Mud and
Snow (M+S or M/S) tire traction rating on
the tire side wall. Since summer tires do
not have the same traction performance
as All-season or Snow tires, we do not
recommend using summer tires when
temperatures drop to about 45°F (7°C) or
below (depending on tire wear and
environmental conditions) or in snow and
ice conditions. Like any tire, summer tire
performance is affected by tire wear and
environmental conditions. If you must drive
in those conditions, we recommend using
Mud and Snow (M+S, M/S), All-season or
Snow tires.
Always store your summer tires indoors at
temperatures above 19°F (-7°C). The
rubber compounds used in these tires lose
flexibility and may develop surface cracks
in the tread area at temperatures below
19°F (-7°C). If the tires have been
subjected to 19°F (-7°C) or less, warm
them in a heated space to at least 41°F
(5°C) for at least 24 hours before installing
them on a vehicle, or moving the vehicle
with the tires installed, or checking tire
inflation. Do not place tires near heaters
or heating devices used to warm the room
where the tires are stored. Do not apply
heat or blow heated air directly on the tires.
Always inspect the tires after storage
periods and before use.
USING SNOW CHAINS
WARNING: If you choose to
install snow tires on your vehicle, they
must be the same size, construction, and
load range as the original tires listed on
the tire placard, and they must be
installed on all four wheels. Mixing tires
of different size or construction on your
vehicle can adversely affect your
vehicle's handling and braking, and may
lead to loss of vehicle control.
201
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Wheels and Tires
WARNING: Do not use snow
chains or cables on this vehicle as they
may cause damage to your vehicle which
may lead to loss of vehicle control.
Snow chains have not been approved for
use on your vehicle.
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING
SYSTEM
WARNING: The tire pressure
monitoring system is not a substitute for
manually checking tire pressures. You
should periodically check tire pressures
using a pressure gauge. Failure to
correctly maintain tire pressures could
increase the risk of tire failure, loss of
control, vehicle rollover and personal
injury.
WARNING: If the tire pressure
monitor sensor becomes damaged it
may not function.
Each tire should be checked
monthly when cold and inflated
to the inflation pressure
recommended by the vehicle manufacturer
on the vehicle placard or tire inflation
pressure label. (If your vehicle has tires of
a different size than the size indicated on
the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure
label, you should determine the proper tire
inflation pressure for those tires.)
As an added safety feature, your vehicle
has been equipped with a Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (TPMS) that
illuminates a low tire pressure telltale
when one or more of your tires is
significantly under-inflated. Accordingly,
when the low tire pressure telltale
illuminates, you should stop and check
your tires as soon as possible, and inflate
them to the proper pressure. Driving on a
significantly under-inflated tire causes the
tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure.
Under-inflation also reduces fuel efficiency
and tire tread life, and may affect the
vehicle’s handling and stopping ability.
Please note that the TPMS is not a
substitute for proper tire maintenance, and
it is the driver’s responsibility to maintain
correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation
has not reached the level to trigger
illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure
telltale.
Your vehicle has also been equipped with
a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate
when the system is not operating properly.
The TPMS malfunction indicator is
combined with the low tire pressure
telltale. When the system detects a
malfunction, the telltale flashes for
approximately one minute and then
remains illuminated. This sequence
continues upon subsequent vehicle
start-ups as long as the malfunction exists.
When the malfunction indicator is
illuminated, the system may not be able
to detect or signal low tire pressure as
intended. TPMS malfunctions may occur
for a variety of reasons, including the
installation of replacement or alternate
tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent
the TPMS from functioning properly.
Always check the TPMS malfunction
telltale after replacing one or more tires or
wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the
replacement or alternate tires and wheels
allow the TPMS to continue to function
properly.
202
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Wheels and Tires
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC Rules and with Licence exempt RSS
Standards of Industry Canada. Operation
is subject to the following two conditions:
• This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
• This device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation.
WARNING: Changes or
modifications not expressively approved
by the party responsible for compliance
could void the user's authority to operate
the equipment. The term "IC:" before the
radio certification number only signifies
that Industry Canada technical
specifications were met.
Changing Tires With a Tire
Pressure Monitoring System
E142549
Note: Each road tire is equipped with a tire
pressure sensor located inside the wheel
and tire assembly cavity. The pressure
sensor is attached to the valve stem. The
pressure sensor is covered by the tire and is
not visible unless the tire is removed. Take
care when changing the tire to avoid
damaging the sensor
You should always have your tires serviced
by an authorized dealer.
Check the tire pressure periodically (at
least monthly) using an accurate tire
gauge. See Inflating Your Tires in this
chapter.
Understanding Your Tire Pressure
Monitoring System
E250820
The tire pressure monitoring system
measures pressure in your road tires and
sends the tire pressure readings to your
vehicle. You can view the tire pressure
readings through the information display.
See General Information (page 74). The
low tire pressure warning light turns on if
the tire pressure is significantly low. Once
the light is illuminated, your tires are
under-inflated and need to be inflated to
the manufacturer’s recommended tire
pressure. Even if the light turns on and a
short time later turns off, your tire pressure
still needs to be checked.
When You Believe Your System is Not
Operating Properly
The main function of the tire pressure
monitoring system is to warn you when
your tires need air. It can also warn you in
the event the system is no longer capable
of functioning as intended. See the
following chart for information concerning
your tire pressure monitoring system:
203
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Wheels and Tires
Customer action requiredPossible causeLow tire pressure
warning light
Make sure tires are at the proper pres-
sure. See Inflating your tires in this
chapter. After inflating your tires to the
manufacturer’s recommended pressure
as shown on the Tire Label (located on
the edge of driver’s door or the B-Pillar),
the vehicle must be driven for at least
two minutes over 20 mph (32 km/h)
before the light turns off.
Tire(s) under-inflatedSolid warning light
If the tires are properly inflated and the
light remains on, contact your authorized
dealer as soon as possible.
TPMS malfunction
If the tires are properly inflated and the
light remains on, contact your authorized
dealer as soon as possible.
TPMS malfunctionFlashing warning
light
When Inflating Your Tires
Note: Do not use the tire pressure display
screen as a tire pressure gauge, this can
result in over or under inflation of a tire.
When putting air into your tires (such as at
a gas station or in your garage), the tire
pressure monitoring system may not
respond immediately to the air added to
your tires.
It may take up to two minutes of driving
over 20 mph (32 km/h) for the light to turn
off after you have filled your tires to the
recommended inflation pressure.
How Temperature Affects Your Tire
Pressure
The tire pressure monitoring system
monitors tire pressure in each pneumatic
tire. When driving in a normal manner, a
typical passenger tire inflation pressure
may increase about 2–4 psi (14–28 kPa)
from a cold start situation. If the vehicle is
stationary overnight with the outside
temperature significantly lower than the
daytime temperature, the tire pressure may
decrease about 3 psi (21 kPa) for a drop of
62.6°F (17°C) in ambient temperature. This
lower pressure value may be detected by
the tire pressure monitoring system as
being significantly lower than the
recommended inflation pressure and
activate the system warning light for low
tire pressure. If the low tire pressure
warning light is on, visually check each tire
to verify that no tire is flat. If one or more
tires are flat, repair as necessary. Check
the air pressure in the road tires. If any tire
is under-inflated, carefully drive the vehicle
to the nearest location where air can be
added to the tires. Inflate all the tires to
the recommended inflation pressure.
204
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Wheels and Tires
CHANGING A ROAD WHEEL
Important Information for Lifting
or Jacking
A vehicle jack is not included with your
vehicle. If you are on the road and need to
change a wheel, it is recommended that
you contact the Ford GT Concierge to
obtain roadside assistance. See Special
Notices (page 11).
E228623
Front lift pointsA
Middle lift pointsB
Rear lift pointsC
To avoid damage to your vehicle, use a low
profile hydraulic jack when removing a road
wheel. Only place the jack on one of the
alloy lifting posts when lifting your vehicle.
Do not lift your vehicle on the carbon fiber
panels.
Note: It is recommended that an interface
be used between the alloy lifting point and
the vehicle jack (for example, a hockey puck
or dense rubber pad).
DRIVING AT HIGH SPEED
Tire Pressure - Speeds Greater
Than 165 mph (265 km/h)
WARNING: Always re-inflate
tires to recommended tire pressures
before the vehicle is operated on-road.
The recommended pressure is located
on the tire label or safety certification
label, located on the B-pillar, inside the
driver's door.
Note: When driving over 165 mph
(265 km/h), be sure to check and adjust
your tire pressures accordingly.
Note: If you are not sure about the proper
tire inflation pressures, contact an
authorized dealer or service center.
E247515
Your tires may require additional inflation
pressure for operation at speeds greater
than 165 mph (265 km/h). If this label is
present on your vehicle, you must adjust
the tire pressure accordingly.
205
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Wheels and Tires
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Wheel Lug Nut Torque Specifications
WARNING: When you install a wheel, always remove any corrosion, dirt or
foreign materials present on the mounting surfaces of the wheel or the surface of the
wheel hub, brake drum or brake disc that contacts the wheel. Make sure to secure any
fasteners that attach the rotor to the hub so they do not interfere with the mounting
surfaces of the wheel. Installing wheels without correct metal-to-metal contact at the
wheel mounting surfaces can cause the wheel nuts to loosen and the wheel to come
off while your vehicle is in motion, resulting in loss of vehicle control, personal injury or
death.
Ib-ft (Nm)
*
Bolt size
150 lb.ft (204 Nm)M14 X 1.5
*
Torque specifications are for nut and bolt threads free of dirt and rust. Use only Ford
recommended replacement fasteners.
Retighten the lug nuts to the specified torque within 100 miles (160 kilometers) after any
wheel disturbance (such as tire rotation, changing a flat tire, wheel removal).
E145950
Wheel pilot boreA
Inspect the wheel pilot bore and
mounting surface prior to installation.
Remove any visible corrosion or loose
particles.
Note: The wheel stud length differs
depending on the wheels equipped. The
hub on carbon fiber wheels require longer
wheel studs due to a thicker hub. If
changing wheel types between alloy and
carbon fiber, in either direction, you must
also change the wheel studs to match the
length required for that wheel type. Also
use the longer studs for the carbon fiber
wheels and then use open lug nuts if
putting alloy wheels back on the car.
206
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Wheels and Tires
ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS
SpecificationMeasurement
3.5L EcoBoost GTDIEngine model.
214 in³ (3497 cm³)Engine displacement.
3.6 in (92.5 mm)Bore.
3.4 in (86.7 mm)Stroke.
9:1Compression ratio.
800 RPMNormal engine idling speed.
7000 RPM
Maximum engine speed.
1
1-4-2-5-3-6Firing order.
Coil on plug.Ignition system.
0.030 in (0.75 mm)Spark plug gap.
Premium fuel only.Fuel quality.
1
As the engine reaches normal operating temperature, the allowable maximum engine
speed (redline) increases.
207
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Capacities and Specifications
MOTORCRAFT PARTS
Part NumberComponent
FA-1912-A
1
Air filter element.
HG7Z-6731-A
2
Oil filter.
HG7Z-10655-B
2
Battery.
SP-583
1
Spark plugs.
FP-70
1
Cabin air filter.
HG7Z-17528-A (right-hand side)
Windshield wipers.
2
HG7Z-17528-B (left-hand side)
1
Motorcraft® part number.
2
Ford part number.
We recommend Ford and Motorcraft®
replacement parts available at your local
dealer or at fordparts.com for scheduled
maintenance. We engineer these parts for
your vehicle and to meet or exceed Ford
Motor Company’s specifications. Use of
other parts may impact vehicle
performance, emissions and durability.
Your warranty may be void for any damage
related to use of other parts.
For spark plug replacement, contact an
authorized dealer. Replace the spark plugs
at the appropriate intervals.
208
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Capacities and Specifications
VEHICLE DIMENSIONS
E291810
SpecificationDimensionItem
187.5 in (4,763 mm)Overall length.A
106.7 in (2,710 mm)Wheelbase.B
78.9 in (2,004 mm)Overall width excluding the exterior mirrors.C
83.2 in (2,113 mm)Overall width with mirrors folded.C
88.1 in (2,238 mm)Overall width with mirrors extended.C
43.7 in (1,109 mm)Overall height without options (Normal drive mode).D
209
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Capacities and Specifications
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION
NUMBER
You can find the vehicle identification
number at the following locations.
On the vehicle certification label inside the
driver's door opening.
E227109
On the left-hand side of the instrument
panel.
E252123
Please note that in the graphic, XXXX is
representative of your vehicle identification
number.
The Vehicle Identification Number contains
the following information:
E142477
World manufacturer identifierA
Brake system, Gross Vehicle
Weight Rating, Restraint Devices
and their locations
B
Make, vehicle line, series, body
type
C
Engine typeD
Check digitE
Model yearF
Assembly plantG
Production sequence numberH
210
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Capacities and Specifications
VEHICLE CERTIFICATION
LABEL
E245288
The National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration Regulations require that a
Safety Compliance Certification Label be
affixed to a vehicle and prescribe where
the Safety Compliance Certification Label
may be located. The Safety Compliance
Certification Label shall be affixed to either
the door hinge pillar, the door latch post,
or the edge of the door near the door latch,
next to the driver's seating position.
TRANSMISSION CODE
DESIGNATION
E167814
The transmission code is on the Safety
Compliance Certification Label. The
following table shows the transmission
code along with the transmission
description.
CodeDescription
FSeven-speed DCT transmission
211
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Capacities and Specifications
Materials
SpecificationName
-Motorcraft® Ford GT Supercar Transaxle Lubricant
(U.S.)
Motorcraft® Ford GT Supercar Transaxle Lubricant
/ Ford GT Supercar Lubrifiant pour boîte-pont SAE
75W-90 Motorcraft® (Canada)
XT-75W90-QSC (U.S. & Canada)
Transmission Wet Clutch
Capacities
QuantityVariant
9.1 qt (8.6 L)All.
Materials
SpecificationName
-Motorcraft® Ford GT Supercar Clutch Fluid (U.S.)
Motorcraft® Ford GT Supercar Clutch Fluid / Ford
GT Supercar huile d'embrayage Motorcraft®
(Canada)
XL-20 (U.S. & Canada)
Engine Coolant
Capacities
QuantityVariant
20.1 qt (19 L)All.
213
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Capacities and Specifications
Materials
SpecificationName
WSS-M97B44-D2Motorcraft® Orange Prediluted Antifreeze/Coolant
(U.S.)
Motorcraft® Orange Prediluted Antifreeze/Coolant
/ Antigel/liquide de refroidissement prédilué orange
Motorcraft® (Canada)
VC-3DIL-B (U.S.)
CVC-3DIL-B (Canada)
WSS-M97B57-A2Motorcraft® Yellow Prediluted Antifreeze/Coolant
(U.S.)
Motorcraft® Yellow Prediluted Antifreeze/Coolant
/ Antigel/liquide de refroidissement prédilué jaune
Motorcraft® (Canada)
VC-13DL-G (U.S.)
CVC-13DL-G (Canada)
Note: Use the coolant type that originally
came with your vehicle. For any questions
regarding coolant, see your authorized
dealer.
Engine Oil
E115472
E300448
We recommend Castrol Edge Supercar
5W-50 motor oil for your vehicle. If this oil
is not available, use motor oils of the
recommended viscosity grade that meet
our specification WSS-M2C931-C such as
Motorcraft® 5W-50 labeled with API SN
service category.
Do not use supplemental engine oil
additives because they are unnecessary
and could lead to engine damage not
covered by your vehicle warranty.
214
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Capacities and Specifications
Capacities
QuantityVariant
15.3 qt (14.5 L)Engine oil with oil filter (dry fill capacity).
13.7 qt (13 L)Engine oil with oil filter (oil change refill
capacity).
Materials
SpecificationName
WSS-M2C931-CCastrol® EDGE® Supercar 5W-50 (U.S.)
(Canada)
Fuel Tank
Capacities
QuantityVariant
15.2 gal (57.54 L)All.
Grease
Materials
SpecificationName
ESB-M1C93-BMotorcraft® Multi-Purpose Grease Spray (U.S.)
Motorcraft® Multi-Purpose Grease Spray / Graisse
tout usage en aérosol Motorcraft® (Canada)
XL-5-A (U.S. & Canada)
Locks
215
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Capacities and Specifications
Materials
SpecificationName
-Motorcraft® Penetrating and Lock Lubricant (U.S.)
Motorcraft® Penetrating Fluid / Liquide dégrippant
Motorcraft® (Canada)
XL-1 (U.S.)
CXC-51-A (Canada)
Hydraulic Brake System
Capacities
QuantityVariant
1.1 qt (1.04 L)All.
Materials
SpecificationName
WSS-M6C57-A2Brake Fluid
Note: We recommend using DOT 4 Low
Viscosity (LV) High Performance Brake Fluid
or equivalent meeting WSS-M6C57-A2. Use
of any fluid other than the recommended
fluid may cause degraded brake
performance and not meet our performance
standards. Keep brake fluid clean and dry.
Contamination with dirt, water, petroleum
products or other materials may result in
brake system damage and possible failure.
Hydraulic Power Steering, Active Suspension, and Active Aero System
Capacities
QuantityVariant
6.3 qt (6 L)All.
216
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Capacities and Specifications
Materials
SpecificationName
MERCON® LV WSS-M2C938-AMotorcraft® MERCON® LV Automatic Transmission
Fluid (U.S.)
Motorcraft® MERCON® LV Automatic Transmission
Fluid / Huile pour boîte automatique MERCON® LV
Motorcraft® (Canada)
XT-10-QLVC (U.S.)
CXT-10-LV6 (Canada)
Washer Reservoir
Capacities
QuantityVariant
0.5 gal (1.89 L)All.
Materials
SpecificationName
WSS-M14P19-AMotorcraft® Premium Windshield Wash Concen-
trate with Bitterant (U.S.)
Motorcraft® Premium Quality Windshield Washer
Fluid / Liquide lave-glace de haute qualité Motor-
craft® (Canada)
ZC-32-B2 (U.S.)
CXC-37-A/B/D/F (Canada)
217
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Capacities and Specifications
AUDIO UNIT
WARNING: Driving while
distracted can result in loss of vehicle
control, crash and injury. We strongly
recommend that you use extreme
caution when using any device that may
take your focus off the road. Your
primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We
recommend against the use of any
hand-held device while driving and
encourage the use of voice-operated
systems when possible. Make sure you
are aware of all applicable local laws
that may affect the use of electronic
devices while driving.
You can access your audio features with
the touchscreen and steering wheel
controls. See your SYNC information.
The power button is to the left of the
display screen.
USB PORT
The USB port is on the bottom of the
instrument panel.
The USB port allows you to plug in media
playing devices, memory sticks and charge
devices (if supported). See your SYNC
information.
218
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Audio System
GENERAL INFORMATION
WARNING: Driving while
distracted can result in loss of vehicle
control, crash and injury. We strongly
recommend that you use extreme
caution when using any device that may
take your focus off the road. Your
primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We
recommend against the use of any
hand-held device while driving and
encourage the use of voice-operated
systems when possible. Make sure you
are aware of all applicable local laws
that may affect the use of electronic
devices while driving.
About SYNC
The system allows you to interact with the
entertainment, information and
communication systems on your vehicle
using voice commands and a touchscreen.
The system provides easy interaction with
audio, phone, navigation, mobile apps and
settings.
Note: You can switch the system on and
use it for up to an hour without switching
the ignition on.
Note: You can use the system after you
switch the ignition off for up to 10 minutes
or until you open a door.
Note: For your safety, some features are
speed-dependent. Their use is limited to
when your vehicle speed is less than 3 mph
(5 km/h).
Using the Touchscreen
E293823
Status bar.A
Home screen.B
Clock. See Settings (page 247).C
Outside air temperature.D
Feature bar.E
Status Bar
Cell phone microphone muted.
Audio system muted.
Software update installed.
Wi-Fi connected.
Cell phone roaming.
Text message received.
219
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
SYNC™ 3
Automatic crash notification
system off.
Cell phone network signal
strength.
Feature Bar
E100027
Select to use the radio, a USB, a
media player or a Bluetooth
device. See Entertainment
(page 228).
E283811
Select to adjust climate settings
Select to make calls and access
the phonebook on your cell
phone. See Phone (page 238).
Select to use the navigation
system. See Navigation (page
240).
Select to search for and use
compatible apps on your iOS or
Android device. See Apps (page
245).
E280315
Select to adjust system settings.
See Settings (page 247).
Cleaning the Touchscreen
See Cleaning the Interior (page 178).
Updating the System
Updating the System Using a USB Drive
Downloading an Update
1. Go to the SYNC update page on the
local Ford website.
2. Download the update.
Note: The website notifies you if an update
is available.
3. Insert a USB drive into your computer.
Note: The USB drive needs to be empty and
meet the minimum requirements detailed
on the website.
4. Follow the instructions provided to
download the update to the USB drive.
Installing an Update
Note: You can use the system when an
installation is in progress.
1. Disconnect all other USB devices from
the USB ports.
2. Connect the USB drive with the update
to a USB port.
Note: Installation starts automatically
within 10 minutes.
Updating the System Using a Wi-Fi
Network Connection
Connecting to a Wi-Fi Network
E280315
Select the settings option on the
feature bar.
1. Select Automatic Updates.
2. Select System Wi-Fi.
3. Switch System Wi-Fi on.
4. Select Available Wi-Fi Networks.
5. Select an available Wi-Fi network.
Note: Enter the network password to
connect to a secure network.
Switching Automatic System Updates
On
E280315
Select the settings option on the
feature bar.
1. Select Automatic Updates.
2. Switch Automatic System Updates
on.
The system is now set to check for and
receive system updates when it is
connected to a Wi-Fi network.
220
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
SYNC™ 3
Note: You can use the system when a
download is in progress.
Note: If the system is disconnected from
the Wi-Fi network when a download is in
progress, the download continues the next
time the system is connected to a Wi-Fi
network.
Additional Information and
Assistance
For additional information and assistance,
we recommend that you contact an
authorized dealer or refer to the local Ford
website.
USING VOICE RECOGNITION
The SYNC 3 system allows you to use voice
commands, to control features like audio
and climate controls. By using voice
commands, you can keep your hands on
the wheel and your eyes on the road.
You can access each feature controlled by
SYNC 3 through a variety of commands.
E142599
To activate the SYNC 3 voice
commands push the voice
button on the steering wheel and
wait for the prompt.
___ is a dynamic listing, meaning that it can
be the name of anything, such as artist, the
name of contact or number. The context
and the description of the command tell
you what to say for this dynamic option.
There are some commands that work for
every feature, these commands are:
Action and DescriptionVoice Command
Brings you to the main menu.Main Menu
Returns you to the previous screen.Go back
Ends the voice session.Cancel
Gives you a list of possible voice commands.List of Commands
You can name any feature and the system gives a list of
commands available for the feature. For example, you could
say:
___ List of Commands
Phone List of Commands
Navigation List of Commands
You can use this command to view the next page of options on
any screen where multiple pages of choices are given.
Next Page
You can use this command to view the previous page of options
on any screen where multiple pages of choices are given.
Previous Page
Gives you available commands you can use on the current
screen.
Help
221
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
SYNC™ 3
Included here are some of the most
popular commands for each SYNC 3
feature.
Audio Voice Commands
___ is a dynamic listing, meaning that for
audio voice commands it can be the name
of a Sirius channel or a channel number, a
radio frequency number, or the name of an
artist, album, song or a genre.
To control the media features, press the voice button and when prompted, say:
DescriptionVoice command
You can say the Sirius channel name or number
such as "Sirius channel 16".
1
Sirius Channel ___
You can also turn to a Sirius channel by saying the channel's name, such as "The Pulse".
Allows you to tune to a specific FM or AM
frequency such as "FM 88.7" or "AM 1580".
AM ___
FM ___
Allows you to tune to a specific HD frequency
such as “FM 88.7 HD 1”.
1
FM ___ HD ___
Allows you to listen to music on your Bluetooth
connected device.
Bluetooth Audio
Allows you to listen to music on your USB
connected device.
USB
For USB audio only, you can say the name of an
artist, album, song or a genre to listen to that
selection. Your system must finish indexing
before this option is available. For example, you
could say "Play artist The Beatles" or "Play song
Penny Lane".
Play Genre ___
Play Playlist ___
Play Artist ___
Play Album ___
Play Podcast ___
Play Song ___
Play Audiobook ___
For USB audio only, you can say the name of an
artist, album, or a genre to browse by that selec-
tion. Your system must finish indexing before this
option is available. For example you can say
"Browse artist The Beatles" or "Browse genre
folk".
Browse ___
Browse Artist ___
Browse Album ___
Browse Genre ___
Browse Playlist ___
222
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
SYNC™ 3
DescriptionVoice command
Browse Audiobook ___
Browse Podcast ___
1
This option may not be available in all markets or may require a subscription.
Climate Voice Commands (If Equipped)
You can control the temperature of the
vehicle using voice commands.
___ is a dynamic listing, meaning that for
climate voice commands it can be the
desired degrees for the temperature
setting.
To adjust the temperature, say:
DescriptionVoice command
Adjust the temperature between 60–85°F
(15.5–29.5°C).
Set Temperature ___
Phone Voice Commands
Pairing a Phone
You can use voice commands to connect
your Bluetooth enabled phone to the
system.
To pair your phone, press the voice button and when prompted, say:
DescriptionVoice command
Follow the on-screen instructions to complete the pairing
process. See Settings (page 247).
Pair Phone
Making Calls
___ is a dynamic listing, meaning that for
phone voice commands it can be the name
of the contact you wish to call or the digits
you want to dial.
223
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
SYNC™ 3
Press the voice button and say a command similar to the following:
DescriptionVoice command
Allows you to call a specific contact from your phonebook
such as "Call Jenny".
Call ___
Allows you to call a specific contact from your phonebook
at a specific location such as "Call Jenny at Home".
Call ___ at ___
Allows you to dial a specific number such as “Dial 867-5309”.Dial ___
Please make sure that you are saying the
contact name exactly as it appears in your
contact list.
Once you have provided the digits of the phone number, you can say the following
commands:
DescriptionVoice Command
If you did not enter the full number with the first command, you
can continue saying the number.
<0-9>
Tells SYNC 3 to make the phone call.Dial
Tells SYNC 3 to erase the last block of digits you state.Delete
Tells SYNC 3 to erase the entire number.Clear
Text Message Voice Commands
To access text message options, press the voice button and say:
DescriptionVoice command
Listen to Message
You can say the number of the message you
would like to hear.
Listen to text message ___
Reply to Message
224
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
SYNC™ 3
Navigation Voice Commands (If
Equipped)
Setting a Destination
You can use any of the following
commands to set a destination or find a
point of interest.
___ is a dynamic listing, meaning that for
navigation voice commands it can be a POI
category or a major brand name, where
major brand name is a chain with more
than 20 locations
You can find an address, a point of interest (POI), or search for points of interest
by category:
DescriptionVoice command
Allows you to enter the address search functionality. You can
also search for an address in a specific state or province.
Find an Address
State the name of the POI category or major brand name you
would like to search for such as "Find restaurants".
Find a ___
Allows you to enter the POI search functionality.Find a POI
Allows you to enter the intersection search functionality.Find an Intersection
State the name of a POI category or major brand name you would
like to search for.
Find the Nearest
<POI Category>
Allows you to see a list of your previous destinations.Show Previous
Destinations
Allows you to see a list of your favorite destinations.Show Favorites
Allows you to route to your home address.Drive Home
Allows you to route to your work address.Drive to Work
In addition, you can say these commands when a route is active:
DescriptionVoice command
Cancels the current route.Cancel Route
Allows you to select an alternate route.Detour
Repeats the last guidance prompt.Repeat Instruction
Displays the active route.Show Route
Displays the list of upcoming maneuvers.Route Summary
225
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
SYNC™ 3
DescriptionVoice command
Provides current location.Where Am I
Allows you to zoom in on the map.Zoom in
Allows you to zoom out from the map.Zoom out
Mobile App Voice Commands (If Equipped)
The following voice commands are always available:
DescriptionVoice command
SYNC 3 will prompt you to say the name of an app to start it on
SYNC 3.
Mobile Apps
SYNC 3 will list all of the currently available Mobile Apps.List Mobile Apps
SYNC 3 will search and connect to compatible app(s) running on
your mobile device.
Find Mobile Apps
There are also voice commands that you can use when app(s) are connected to
SYNC 3:
DescriptionVoice command
At any time, you can say the name of a mobile app to start the
mobile app on SYNC 3.
Say the name of an
app
SYNC 3 will list the available voice commands for the specified
app if the app is running on SYNC 3.
Say the name of an
app, followed by
help
SiriusXM Traffic and Travel Link
Voice Commands (If Equipped)
SiriusXM Traffic and Travel Link may not
be available in all markets. Activation and
a subscription are required.
226
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
SYNC™ 3
You can say the following commands to access SiriusXM Traffic and Travel Link:
DescriptionVoice command
Displays a list of traffic incidents.Show Traffic
Displays the current weather map.Show Weather Map
Displays a list of fuel prices.Show Fuel Prices
Displays the 5 day weather forecast.Show 5 Day Fore-
cast
Help
Voice Settings Commands
You can say the following commands to access the voice settings:
DescriptionVoice command
Allows you to enter the voice settings functionality.Voice Settings
Sets standard prompting with longer prompts.Interaction Mode
Standard
Sets advanced prompting with shorter prompts.Interaction Mode
Advanced
Allows the system to confirm before making a phone call.Call Confirmation On
The system does not confirm before placing a call.Call Confirmation Off
The system displays a short list of available commands.Voice Command Lists On
The system does not display the list of commands.Voice Command Lists Off
You can use the volume control to adjust
the volume of the system voice prompts.
While prompt is active, adjust the volume
control up or down to your desired setting.
Note: Depending on the current climate
control settings, the fan speed may
automatically go down while issuing voice
commands or while making and receiving
phone calls via SYNC to reduce the amount
of background noise in the vehicle. The fan
speed will automatically return to normal
operation once the voice session ends. You
can adjust the fan speed during a voice
session, simply press the fan buttons (or
turn the fan knob) to increase or decrease
the fan speed to the setting you prefer.
227
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
SYNC™ 3
To disable this automatic fan speed
reduction feature during voice sessions,
press and hold the climate control AC and
Recirculated air buttons simultaneously,
release and then increase fan speed within
2 seconds. To re-enable this feature, repeat
the above sequence.
ENTERTAINMENT
A
B
E293491
Audio source. Select to choose
a different audio source.
A
Presets. Swipe left to view more
presets.
B
You can access these options using the
touchscreen or voice commands.
Sources
Press this button to select the source of
media you want to listen to.
Menu Item
AM
FM
1
SIRIUS
1
CD
The name of the USB that is plugged in displays here.USB
228
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
SYNC™ 3
Menu Item
Bluetooth Stereo
If you have SYNC 3 compatible apps on your connected smart phone, they
display here as individual source selections.
Apps
1
This feature may not be available in all markets and requires an active subscription.
AM/FM Radio
Tuning a Station
You can use the tune or seek controls on
the radio bezel to select a station.
To tune a station using the
touchscreen, select:
Menu Item
Direct Tune
A pop up appears, allowing you to type in
the frequency of a station. You can only
enter a valid station for the source you are
currently listening to.
You can press the backspace button to
delete the previously entered number.
Once you have entered the station's
call numbers, you can select:
Action and Descrip-
tion
Menu Item
Press to begin
playing the station
you have entered.
Enter
Press to exit
without changing
the station.
Cancel
Presets
To set a new preset, tune to the station
and then press and hold one of the
memory preset buttons. The audio mutes
briefly while the system saves the station
and then returns.
You may be able to add additional preset
pages using the settings option on the
feature bar.
SiriusXM® Satellite Radio (If
Activated)
Note: This feature may not be available in
all markets and requires an active
subscription.
E234451
229
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
SYNC™ 3
SiriusXM satellite radio is a
subscription-based satellite radio service
that broadcasts a variety of music, sports,
news, weather, traffic and entertainment
programming. Your factory-installed
SiriusXM satellite radio system includes
hardware and a limited subscription term
that begins on the date of sale or lease of
your vehicle. See an authorized dealer for
availability.
For more information on extended
subscription terms (a service fee is
required), the online media player and a
list of SiriusXM satellite radio channels,
and other features, please visit
www.siriusxm.com in the United States,
www.siriusxm.ca in Canada, or call
SiriusXM at 1-888-539-7474.
Note: SiriusXM reserves the unrestricted
right to change, rearrange, add or delete
programming. This includes canceling,
moving or adding particular channels, and
its prices, at any time, with or without notice
to you. We are not responsible for any such
programming changes.
Note: This receiver includes the eCos
real-time operating system. eCos is
published under the eCos License.
The following buttons are available for SiriusXM:
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
Touch this button to see a list of available stations.Browse
A pop-up appears, allowing you to type in the call numbers of
a station.
Direct Tune
Once you enter the stations call numbers, you can select:
The system tunes to the station you select.Enter
You exit the pop-up and the current station
continues to play.
Cancel
You can press the backspace button to delete the previous
number.
Replay audio on the current channel. You can replay approx-
imately 45 minutes of audio as long as you remain tuned to
the current station. Changing stations erases the previous
audio.
Replay
When you are in replay mode, you are not
able to select a different preset until you
return to live audio. Pressing this button
returns you to the live broadcast.
Live
Save the current song, artist, or team as a favorite. The system
alerts you when it plays again on any channel.
ALERT
230
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
SYNC™ 3
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
Selecting this button allows you to enable and edit alerts. See
Settings (page 247).
Memory Presets
To set a preset, tune to the station then
press and hold one of the memory preset
buttons. The audio mutes briefly while the
system saves the station and returns once
the station is stored.
You may be able to add additional preset
pages using the settings option on the
feature bar.
Satellite Radio Electronic Serial
Number (ESN)
You need your ESN to activate, modify or
track your satellite radio account. See
Settings (page 247).
SiriusXM Satellite Radio Reception Factors and Troubleshooting
Potential Reception Issues
For optimal reception performance, keep the antenna clear
of snow and ice build-up and keep luggage and other
materials as far away from the antenna as possible.
Antenna obstructions
Hills, mountains, tall buildings, bridges, tunnels, freeway
overpasses, parking garages, dense tree foliage and thunder-
storms can interfere with your reception.
Terrain
When you pass a ground-based broadcast-repeating tower,
a stronger signal may overtake a weaker one and the audio
system may mute.
Station overload
Your display may show ACQUIRING... to indicate the interfer-
ence and the audio system may mute.
Satellite radio signal
interference
231
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
SYNC™ 3
Troubleshooting Tips
ActionCauseMessage
No action required. This
message should disappear
shortly.
Radio requires more than two
seconds to produce audio for
the selected channel.
Acquiring Signal
If this message does not clear
shortly, or with an ignition key
cycle, your receiver may have
a fault. See an authorized
dealer for service.
There is an internal module or
system failure present.
Satellite antenna fault
SIRIUS system failure
Tune to another channel or
choose another preset.
The channel is no longer avail-
able.
Invalid Channel
Contact SiriusXM at 1-888-
539-7474 to subscribe to the
channel, or tune to another
channel.
Your subscription does not
include this channel.
Unsubscribed Channel
The signal is blocked. When
you move into an open area,
the signal should return.
The signal is lost from the Siri-
usXM satellite or SiriusXM
tower to your vehicle antenna.
Satellite acquiring
signal…
No action required. The
process may take up to three
minutes.
Update of channel program-
ming in progress.
Updating…
Contact SiriusXM at 1-888-
539-7474 to resolve subscrip-
tion issues.
Your satellite service is no
longer available.
Questions? Call 1-
888-539-7474
Use the channel guide or the
Sirius XM Settings tile to turn
off the Lock or Skip function on
that station.
All the channels in the selected
category are either skipped or
locked.
None found. Check
channel guide.
No action required.SiriusXM has updated the
channels available for your
vehicle.
SIRIUS Subscription
updated
HD Radio™ Information (If
Available)
To activate HD radio, please see the Radio
Settings in the Settings Chapter. See
Settings (page 247).
Note: HD Radio broadcasts are not
available in all markets.
232
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
SYNC™ 3
HD Radio technology is the digital
evolution of analog AM/FM radio. Your
system has a special receiver that allows
it to receive digital broadcasts (where
available) in addition to the analog
broadcasts, it already receives. Digital
broadcasts provide a better sound quality
than analog broadcasts with free,
crystal-clear audio and no static or
distortion. For more information, and a
guide to available stations and
programming, please visit:
Website
www.hdradio.com
When HD Radio is on and you tune to a
station broadcasting HD Radio technology,
you may notice the following indicators on
your screen:
E142616
The HD logo is grey when acquiring a digital
station, and then changes to orange when
digital audio is playing. When this logo is
available, you may also see Title and Artist
fields on-screen.
The multicast indicator appears in FM
mode (only) if the current station is
broadcasting multiple digital broadcasts.
The highlighted numbers signify available
digital channels where new or different
content is available. HD1 signifies the main
programming status and is available in
analog and digital broadcasts. Other
multicast stations (HD2 through HD7) are
only available digitally.
Note: There is also an additional feature
for stations that have more than 1 HD
multicast (For example, HD1 or HD2). The
HD logo and Radio text appears as a button.
Pressing this button allows you to cycle
through all of the HD stations on that
specific frequency. For example, if you are
on 101.1 and it has HD1, HD2, HD3, pressing
the button repeatedly causes the radio to
cycle through the HD stations in a cyclic
increasing order.
When HD Radio broadcasts are active, you can access the following functions:
Action and DescriptionMessage
Allows you to save an active channel as a memory preset.
Touch and hold a memory preset slot until the sound returns.
There is a brief mute while the radio saves the station. Sound
returns when the channel saves. When switching to an HD2
or HD3 memory preset, the sound mutes before the digital
audio plays, because the system has to reacquire the digital
signal.
Presets
Note: As with any station you save, you cannot access the saved station if your vehicle is
outside the station’s reception area.
233
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
SYNC™ 3
HD Radio Reception and Station Troubleshooting
Potential Reception Issues
If you are listening to a multicast station and you are on the
fringe of the reception area, the station may mute due to
weak signal strength.
Reception area
If you are listening to HD1, the system changes back to the
analog broadcast until the digital broadcast is available again.
However, if you are listening to any of the possible HD2-HD7
multicast channels, the station mutes and stays muted unless
it is able to connect to the digital signal again.
When the system first receives a station (aside from HD2-
HD7 multicast stations), it first plays the station in the analog
version. Once the receiver verifies the station is an HD Radio
station, it shifts to the digital version. Depending on the station
quality, you may hear a slight sound change when the station
changes from analog to digital. Blending is the shift from
analog to digital sound or digital back to analog sound.
Station blending
In order to provide the best possible
experience, use the contact form to report
any station issues found while listening to
a station broadcasting with HD Radio
technology. Independent entities own and
operate each station. These stations are
responsible for ensuring all audio streams
and data fields are accurate.
Potential Station Issues
ActionCauseIssues
No action required. This is a
broadcast issue.
This is poor time alignment by
the radio broadcaster.
Echo, stutter, skip or
repeat in audio.
Increase or decrease in
audio volume.
No action required. The recep-
tion issue may clear up as you
continue to drive.
The radio is shifting between
analog and digital audio.
Sound fading or
blending in and out.
No action required. This is
normal behavior. Wait until the
audio is available.
The digital multicast is not
available until the HD Radio
broadcast is decoded. Once
decoded, the audio is available.
There is an audio mute
delay when selecting
HD2 or HD3, multicast
preset or Direct Tune.
234
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
SYNC™ 3
Potential Station Issues
ActionCauseIssues
No action required. The station
is not available in your current
location.
The previously stored multicast
preset or direct tune is not
available in your current recep-
tion area.
Cannot access HD2 or
HD3 multicast channel
when recalling a preset
or from a direct tune.
Fill out the station issue form.
1
Data service issue by the radio
broadcaster.
Text information does
not match currently
playing audio.
Fill out the station issue form.
1
Data service issue by the radio
broadcaster.
There is no text
information shown for
currently selected
frequency.
1
You can find the form here:
Website
http://hdradio.com/stations/feedback
HD Radio Technology manufactured under
license from iBiquity Digital Corporation
and foreign patents. HD Radio and the HD
and HD Radio logos are proprietary
trademarks of DTS. The vehicle
manufacturer and DTS are not responsible
for the content sent using HD Radio
technology. Content may be changed,
added or deleted at any time at the station
owner's discretion.
CD (If equipped)
Once you select this option, the system
returns you to the main audio screen.
The current audio information appears on
the screen.
The following buttons are also available:
FunctionButton
You can use the browse button to select a track.Browse
Select this button and a small number one displays to indicate
the track is set to repeat.
Repeat
235
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
SYNC™ 3
FunctionButton
For MP3 CDs, this button allows you to toggle through repeat
off, repeat one track (a small number one displays), and repeat
current folder (a small folder displays).
Select the shuffle symbol to have the audio on the disk play
in random order.
Shuffle
You can use the forward, reverse, pause or
play buttons to control the audio playback.
Bluetooth Stereo or USB
Bluetooth Stereo and USB allow you to
access media that you store on your
Bluetooth device or USB device such as
music, audio books or podcasts.
The following buttons are available for Bluetooth and USB:
FunctionButton
Pressing the repeat button toggles the repeat setting through
three modes: repeat off (button not highlighted), repeat all
(button highlighted) and repeat track (button highlighted with
a small number one).
Repeat
Play the tracks in random order.Shuffle
You can use the forward, reverse, pause or
play buttons to control the audio playback.
To get more information about the
currently playing track, press the cover art
or Info button.
For some devices, SYNC 3 is able to
provide 30-second skip buttons when you
listen to audio books or podcasts. These
buttons allow you to skip forward or
backward within a track.
While playing audio from a USB device you
can look for certain music by selecting the
following:
FunctionButton
If available, displays the list of tracks in the
Now Playing playlist.
Browse
This option, which is available under
browse, allows you to play all tracks or to
filter the available media into one of the
below categories.
New Search
Play All
236
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
SYNC™ 3
FunctionButton
Playlists
Artist
Albums
Songs
Genres
Podcasts
Audio books
Composers
This button allows you to choose a specific
letter to view within the category you are
browsing.
A-Z Jump
If available, this allows you to browse the
folders and files on your USB device.
Explore Device
USB Ports
E211463
The USB ports are in the center console or
behind a small access door in the
instrument panel.
This feature allows you to plug in USB
media devices, memory sticks, flash drives
or thumb drives, and charge devices if they
support this feature.
Select this option to play audio from your
USB device.
Apps
The system supports the use of certain
audio apps such as iHeartRadio through a
USB or Bluetooth enabled device.
Each app gives you different on-screen
options depending on the app's content.
See Apps (page 245).
Supported Media Players, Formats
and Metadata Information
The system is capable of hosting nearly
any digital media player, including iPod,
iPhone, and most USB drives.
Supported audio formats include MP3,
WMA, WAV, AAC, and FLAC.
Supported audio file extensions include
MP3, WMA, WAV, M4A, M4B, AAC, and
FLAC.
237
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
SYNC™ 3
Supported USB file systems include: FAT,
exFAT, and NTFS.
SYNC 3 is also able to organize the media
from your USB device by metadata tags.
Metadata tags, which are descriptive
software identifiers embedded in the
media files, provide information about the
file.
If your indexed media files contain no
information embedded in these metadata
tags, SYNC 3 may classify the empty
metadata tags as unknown.
SYNC 3 is capable of indexing up to
50,000 songs per USB device, for up to 10
devices.
PHONE
WARNING: Driving while
distracted can result in loss of vehicle
control, crash and injury. We strongly
recommend that you use extreme
caution when using any device that may
take your focus off the road. Your
primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We
recommend against the use of any
hand-held device while driving and
encourage the use of voice-operated
systems when possible. Make sure you
are aware of all applicable local laws
that may affect the use of electronic
devices while driving.
Check the compatibility of your device on
the regional website.
Pairing Your Cell Phone for the
First Time
Go to the settings menu on your cell phone
and switch Bluetooth on.
Select the phone option on the
feature bar.
1. Select Add Phone.
Note: A prompt alerts you to search for your
vehicle on your cell phone.
2. Select your vehicle on your cell phone.
Note: A number appears on your cell phone
and on the touchscreen.
3. Confirm that the number on your cell
phone matches the number on the
touchscreen.
Note: The touchscreen indicates that you
have successfully paired your cell phone.
4. Download the phonebook from your
cell phone when you are prompted.
Note: If you pair more than one cell phone,
use the phone settings to specify the
primary phone. You can change this setting
at any time.
Using Your Cell Phone
Recent Call List
Display and select an entry from a list of
previous calls.
Contacts
Display a smart search form to look up your
contacts. Use the List button to
alphabetically sort your contacts.
Change Device
Display the list of paired or connected
devices that you can select.
Phone Settings
Change ring tones, alerts or pair another
phone.
Do Not Disturb
Reject incoming calls and switch ring tones
and alerts off.
238
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
SYNC™ 3
Phone Keypad
Directly dial a number.
Mute
Mute the microphone.
Text Messaging
Setting Text Message Notification
iOS
1. Go to the settings menu on your cell
phone.
2. Select Bluetooth.
3. Select the information icon to the right
of your vehicle.
4. Switch text message notification on.
Android
1. Go to the settings menu on your cell
phone.
2. Select Bluetooth.
3. Select the profiles option.
4. Select the phone profile.
5. Switch text message notification on.
Using Text Messaging
DescriptionMenu Item
Hear the text message.Hear It
View the text message.View
Call the sender.Call
Reply to the text message with a standard text message.Reply
Apple CarPlay (If Equipped)
1. Connect your device to a USB port.
2. Follow the instructions on the
touchscreen.
Note: Certain features of the system are
not available when you are using Apple
CarPlay.
Switching Apple CarPlay Off
Select the settings option on the
feature bar.
1. Select Apple CarPlay Preferences.
2. Switch Apple CarPlay off.
Android Auto (If Equipped)
1. Connect your device to a USB port.
2. Follow the instructions on the
touchscreen.
Note: You might need to enable Android
Auto from the settings menu.
Note: Certain features of the system are
not available when you are using Android
Auto.
Switching Android Auto Off
Select the settings option on the
feature bar.
1. Select Android Auto.
2. Switch Android Auto off.
239
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
SYNC™ 3
NAVIGATION (IF EQUIPPED)
Note: For more information, refer to our
website.
Select the navigation option on
the feature bar.
E297557
Map view menu.A
Zoom out.B
Zoom in.C
Route guidance menu.D
Destination entry menu.E
Setting a Destination
Destination Entry Menu
DescriptionItem
Enter a destination address.Search
Display and select from a list of previous destinations.Previous Destinations
Set your saved home address as your destinationHome
Set your saved place of work as your destination.Work
Display and select from a list of favorite destinations.Favorites
240
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
SYNC™ 3
Setting a Destination Using the Text
Entry Screen
E297558
Text entry field.A
Automatic suggestions based on
the text you enter.
B
Information icon.C
Search.D
Keyboard settings.E
Note: Select one of the suggestions to
copy the detail to the text entry field.
You can search by entering all or part of
the destination, such as the Address, POI
Category or Name, Intersection, City,
Latitude/Longitude, etc. Tips: If you do
not specify a location, the system will
use the current vehicle location. You can
specify a location by address, city, state
or zip code. For additional search support,
please visit: support.ford.com.
Note: Press the button in the top right-hand
corner of the main map to display estimated
time of arrival, remaining travel time or
distance to destination.
Setting a Destination Using the Map
Screen
E297559
Re-center the map.A
Selected location.B
3D map rotation. Swipe left or
right.
C
Start route guidance.D
Destination name.E
Select the location on the map.
Select Start to begin route guidance.
Changing the Format of the Map
Display the map in one of the following
formats:
• A two-dimensional map with the
direction you are traveling toward the
top of the screen.
• A two-dimensional map with north
toward the top of the screen.
• A three-dimensional map with the
direction you are traveling toward the
front.
Zoom
Display more or less detail on the map.
241
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
SYNC™ 3
Note: You can use pinch gestures to zoom
in and out. Place two fingers on the screen
and move them apart to zoom in. Place two
fingers on the screen and bring them
together to zoom out.
Route Guidance
E297560
F
A
Turn indicator. Select to hear the
last voice prompt.
A
Point of interest.B
Estimated time of arrival,
distance to destination or time
to destination.
C
Current road.D
Mute guidance prompts.E
Cancel route guidance.F
Note: To change guidance prompt volume,
turn the volume control when a guidance
prompt plays.
Route Guidance Menu
DescriptionMenu Item
Adjust your map preferences for when route guidance is active.Screen View
View a full screen map when route guidance is active.Full Map
View highway exit information for your current route.Highway Exit Info
View the turn list for your current route. Select a road to avoid
it.
Turn List
You can find the SiriusXM Traffic and Travel Link information
by pressing this button. This information requires an active
subscription to SiriusXM Traffic and Travel Link. When a route
is not active, a list of nearby traffic incidents displays. When a
route is active, you can choose to display a list of traffic nearby
or on the route.
Traffic List
242
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
SYNC™ 3
DescriptionMenu Item
Adjust navigation settings. See Settings (page 247).Navigation Settings
View information about your current location.Where Am I?
Cancel route guidance.Cancel Route
View the entire current route on the map.View Route
View an alternative route compared to your current one.Detour
Change the order or remove waypoints.Edit Waypoints
The system determines the order of waypoints for you.Optimize Order
Go to the next screen and start the new route.Go
Adjusting the Guidance Prompt
Volume
Turn the volume control when a guidance
prompt plays to adjust the volume.
Note: If you have inadvertently adjusted
the volume to zero, press the turn indicator
button to play the last voice prompt and
then adjust the volume to the desired level.
Muting Guidance Prompts
Select the mute option on the
screen to mute guidance
prompts.
Note: The system mutes the next and all
future guidance prompts.
Adding Waypoints
You can add a waypoint to a navigation
route as a destination along your route.
You can add up to five waypoints.
1. Select the search option on the map.
2. Set a destination.
3. Select Add Waypoint.
4. Select Go.
Canceling Route Guidance
Select the route guidance menu
option on the active guidance
screen.
Select Cancel Route.
E294817
Note: The route guidance menu option is
always in the bottom right-hand corner of
the main map.
cityseeker (If Equipped)
Note: cityseeker point of interest (POI)
information is limited to approximately 1,110
cities (1,049 in the United States, 36 in
Canada and 15 in Mexico).
243
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
SYNC™ 3
E225487
cityseeker, when available, is a service that
provides more information about certain
points of interest such as restaurants,
hotels and attractions.
When you have selected a point of interest,
the location and information appear, such
as address, phone number and a star
rating.
Press More Information to see a photo,
a review, a list of services and facilities, the
average room or meal price and the web
address. This screen displays the point of
interest icons.
For restaurants, cityseeker can provide
information such as star rating, average
cost, review, handicap access, hours of
operation, and website address.
For hotels, cityseeker can provide
information such as star rating, price
category, review, check-in and checkout
times, hotel service icons and website
address. Hotel service icons include:
• Restaurant
• Business center
• Handicap facilities
• Laundry
• Refrigerator
• 24 hour room service
• Fitness center
• Internet access
• Pool
• Wi-Fi
Attractions include nearby landmarks,
amusement parks, historic buildings and
more. cityseeker can provide information
such as star rating, reviews, hour of
operation and admission price.
SiriusXM Traffic and Travel Link (If
Equipped)
SiriusXM Traffic and Travel Link is available
on vehicles equipped with navigation and
only in select markets. You must activate
and subscribe to receive SiriusXM Traffic
and Travel Link information. It helps you
locate the best gas prices, find movie
listings, get current traffic alerts, view the
weather map, get accurate ski conditions
and see current sports scores.
The system calculates a reasonable
efficient route based on available speed
limits, traffic, and road conditions. You may
know a local short cut that is more efficient
at a given time than the route provided by
SYNC 3, but you should expect a slight
difference in minutes or miles with the
SYNC 3 route.
Michelin Travel Guide (If Equipped)
The Michelin travel guide is a service which
provides additional information about
certain places of interest, for example
restaurants, hotels and tourist sites. Points
of interest that have Michelin travel guide
information display a button to show you
more information. Push the button to see
the additional information. If you have
paired your phone with the system, you
can press the phone button to directly
establish a call with the selected point of
interest.
244
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
SYNC™ 3
Navigation Map Accuracy and
Updates
HERE is the digital map provider for the
navigation application. If you find map data
errors, you may report them directly to
HERE by going to www.here.com. HERE
evaluates all reported map errors and
responds with the result of their
investigation by e-mail.
The navigation system map data may
contain inaccurate or incomplete
information due to the passage of time,
changing circumstances, sources used and
the nature of collecting comprehensive
geographic data, any of which may lead to
incorrect results. Inaccurate speed limit
information, turn restrictions and other
road attributes may affect the determined
route and associated guidance
Annual navigation map updates are
available for purchase through your
dealership. Depending on your purchase
agreement, you might be eligible for free
Map update. You can choose to download
the Map data update onto a USB, order a
USB, or use Wi-Fi to deliver automatic
updates. To update your Map data over
Wi-Fi, your vehicle must be connected to
a Wi-Fi access point. Map Data files are
large, so it is highly recommended to
perform the update when free Wi-Fi is
available otherwise high data rates may
apply. For USB updates, free map update
eligibility, and other details, contact
dealers at 1-866-462-8837 in the United
States and Canada or 01-800-557-5539
in Mexico or visit our local website for more
information.
APPS
The system allows you interact with select
mobile apps while keeping your eyes on
the road. Voice commands, your steering
wheel buttons, or a quick tap on your
touchscreen give you advanced control of
compatible mobile apps. You can also
stream your favorite music or podcasts,
share your time of arrival with friends, and
keep connected safely.
When you start an app through the system
for the first time, you could be asked to
grant certain permissions. You can review
and change the permissions that you have
granted at any time when your vehicle is
not moving. We recommend that you
check your data plan before using your
apps through the system. Using them
could result in additional charges. We also
recommend that you check the app
provider's terms and conditions and
privacy policy before using their app. Make
sure that you have an active account for
apps that you want to use through the
system. Some apps will work with no
setup. Others require you to configure
some personal settings before you can use
them.
Note: For more information about available
apps, visit catalog.ford.com.
Using Apps on an iOS Device
Select the apps option on the
feature bar.
1. If your device is connected via USB,
switch Apple CarPlay off. See Phone
(page 238).
2. Connect your device to a USB port or
pair and connect using Bluetooth.
3. If prompted to enable CarPlay, select
Disable.
4. Start the apps on your device that you
want to use through SYNC.
245
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
SYNC™ 3
Note: If you close the apps on your device,
you will not be able to use them through the
system.
5. Select the app that you want to use on
the touchscreen.
Note: Connect your device to a USB port if
you want to use a navigation app. When
using a navigation app, keep your device
unlocked and the app open.
Using Apps on an Android Device
Select the apps option on the
feature bar.
1. If your device is connected via USB,
switch Android Auto off. See Phone
(page 238).
2. Pair your device. See Phone (page 238).
3. Start the apps on your device that you
want to use through SYNC.
Note: If you close the apps on your device,
you will not be able to use them through the
system.
4. Select Find Mobile Apps.
Note: The system searches and connects
to compatible apps that are running on your
device.
5. Select the app that you want to use on
the touchscreen.
Note: Mobile Apps on your device use the
USB port to establish a connection with
SYNC. Some devices may lose the ability to
play music over USB when Mobile Apps are
enabled.
Using Mobile Navigation on an
Android Device
1. Connect your device to a USB port.
2. Switch Android Auto off. See Phone
(page 238).
3. Switch on Enable Mobile Apps via
USB in the Mobile Apps Settings tile.
4. Select the apps option on the feature
bar.
5. Select the navigation app that you
want to use on the touchscreen.
Note: When using a navigation app, keep
your device unlocked and the app open.
SiriusXM Traffic and Travel Link (If
Equipped)
WARNING: Driving while
distracted can result in loss of vehicle
control, crash and injury. We strongly
recommend that you use extreme
caution when using any device that may
take your focus off the road. Your
primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We
recommend against the use of any
hand-held device while driving and
encourage the use of voice-operated
systems when possible. Make sure you
are aware of all applicable local laws
that may affect the use of electronic
devices while driving.
Note: SiriusXM Traffic and Travel Link may
not be available in all markets.
Note: In order to use SiriusXM Traffic and
Travel Link, your vehicle must have
navigation.
Note: A paid subscription is required to
access and use these features. Go to
www.siriusxm.com/travellink for more
information.
Note: Visit www.siriusxm.com/traffic and
click on Coverage map and details for a
complete listing of all traffic areas covered
by SiriusXM Traffic and Travel Link.
Note: Neither Sirius nor Ford is responsible
for any errors or inaccuracies in the SiriusXM
Traffic and Travel Link services or its use in
vehicles.
246
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
SYNC™ 3
When you subscribe to SiriusXM Traffic
and Travel Link, it can help you locate the
best gas prices, find movie listings, get
current traffic alerts, view the current
weather map, get accurate ski conditions
and see scores to current sports games.
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
Touch these buttons to identify traffic incidents on your route,
near your vehicle’ s current location or near any of your favorite
places, if programmed.
Traffic on Route
Traffic Nearby
Touch this button to view fuel prices at stations close to your
vehicle’s location or on an active navigation route.
Fuel Prices
Touch this button to view nearby movie theaters and their
show times, if available.
Movie Listings
Touch this button to view the nearby weather, current weather,
or the five-day forecast for the chosen area.
Weather
Select to see the weather map,
which can show storms, radar
information, charts and winds.
Map
Select to choose from a listing of
weather locations.
Area
Touch this button to view scores and schedules from a variety
of sports. You can also save up to 10 favorite teams for easier
access. The score automatically refreshes when a game is in
progress.
Sports Info
Touch this button to view ski conditions for a specific area.Ski Conditions
SETTINGS
E280315
Press the button to enter the
settings menu.
E268570
Once you select a tile, press the
button next to a menu item to
view an explanation of the
feature or setting.
Sound
Select this tile to adjust sound the settings.
Clock
Select this tile to adjust the clock settings.
Bluetooth
Select this tile to switch Bluetooth on and
off and adjust the settings.
Phone
Select this tile to connect, disconnect, and
manage the connected device settings.
Audio
Select this tile to adjust the audio settings.
247
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
SYNC™ 3
Driver Assist (If Equipped)
Select this tile to adjust Driver Assist
features like Parking Aids, Lane Keeping
System, Pedestrian Detection, and
Auto-Start-Stop.
Vehicle
Select this tile to adjust vehicle settings
like windows, alarm, lighting, and MyKey
settings.
FordPass
Select this tile to adjust the FordPass
settings
General
Select this tile to adjust settings like
language, measurement units, or to reset
the system.
911 Assist (If Equipped)
Select this tile to switch 911 Assist on and
off.
Automatic Updates
Select this tile to adjust the automatic
update settings.
Mobile Apps
Select this tile to adjust permissions,
enable, disable, and update mobile apps.
Display
Select this tile to adjust display settings
like brightness and auto dim.
Charge Settings (If Equipped)
Select this tile to adjust the electric vehicle
charge settings.
Voice Control
Select this tile to adjust voice control
settings like command confirmations and
displayed lists.
Navigation (If Equipped)
Select this tile to adjust navigation settings
like map preferences and route guidance.
Multi Contour Seats (If Equipped)
Select this tile to adjust the position and
massage function of your multi contour
seats.
Seats (If Equipped)
Select this tile to adjust the lumbar
function of your seats.
Message Center (If Equipped)
Select this tile to view vehicle messages.
Personal Profiles (If Equipped)
Select this tile to adjust recalled memory
features when using personal profiles.
Valet Mode (If Equipped)
Select this tile to enable and disable valet
mode.
Ambient Lighting (If Equipped)
Select this tile to change the color or
intensity of the interior lighting.
248
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
SYNC™ 3
SYNC™ 3 TROUBLESHOOTING
Voice Recognition
Possible Cause and ResolutionSymptom
The system does not under-
stand what I am saying.
– You are using the wrong voice commands.
• See Using Voice Recognition (page 221).
• For a complete list of voice commands, refer to our
website.
– You are speaking too soon.
• Wait for the voice prompt before you speak.
The system does not under-
stand the name of a track or
artist.
– Device limitation. Bluetooth does not support voice
commands.
• Connect your device to a USB port.
• If you have an iOS device, press and hold the voice
control button on the steering wheel to use Siri to
play specific tracks.
– You are using the wrong voice commands.
• See Using Voice Recognition (page 221).
• For a complete list of voice commands, refer to our
website.
– You are not saying the name exactly as it appears on
your device.
• Say the name of the track or artist exactly as it
appears on your device. Spell out any abbreviations
in the name.
The song or artist name may have some special char-
acters that are not being recognized by the system.
– The name contains special characters, for example *,
- or +.
• Rename the files on your device or use the touch-
screen to select and play the track.
249
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
SYNC™ 3
Possible Cause and ResolutionSymptom
– You are not saying the name exactly as it appears on
your device.
• Say the first and last name of the contact exactly
as it appears on your device. Spell out any abbrevi-
ations in the name.
– The name contains special characters, for example *,
- or +.
• Rename the contact on your device or use the
touchscreen to select and call the contact.
The system does not under-
stand the name of a contact
in the phonebook on my
device and calls the wrong
contact.
– You are not saying the name exactly as it appears on
your device.
• Say the first and last name of the contact exactly
as it appears on your device. The system applies
phonetic pronunciation rules of the selected
language to the names of contacts in the phone-
book on your device. Select the name of the
contact on the touchscreen and use the Hear it
option to get an idea of how the system expects
you to pronounce it.
The system does not under-
stand foreign names of
contacts in the phonebook
on my device.
– Device limitation.
• The system uses text-to-speech technology and
uses a synthetically generated voice rather than
pre-recorded human voice.
The system voice prompts
and the pronunciation of
some words does not seem
to be very accurate.
USB and Bluetooth Audio
Possible Cause and ResolutionSymptom
I cannot connect my device. – Device malfunction.
• Disconnect your device. Switch your device off,
reset it and try again.
– Cable connection issue.
• Correctly connect the cable to your device and the
vehicle USB port.
– Incompatible cable.
• Use the cable recommended by the manufacturer
of your device.
250
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
SYNC™ 3
Possible Cause and ResolutionSymptom
– Incorrect device settings.
• Make sure that your device does not have an auto-
install program or active security settings.
• Check that your device is not set only to charge.
– Device lock screen enabled.
• Unlock your device before connecting it.
The system does not recog-
nize my device.
– Device limitation.
• Do not leave your device in your vehicle during very
hot or very cold weather conditions.
– Cable connection issue.
• Correctly connect the cable to your device and the
vehicle USB port.
– Incompatible cable.
• Use the cable recommended by the manufacturer
of your device.
The system does not under-
stand the name of a track or
artist.
– Device limitation. Bluetooth does not support voice
commands.
• Connect your device to a USB port.
• If you have an iOS device, press and hold the voice
control button on the steering wheel to use Siri to
play specific tracks.
I cannot stream audio from
my Bluetooth device.
– Incompatible device.
• Check the compatibility of your device on our
website.
– Device not connected.
• Pair your device. See Phone (page 238).
– Media player not running.
• Start the media player on your device.
The system does not recog-
nize the music on my device.
– Missing or incorrect audio file metadata, for example
artist, song title, album or genre.
• Repair the files on your device.
– Corrupt files.
• Repair the files on your device.
251
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
SYNC™ 3
Phone
Possible Cause and ResolutionSymptom
During a call, I can hear
excessive background noise.
– Incorrect cell phone settings.
• Check and adjust the audio settings on your cell
phone. Refer to your cell phone's user manual.
– Cell phone malfunction.
• Switch your cell phone off, reset it and try again.
– Cell phone microphone muted.
• Unmute your cell phone microphone.
During a call, I can hear the
other person but they
cannot hear me.
During a call, I cannot hear
the other person and they
cannot hear me.
– System restart required.
• Restart the system. Switch the ignition off and
open the door. Close the door and lock the vehicle.
Wait until the touchscreen is off and any illumin-
ated USB ports are not illuminated. Unlock the
vehicle, switch the ignition on and try again.
I cannot download phone-
book.
– Incompatible cell phone.
• Check the compatibility of your cell phone on our
website.
– Incorrect cell phone settings.
• Allow the system to retrieve contacts from your
cell phone. Refer to your cell phone's user manual.
– Incorrect system settings.
• Switch automatic phonebook download on. See
Settings (page 247).
– Cell phone malfunction.
• Switch your cell phone off, reset it and try again.
– Incorrect cell phone settings.
• Allow the system to retrieve contacts from your
cell phone. Refer to your cell phone's user manual.
• Check the location of the missing contacts on your
cell phone. If they are stored on the SIM card, move
them to the cell phone memory.
– Incorrect system settings.
• Switch automatic phonebook download on. See
Settings (page 247).
A message displays
suggesting that my phone-
book has downloaded but it
is empty or it has missing
contacts.
253
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
SYNC™ 3
Possible Cause and ResolutionSymptom
– Incompatible cell phone.
• Check the compatibility of your cell phone on our
website.
– Cell phone malfunction.
• Switch your cell phone off, reset it and try again.
• Install the latest cell phone firmware.
• Delete your device from system and delete SYNC
from your device and try again.
• Switch automatic phonebook download off. See
Settings (page 247).
I cannot connect my cell
phone.
Text messaging does not
work.
– You did not switch on text message notifications.
• Switch text message notifications on. See Phone
(page 238).
– Incompatible cell phone.
• Check the compatibility of your cell phone on our
website.
– Cell phone malfunction.
• Switch your cell phone off, reset it and try again.
– Device message sharing is not enabled.
• Check the permissions on your device to ensure
text message sharing is enabled.
– Incompatible cell phone.
• Check the compatibility of your cell phone on our
website.
I cannot hear text messages.
254
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
SYNC™ 3
Navigation (If Equipped)
Possible Cause and ResolutionSymptom
I cannot enter a street name
when I am abroad.
– Incorrect entry method.
• Enter the street name with the country.
The system does not recog-
nize coordinates.
– You are using the wrong coordinates format.
• Use the format ##. #####, ##. ##### (for N/S ,
E/W). Add a minus before coordinates if the
direction is West and keep a positive value if the
direction is East, for example 12.5412 means East
and -12.5412 means West.
255
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
SYNC™ 3
Apps
Possible Cause and ResolutionSymptom
The system cannot find any
apps.
– Incompatible device.
• You will need an Android device with OS 4.3 or
higher or an iOS device with iOS 8.0 or higher. Pair
and connect your Android device to find AppLink
compatible apps. Connect your iOS device to a
USB port or pair and connect using Bluetooth.
I have a compatible device
and it is correctly connected
but the system still cannot
find any apps.
– AppLink compatible apps not installed on your device.
• Download and install the latest version of the app.
– AppLink compatible apps not running on your device.
• Start the apps to allow the system to find them
and make sure you sign in to any apps if required.
– Incorrect app settings.
• Check and adjust the app settings on your device
and allow SYNC to access the app if required.
I have a compatible device,
it is correctly connected and
my apps are running but the
system still cannot find any
apps.
– Apps failed to fully close.
• Restart the apps and try again.
• If you have an Android device with apps that have
an exit or quit option, use this and then restart the
apps. Alternatively, use the force stop option in the
settings menu on your device.
• If you have an iOS device with iOS 7.0 or higher, tap
the home button on your device twice and then
swipe the app upward to close it.
I have an Android device
that is correctly connected,
I have restarted my apps
and they are running but the
system still cannot find
them.
– An issue on some older versions of the Android oper-
ating system could result in apps not being found.
• Switch Bluetooth off and on again to force the
system to reconnect to your device.
256
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
SYNC™ 3
Possible Cause and ResolutionSymptom
I have an iOS device that is
correctly connected, I have
restarted my apps and they
are running but the system
still cannot find them.
– Cable connection issue.
• Disconnect the cable from your device, wait for a
moment and then connect it again to force the
system to reconnect to your device.
I have an Android device
running a media app which
the system has found but I
cannot hear the sound or
the sound is very quiet.
– Device volume is low.
• Turn the volume up on your device.
I have an Android device
running a number of
compatible apps but the
system cannot find all of
them.
– Device limitation. Some Android devices have a limited
number of Bluetooth ports that apps can use to
connect. If you have more apps running on your device
than the number of available Bluetooth ports, the
system cannot find all of them.
• Close some of the apps to allow the system to find
those that you want to use.
257
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
SYNC™ 3
Wi-Fi Connectivity
Possible Cause and ResolutionSymptom
I cannot connect to a Wi-Fi
network.
– Password error.
• Enter the correct network password.
– Weak network signal.
• Move your vehicle closer to the Wi-Fi hotspot or to
a place where the network signal is not obstructed.
– Multiple access points in range with the same SSID.
• Use a unique name for your SSID,. Do not use the
default name unless it contains a unique identifier,
for example as part of the MAC address.
The Wi-Fi connection
disconnects after successful
connection.
– Weak network signal.
• Move your vehicle closer to the Wi-Fi hotspot or to
a place where the network signal is not obstructed.
I am close to a Wi-Fi hotspot
but the network signal
strength is weak.
– Obstructed network signal.
• If your vehicle has a heated windshield, position
your vehicle so that the windshield is not facing the
Wi-Fi hotspot.
• If your vehicle has metallic tinting on the windows
but not on the windshield, position your vehicle so
that the windshield is facing the Wi-Fi hotspot or
open the windows that are facing the hotspot.
• If your vehicle has metallic tinting on the windows
and the windshield, open the windows that are
facing the hotspot.
• If your vehicle is in a garage and you have the
garage door closed, open the garage door.
I cannot see a network in the
list of available networks
that I expect to see.
– Hidden network.
• Make the network visible and try again.
258
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
SYNC™ 3
Possible Cause and ResolutionSymptom
I cannot see SYNC when I
search for Wi-Fi networks on
my cell phone or other
device.
– System limitation.
• SYNC does not provide a Wi-Fi hotspot at this time.
– Weak network signal
• Move your vehicle closer to the Wi-Fi hotspot or to
a place where the network signal is not obstructed.
– Wi-Fi hotspot in high demand or has a slow Internet
connection.
• Use a more reliable Wi-Fi hotspot.
Software downloads take
too long.
– No software update available.
– Wi-Fi network requires a subscription or acceptance
of terms and conditions.
• Test the connection using another device. If the
network requires a subscription or acceptance of
terms and conditions, contact the network service
provider.
The system seems to
connect to a Wi-Fi network
and the signal strength is
excellent but the software
does not update.
Personal Profiles (If Equipped)
Possible Cause and SolutionSymptom
You have not set up Personal Profiles.
I cannot create a profile.
You entered an invalid profile.
You did not select a memory button when prompted.
You did not have the ignition on or in park (P), or you
shifted out park (P) when creating a profile.
Personal Profiles has been switched off.
You did not select the lock button on the remote control.
I cannot link a remote
control.
The remote control selected was already associated with
another profile and the system declined to overwrite.
The system performed a profile recall when linking a
remote control.
You did not have the ignition on or in park (P), or you
shifted out park (P) when creating a profile.
259
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
SYNC™ 3
Possible Cause and SolutionSymptom
You are using the old linking method.
Personal Profiles does not support your unsaved settings.
My personalized settings do
not save.
A different personal profile is active.
Another user changed the settings for the wrong personal
profile.
You did not create a personal profile.
My profile will not recall.
Personal Profiles is turned off.
The profile you requested is already active.
You did not link the memory button you are using to a
profile.
You did not link the remote control you are using to a
profile.
You are using the wrong remote control.
You are pressing a button other than the unlock or remote
start on a linked remote control.
You deleted the personal profile.
You switched the personal profiles off.My preset positions recall,
but my profile does not.
The vehicle is in motion.
My profile recalls but my
preset positions do not.
The preset positions are the same as the guest or previ-
ously active profile.
Unlink and relink your remote control in the Personal
Profiles menu. You may need to see your authorized dealer.
I lost a remote control.
You erased and reprogrammed the remote controls. This
could happen if you let a dealership add a new remote
control to replace a lost one.
I lost all profiles.
Someone performed a master reset without your know-
ledge.
260
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
SYNC™ 3
Resetting the System
1. Simultaneously press and hold the
seek up and the audio unit power
buttons until the screen goes black.
2. Wait three minutes to allow the system
to complete the reset.
3. Press the audio unit power button to
switch the system on.
Note: You can reset the system to restore
functionality that has stopped working. The
system reset is designed to restore
functionality and not delete any data that
you have stored.
Additional Information and
Assistance
For additional information and assistance,
we recommend that you contact an
authorized dealer or refer to our website.
261
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
SYNC™ 3
For a complete listing of Ford GT
Accessories and Ford GT Licensed
Products, contact the Ford GT Concierge
at 1-800-210-5795. The Ford GT Concierge
has the latest information on the offerings
available.
262
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Accessories
GENERAL MAINTENANCE
INFORMATION
Why Maintain Your Vehicle?
Carefully following the maintenance
schedule helps protect against major repair
expenses resulting from neglect or
inadequate maintenance and may help to
increase the value of your vehicle when
you sell or trade it. Keep all receipts for
completed maintenance with your vehicle
and record the maintenance in the pages
that follow in this section.
We have established regular maintenance
intervals for your vehicle based upon
rigorous testing. It is important that you
have your vehicle serviced at the proper
times. Remember that time is just as
important as miles driven. These intervals
are based on both time and distance
driven. Since cars like the Ford GT do not
get driven daily in most cases, your
maintenance intervals may be more based
on time than distance driven.
It is your responsibility to have all
scheduled maintenance performed and to
make sure that the materials used meet
the specifications identified in this owner's
manual. See Capacities and
Specifications (page 207).
Failure to perform scheduled maintenance
invalidates warranty coverage on parts
affected by the lack of maintenance.
Why Maintain Your Vehicle at Your
Certified Ford GT Service
Dealership?
Factory-Trained Technicians
Service technicians participate in extensive
factory-sponsored certification training to
help them become experts on the
operation of your Ford GT.
Genuine Ford and Motorcraft™
Replacement Parts
Certified Ford GT Service Dealerships stock
the Ford and Motorcraft parts needed to
maintain your Ford GT. These parts meet
or exceed our specifications. Parts installed
at your dealership carry a nationwide
24-month or unlimited mile (kilometer)
parts and labor limited warranty.
If you do not use Ford authorized parts they
may not meet our specifications and
depending on the part, it could affect
emissions compliance.
Convenience
The Ford GT Concierge will be happy to
assist you in scheduling your maintenance
visits and will work with your Certified Ford
GT Service Dealership to make these
arrangements.
Road Course Maintenance
If your Ford GT is subjected to dedicated
road course use, we recommend additional
maintenance. See Special Operating
Conditions Scheduled Maintenance
(page 266).
Protecting Your Investment
Additives and Chemicals
This owner's manual and the Ford
Workshop Manual list the recommended
additives and chemicals for your vehicle.
We do not recommend using chemicals or
additives not approved by us as part of
your vehicle’ s normal maintenance. Please
consult your warranty information.
263
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
Oils and Fluids
In many cases, fluid discoloration is a
normal operating characteristic and, by
itself, does not necessarily indicate a
concern or that the fluid needs to be
changed. However, a qualified expert, such
as the factory-trained technicians at your
dealership, should inspect discolored fluids
that also show signs of overheating or
foreign material contamination
immediately.
Make sure to change your vehicle’ s oils and
fluids at the specified intervals or in
conjunction with a repair.
NORMAL SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE
Normal Maintenance Intervals
Annually or Every 5,000 mi (8,000 km)
Change the oil and filter.
Inspect the tires and check the tire pressures.
Inspect the brake pads, rotors, hoses, brake cooling duct hoses and check the parking
brake function. Check the brake fluid level.
Inspect the engine cooling system strength and hoses. Check the coolant level.
Inspect the exhaust system and heat shields.
Inspect the accessory drive belts.
Inspect the steering linkage, ball joints, suspension and the tie-rod ends.
Inspect the wiper blades. Check the washer fluid level.
Inspect the hinges and latches. Lubricate if needed.
Inspect the vehicle battery and the state of charge.
Check the hydraulic fluid level.
Check the operation of all the lights.
Check the operation of warning indicators inside the instrument cluster.
Check for any fluid leaks.
264
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
Other Maintenance Items
2
Change the brake fluid.
1
Every 3 Years
Replace the cabin air filter.Every 2 Years or 10,000 mi (16,000 km)
Replace the engine air filters.Every 3 Years or 10,000 mi (16,000 km)
Change the transmission gear fluid.
Every 6 Years or 30,000 mi (48,000 km) Change the transmission wet clutch
oil.
Replace the spark plugs.Every 45,000 mi (72,000 km)
Change the hydraulic fluid and filter.Every 10 Years or 60,000 mi (100,000 km)
Change the orange-colored engine
coolant.
3
60,000 mi (100,000 km)
Replace the front and the rear
accessory drive belts.
100,000 mi (160,000 km)
Change the yellow-colored engine
coolant.
4
200,000 mi (320,000 km)
Replace the Hydraulic Accumulator
Bottle.
Every 24 Years
1
Perform this maintenance item every 3 years. Do not exceed the designated time for the
interval.
2
Do not exceed the designated distance or mileage for the interval.
3
Initial replacement at six years or 60,000 mi (100,000 km), then every three years or
30,000 mi (48,000 km).
4
Initial replacement at 10 years or 200,000 mi (320,000 km), then every five years or
99,000 mi (160,000 km).
265
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
SPECIAL OPERATING
CONDITIONS SCHEDULED
MAINTENANCE
Hot Climate Oil Change Intervals
Vehicles operating in the Middle East,
North Africa, Sub-Saharan Africa or
locations with similar climates using an
American Petroleum Institute (API)
Certified for Gasoline Engines (Certification
mark) oil of SM or SN quality, the normal
oil change interval is 2,500 mi (4,000 km).
Engine Air Filter and Cabin Air
Filter Replacement
The life of the engine air filter and cabin air
filter is dependent on exposure to dusty
and dirty conditions. Vehicles operated in
these conditions require frequent
inspection and replacement of the engine
air filter and cabin air filter.
Operating at High Speeds and
Track Days
Your vehicle is capable of sustained high
speeds and track day driving. Your GT has
electronic controls to reduce power and
limit the RPM to reduce powertrain
temperatures if operating temperatures
are exceeded.
Before Operating Your Vehicle at High
Speeds:
• Verify your tires have the correct
pressures See Technical
Specifications (page 206).
• Inspect wheels and tires for wear and
damage. Replace any damaged wheels
and tires.
• Check and set lug nut torque. See
Technical Specifications (page 206).
• Verify fluid levels for oil, coolant, brake,
and hydraulic fluid. See Maintenance
(page 157).
• Change the oil and filter prior to use on
the track.
After Operating Your vehicle at High
Speeds and Track Day Driving, Do the
Following:
• Set tire pressures to specification.
• Check and set lug nut torque. See
Technical Specifications (page 206).
• Check all fluid levels.
• If you drive your car for an extended
period of time at high speed or on the
track for an extended time, change the
oil and filter.
SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE
RECORD
After the scheduled maintenance services
are performed, record the Repair Order #,
Distance and Engine Hours in the boxes
provided.
266
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
E146852
Repair Order #:
Distance:
Engine hours (optional):
Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
Dealer stamp
E146852
Repair Order #:
Distance:
Engine hours (optional):
Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
Dealer stamp
267
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
E146852
Repair Order #:
Distance:
Engine hours (optional):
Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
Dealer stamp
E146852
Repair Order #:
Distance:
Engine hours (optional):
Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
Dealer stamp
268
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
E146852
Repair Order #:
Distance:
Engine hours (optional):
Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
Dealer stamp
E146852
Repair Order #:
Distance:
Engine hours (optional):
Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
Dealer stamp
269
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
E146852
Repair Order #:
Distance:
Engine hours (optional):
Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
Dealer stamp
E146852
Repair Order #:
Distance:
Engine hours (optional):
Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
Dealer stamp
270
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
E146852
Repair Order #:
Distance:
Engine hours (optional):
Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
Dealer stamp
E146852
Repair Order #:
Distance:
Engine hours (optional):
Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
Dealer stamp
271
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
E146852
Repair Order #:
Distance:
Engine hours (optional):
Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
Dealer stamp
E146852
Repair Order #:
Distance:
Engine hours (optional):
Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
Dealer stamp
272
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
E146852
Repair Order #:
Distance:
Engine hours (optional):
Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
Dealer stamp
E146852
Repair Order #:
Distance:
Engine hours (optional):
Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
Dealer stamp
273
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
E146852
Repair Order #:
Distance:
Engine hours (optional):
Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
Dealer stamp
E146852
Repair Order #:
Distance:
Engine hours (optional):
Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
Dealer stamp
275
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
E146852
Repair Order #:
Distance:
Engine hours (optional):
Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
Dealer stamp
E146852
Repair Order #:
Distance:
Engine hours (optional):
Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
Dealer stamp
276
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
END USER LICENSE
AGREEMENT
VEHICLE SOFTWARE END USER
LICENSE AGREEMENT (EULA)
• You (“You” or “Your” as applicable)
have acquired a vehicle having several
devices, including SYNC ® and various
control modules, ("DEVICES") that
include software licensed or owned by
Ford Motor Company and its affiliates
("FORD MOTOR COMPANY"). Those
software products of FORD MOTOR
COMPANY origin, as well as associated
media, printed materials, and "online"
or electronic documentation
("SOFTWARE") are protected by
international intellectual property laws
and treaties. The SOFTWARE is
licensed, not sold. All rights reserved.
• The SOFTWARE may interface with
and/or communicate with, or may be
later upgraded to interface with and/or
communicate with additional software
and/or systems provided by FORD
MOTOR COMPANY.
IF YOU DO NOT AGREE TO THIS END
USER LICENSE AGREEMENT ("EULA")
DO NOT USE THE DEVICES OR COPY
THE SOFTWARE. ANY USE OF THE
SOFTWARE, INCLUDING BUT NOT
LIMITED TO USE ON THE DEVICES,
WILL CONSTITUTE YOUR AGREEMENT
TO THIS EULA (OR RATIFICATION OF
ANY PREVIOUS CONSENT).
GRANT OF SOFTWARE LICENSE: This
EULA grants you the following license:
• You may use the SOFTWARE as
installed on the DEVICES and as
otherwise interfacing with systems
and/or services provide by or through
FORD MOTOR COMPANY or its third
party software and service providers.
Description of Other Rights and
Limitations
• Speech Recognition: If the
SOFTWARE includes speech
recognition component(s), you should
understand that speech recognition is
an inherently statistical process and
that recognition errors are inherent in
the process. Neither FORD MOTOR
COMPANY nor its suppliers shall be
liable for any damages arising out of
errors in the speech recognition
process. It is your responsibility to
monitor any speech recognition
functions included in the system.
• Limitations on Reverse Engineering,
Decompilation and Disassembly:
You may not reverse engineer,
decompile, translate, disassemble or
attempt to discover any source code
or underlying ideas or algorithms of the
SOFTWARE nor permit others to
reverse engineer, decompile or
disassemble the SOFTWARE, except
and only to the extent that such activity
is expressly permitted by applicable
law notwithstanding this limitation or
to the extent as may be permitted by
the licensing terms governing use of
any open source components included
with the SOFTWARE.
• Limitations on Distributing,
Copying, Modifying and Creating
Derivative Works: You may not
distribute, copy, make modifications
to or create derivative works based on
the SOFTWARE, except and only to the
extent that such activity is expressly
permitted by applicable law
notwithstanding this limitation or to
the extent as may be permitted by the
licensing terms governing use of any
open source components included with
the SOFTWARE.
277
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Appendices
• Single EULA: The end user
documentation for the DEVICES and
related systems and services may
contain multiple EULAs, such as
multiple translations and/or multiple
media versions (e.g., in the user
documentation and in the software).
Even if you receive multiple EULAs, you
are licensed to use only one (1) copy of
the SOFTWARE.
• SOFTWARE Transfer: You may
permanently transfer your rights under
this EULA only as part of a sale or
transfer of the DEVICES, provided you
retain no copies, you transfer all of the
SOFTWARE (including all component
parts, the media and printed materials,
any upgrades, and, if applicable, the
Certificate(s) of Authenticity), and the
recipient agrees to the terms of this
EULA. If the SOFTWARE is an upgrade,
any transfer must include all prior
versions of the SOFTWARE.
• Termination: Without prejudice to any
other rights, FORD MOTOR COMPANY
may terminate this EULA if you fail to
comply with the terms and conditions
of this EULA.
• Internet-Based Services
Components: The SOFTWARE may
contain components that enable and
facilitate the use of certain
Internet-based services. You
acknowledge and agree that FORD
MOTOR COMPANY, third party
software and service suppliers, its
affiliates and/or its designated agent
may automatically check the version
of the SOFTWARE and/or its
components that you are utilizing and
may provide upgrades or supplements
to the SOFTWARE that may be
automatically downloaded to your
DEVICES.
• Additional Software/Services: The
SOFTWARE may permit FORD MOTOR
COMPANY, third party software and
service suppliers, its affiliates and/or
its designated agent to provide or make
available to you SOFTWARE updates,
supplements, add-on components, or
Internet-based services components
of the SOFTWARE after the date you
obtain your initial copy of the
SOFTWARE ("Supplemental
Components".) SOFTWARE updates
may cause you to incur additional
charges from your wireless service
provider. If FORD MOTOR COMPANY
or third party software and services
suppliers provide or make available to
you Supplemental Components and
no other EULA terms are provided
along with the Supplemental
Components, then the terms of this
EULA shall apply. FORD MOTOR
COMPANY, its affiliates and/or its
designated agent reserve the right to
discontinue without liability any
Internet-based services provided to
you or made available to you through
the use of the SOFTWARE.
278
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Appendices
• Links to Third Party Sites: The
SOFTWARE may provide you with the
ability to link to third party sites. The
third party sites are not under the
control of FORD MOTOR COMPANY,
its affiliates and/or its designated
agent. Neither FORD MOTOR
COMPANY nor its affiliates nor its
designated agent are responsible for
(I) the contents of any third party sites,
any links contained in third party sites,
or any changes or updates to third
party sites, or (ii) webcasting or any
other form of transmission received
from any third party sites. If the
SOFTWARE provides links to third
party sites, those links are provided to
you only as a convenience, and the
inclusion of any link does not imply an
endorsement of the third party site by
FORD MOTOR COMPANY, its affiliates
and/or its designated agent.
• Obligation to Drive Responsibly:
You recognize your obligation to drive
responsibly and keep attention on the
road. You will read and abide with the
DEVICES operating instructions
particularly as they pertain to safety
and you agree to assume any risk
associated with the use of the
DEVICES.
UPGRADES AND RECOVERY MEDIA:
If the SOFTWARE is provided by FORD
MOTOR COMPANY separate from the
DEVICES on media such as a ROM chip,
CD ROM disk(s) or via web download or
other means, and is labeled "For Upgrade
Purposes Only" or "For Recovery Purposes
Only" you may install one (1) copy of such
SOFTWARE onto the DEVICES as a
replacement copy for the existing
SOFTWARE, and use it in accordance with
this EULA, including any additional EULA
terms accompanying the upgrade
SOFTWARE.
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS:
All title and intellectual property rights in
and to the SOFTWARE (including but not
limited to any images, photographs,
animations, video, audio, music, text and
"applets" incorporated into the
SOFTWARE), the accompanying printed
materials, and any copies of the
SOFTWARE, are owned by FORD MOTOR
COMPANY, or its affiliates or suppliers. The
SOFTWARE is licensed, not sold. You may
not copy the printed materials
accompanying the SOFTWARE. All title
and intellectual property rights in and to
the content which may be accessed
through use of the SOFTWARE is the
property of the respective content owner
and may be protected by applicable
copyright or other intellectual property
laws and treaties. This EULA grants you no
rights to use such content outside its
intended use. All rights not specifically
granted under this EULA are reserved by
FORD MOTOR COMPANY, its affiliates,
and third party software and service
providers and suppliers. Use of any on-line
services which may be accessed through
the SOFTWARE may be governed by the
respective terms of use relating to such
services. If this SOFTWARE contains
documentation that is provided only in
electronic form, you may print one copy of
such electronic documentation.
EXPORT RESTRICTIONS: You
acknowledge that the SOFTWARE is
subject to U.S. and European Union export
jurisdiction. You agree to comply with all
applicable international and national laws
that apply to the SOFTWARE, including
the U.S. Export Administration Regulations,
as well as end-user, end-use and
destination restrictions issued by U.S. and
other governments.
279
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Appendices
TRADEMARKS: This EULA does not grant
you any rights in connection with any
trademarks or service marks of FORD
MOTOR COMPANY, its affiliates, and third
party software and service providers.
PRODUCT SUPPORT: Please refer to
FORD MOTOR COMPANY instructions
provided in the documentation for the
DEVICES product support, such as the
vehicle owner guide.
Should you have any questions concerning
this EULA, or if you desire to contact FORD
MOTOR COMPANY for any other reason,
please refer to the address provided in the
documentation for the DEVICES.
No Liability for Certain Damages:
EXCEPT AS PROHIBITED BY LAW, FORD
MOTOR COMPANY, ANY THIRD PARTY
SOFTWARE OR SERVICES SUPPLIERS,
AND THEIR AFFILIATES SHALL HAVE NO
LIABILITY FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL,
CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL
DAMAGES ARISING FROM OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR
PERFORMANCE OF THE SOFTWARE. THIS
LIMITATION SHALL APPLY EVEN IF ANY
REMEDY FAILS OF ITS ESSENTIAL
PURPOSE. THERE ARE NO WARRANTIES
OTHER THAN THOSE THAT MAY BE
EXPRESSLY PROVIDED FOR YOUR NEW
VEHICLE.
SYNC® Automotive Important Safety
Information Read and follow
instructions:
• Before using your SYNC® system, read
and follow all instructions and safety
information provided in this end user
manual ("Owner Guide".) Not
following precautions found in the
Owner Guide can lead to an accident
or other serious injuries.
General Operation
• Voice Command Control: Certain
functions within the SYNC® system
may be accomplished using voice
commands. Using voice commands
while driving helps you to operate the
system without removing your hands
from the wheel or eyes from the road.
• Prolonged Views of Screen: Do not
access any function requiring a
prolonged view of the screen while you
are driving. Pull over in a safe and legal
manner before attempting to access a
function of the system requiring
prolonged attention.
• Volume Setting: Do not raise the
volume excessively. Keep the volume
at a level where you can still hear
outside traffic and emergency signals
while driving. Driving while unable to
hear these sounds could cause an
accident.
• Navigation Features: Any navigation
features included in the system are
intended to provide turn by turn
instructions to get you to a desired
destination. Please make certain all
persons using this system carefully
read and follow instructions and safety
information fully.
• Distraction Hazard: Any navigation
features may require manual
(non-verbal) setup. Attempting to
perform such set-up or insert data
while driving can distract your attention
and could cause an accident or other
serious injury. Stop the vehicle in a safe
and legal manner before attempting
these operations.
• Let Your Judgment Prevail: Any
navigation features are provided only
as an aid. Make your driving decisions
based on your observations of local
conditions and existing traffic
regulations. Any such feature is not a
280
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Appendices
substitute for your personal judgment.
Any route suggestions made by this
system should never replace any local
traffic regulations or your personal
judgment or knowledge of safe driving
practices.
• Route Safety: Do not follow the route
suggestions if doing so would result in
an unsafe or illegal maneuver, if you
would be placed in an unsafe situation,
or if you would be directed into an area
that you consider unsafe. The driver is
ultimately responsible for the safe
operation of the vehicle and therefore,
must evaluate whether it is safe to
follow the suggested directions.
• Potential Map Inaccuracy: Maps
used by this system may be inaccurate
because of changes in roads, traffic
controls or driving conditions. Always
use good judgment and common sense
when following the suggested routes.
• Emergency Services: Do not rely on
any navigation features included in the
system to route you to emergency
services. Ask local authorities or an
emergency services operator for these
locations. Not all emergency services
such as police, fire stations, hospitals
and clinics are likely to be contained in
the map database for such navigation
features.
Your Responsibilities and Assumptions of
Risk
• You agree to each of the following:(a)
Any use of the SOFTWARE while
driving an automobile or other vehicle
in violation of applicable law or
otherwise driving in an unsafe manner
presents a significant risk of distracted
driving and should not be attempted
under any circumstances;(b) Use of
the SOFTWARE at excessive volume
poses a significant risk of hearing
damage and should not be attempted
under any circumstances;(c) The
SOFTWARE may not be compatible
with new or different versions of an
operating system, third party software,
or third party services, and the
SOFTWARE may potentially cause a
critical failure of an operating system,
third party software, or third party
service.(d) Any third party service
accessed by or third party software
used with the SOFTWARE (I) may
charge an additional fee for access, (ii)
may not work correctly, on an
uninterrupted basis, or error free, (iii)
may change streaming formats or
discontinue operation, (iv) may contain
adult, profane or offensive content; and
(v) may contain inaccurate, false or
misleading traffic, weather, financial
or safety information or other content;
and (e) Use of the SOFTWARE may
cause you to incur additional charges
from your wireless service provider
(WSP) and any data or minute
calculators that may be included in the
software program are for reference
only, are not warranted in any way and
should not be relied upon in anyway.
• When using the SOFTWARE, you agree
to be responsible for and assume the
entire risk to the items set forth in
Section (a) – (e) above.
281
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Appendices
Disclaimer of Warranty
YOU EXPRESSLY ACKNOWLEDGE AND
AGREE THAT USE OF THE DEVICES AND
SOFTWARE IS AT YOUR SOLE RISK AND
THAT THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO
SATISFACTORY QUALITY,
PERFORMANCE, COMPATIBILITY,
ACCURACY AND EFFORT IS WITH YOU.
TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED
BY APPLICABLE LAW, THE SOFTWARE
AND ANY THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE OR
THIRD-PARTY SERVICES ARE PROVIDED
"AS IS" AND “AS AVAILABLE”, WITH ALL
FAULTS AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF
ANY KIND, AND FORD MOTOR COMPANY
HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
AND CONDITIONS WITH RESPECT TO
THE SOFTWARE, THIRD PARTY
SOFTWARE, AND THIRD-PARTY
SERVICES, EITHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR
STATUTORY, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
AND/OR CONDITIONS OF
MERCHANTABILITY, OF SATISFACTORY
QUALITY, OF FITNESS FOR AN
ARTICULAR PURPOSE, OF ACCURACY,
OF QUIET ENJOYMENT, AND
NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD-PARTY
RIGHTS. FORD MOTOR COMPANY DOES
NOT WARRANT (a) AGAINST
INTERFERENCE WITH YOUR ENJOYMENT
OF THE SOFTWARE, THIRD PARTY
SOFTWARE, OR THIRD-PARTY SERVICES,
(b) THAT THE SOFTWARE, THIRD PARTY
SOFTWARE, OR THIRD-PARTY SERVICES
WILL MEET YOUR REQUIREMENTS, (c)
THAT THE OPERATION OF THE
SOFTWARE, THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE,
OR THIRD-PARTY SERVICES WILL BE
UNINTERRUPTED OR ERROR-FREE, (d)
OR THAT DEFECTS IN THE SOFTWARE,
THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE, OR
THIRD-PARTY SERVICES WILL BE
CORRECTED. NO ORAL OR WRITTEN
INFORMATION OR ADVICE GIVEN BY
FORD MOTOR COMPANY OR ITS
AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE SHALL
CREATE A WARRANTY. SHOULD THE
SOFTWARE, THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE,
OR THIRD-PARTY SERVICES PROVE
DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE ENTIRE
COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
REPAIR OR CORRECTION. SOME
JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW THE
DISCLAIMER OF IMPLIED WARRANTIES
OR LIMITATIONS ON APPLICABLE
STATUTORY RIGHTS OF A CONSUMER,
SO THE ABOVE DISCLAIMER MAY NOT
FULLY APPLY TO YOU. THE SOLE
WARRANTY PROVIDED BY FORD MOTOR
COMPANY SHALL BE FOUND IN THE
WARRANTY INFORMATION INCLUDING
WITH YOUR OWNER GUIDE. TO THE
EXTENT THAT THERE IS ANY CONFLICT
BETWEEN THE TERMS OF THIS SECTION
AND THE WARRANTY BOOKLET, THE
WARRANTY BOOKLET SHALL CONTROL.
Applicable Law, Venue, Jurisdiction
• The laws of the State of Michigan
govern this EULA and Your use of the
SOFTWARE. Your use of the
SOFTWARE may also be subject to
other local, state, national, or
international laws. Any litigation arising
out of or related to this EULA shall be
brought and maintained exclusively in
a court of the State of Michigan
located in Wayne County or in the
United States District Court for the
Eastern District of Michigan. You hereby
consent to submit to the personal
jurisdiction of a court in the State of
Michigan located in Wayne County and
the United States District Court for the
Eastern District of Michigan for any
dispute arising out of or relating to this
EULA.
282
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Appendices
Binding Arbitration and Class Action
Waiver
(a) Application. This Section applies to
any dispute EXCEPT IT DOES NOT
INCLUDE A DISPUTE RELATING TO
COPYRIGHT INFRINGEMENT, OR TO THE
ENFORCEMENT OR VALIDITY OF YOUR,
FORD MOTOR COMPANY, OR ANY OF
FORD MOTOR COMPANY’S LICENSORS’
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS.
Dispute means any dispute, action, or other
controversy between You and FORD
MOTOR COMPANY, other than the
exceptions listed above, concerning the
SOFTWARE (including its price) or this
EULA, whether in contract, warranty, tort,
statute, regulation, ordinance, or any other
legal or equitable basis.
(b) Notice of Dispute. In the event of a
Dispute, You or FORD MOTOR COMPANY
must give the other a “Notice of Dispute”,
which is a written statement of the name,
address, and contact information of the
party giving it, the facts giving rise to the
dispute, and the relief requested. You and
FORD MOTOR COMPANY will attempt to
resolve any dispute through informal
negotiation within 60 days from the date
the Notice of Dispute is sent. After 60 days,
You or FORD MOTOR COMPANY may
commence arbitration.
(c) Small claims court. You may also
litigate any dispute in small claims court
in your county of residence or FORD
MOTOR COMPANY’S principal place of
business, if the dispute meets all
requirements to be heard in the small
claims court. You may litigate in small
claims court whether or not You
negotiated informally first.
(d) Binding arbitration. If You and FORD
MOTOR COMPANY, do not resolve any
dispute by informal negotiation or in small
claims court, any other effort to resolve
the dispute will be conducted exclusively
by binding arbitration. You are giving up
the right to litigate (or participate in as a
party or class member) all disputes in court
before a judge or jury. Instead, all disputes
will be resolved before a neutral arbitrator,
whose decision will be final except for a
limited right of appeal under the Federal
Arbitration Act. Any court with jurisdiction
over the parties may enforce the
arbitrator’s award.
(e) Class action waiver. Any proceedings
to resolve or litigate any dispute in any
forum will be conducted solely on an
individual basis. Neither you nor FORD
MOTOR COMPANY, will seek to have any
dispute heard as a class action, as a private
attorney general action, or in any other
proceeding in which any party acts or
proposes to act in a representative
capacity. No arbitration or proceeding will
be combined with another without the
prior written consent of all parties to all
affected arbitrations or proceedings.
(f) Arbitration procedure. Any
arbitration will be conducted by the
American Arbitration Association (the
“AAA”), under its Commercial Arbitration
Rules. If You are an individual and use the
SOFTWARE for personal or vehicle use, or
if the value of the dispute is $75,000 or
less whether or not You are an individual
or how You use the SOFTWARE, the AAA
Supplementary Procedures for
Consumer-Related Disputes will also
apply. To commence arbitration, submit a
Commercial Arbitration Rules Demand for
Arbitration form to the AAA. You may
request a telephonic or in-person hearing
by following the AAA rules. In a dispute
involving $10,000 or less, any hearing will
be telephonic unless the arbitrator finds
good cause to hold an in-person hearing
instead. For more information, see adr.org
or call 1-800-778-7879. You agree to
commence arbitration only in your county
of residence or FORD MOTOR COMPANY’S
principal place of business. The arbitrator
283
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Appendices
may award the same damages to You
individually as a court could. The arbitrator
may award declaratory or injunctive relief
only to You individually, and only to the
extent required to satisfy Your individual
claim.
(g) Arbitration fees and incentives.
• I. Disputes involving $75,000 or less.
FORD MOTOR COMPANY will
promptly reimburse your filing fees and
pay the AAA’ s and arbitrator’ s fees and
expenses. If you reject FORD MOTOR
COMPANY’S last written settlement
offer made before the arbitrator was
appointed (“last written offer”), your
dispute goes all the way to an
arbitrator’s decision (called an
“award”), and the arbitrator awards
you more than the last written offer,
FORD MOTOR COMPANY will give you
three incentives: (1) pay the greater of
the award or $1,000; (2) pay twice your
reasonable attorney’s fees, if any; and
(3) reimburse any expenses (including
expert witness fees and costs) that
your attorney reasonably accrues for
investigating, preparing, and pursuing
your claim in arbitration. The arbitrator
will determine the amounts.
• ii. Disputes involving more than
$75,000. The AAA rules will govern
payment of filing fees and the AAA’s
and arbitrator’s fees and expenses.
• iii. Disputes involving any amount. In
any arbitration you commence, FORD
MOTOR COMPANY will seek its AAA
or arbitrator’s fees and expenses, or
Your filing fees it reimbursed, only if the
arbitrator finds the arbitration frivolous
or brought for an improper purpose. In
any arbitration FORD MOTOR
COMPANY commences, it will pay all
filing, AAA, and arbitrator’s fees and
expenses. It will not seek its attorney’ s
fees or expenses from you in any
arbitration. Fees and expenses are not
counted in determining how much a
dispute involves.
(h) Claims or disputes must be filed
within one year. To the extent permitted
by law, any claim or dispute under this
EULA to which this Section applies must
be filed within one year in small claims
court (Section c) or in arbitration (Section
d). The one-year period begins when the
claim or dispute first could be filed. If such
a claim or dispute is not filed within one
year, it is permanently barred.
(I) Severability. If the class action waiver
(Section e) is found to be illegal or
unenforceable as to all or some parts of a
dispute, then that portion of Section e will
not apply to those parts. Instead, those
parts will be severed and proceed in a court
of law, with the remaining parts proceeding
in arbitration. If any other provision of that
portion Section e is found to be illegal or
unenforceable, that provision will be
severed with the remainder of Section e
remaining in full force and effect.
Telenav Software End User License
Agreement
Please read these terms and conditions
carefully before you use the TeleNav
Software. Your use of the TeleNav
Software indicates that you accept these
terms and conditions. If you do not accept
these terms and conditions, do not break
the seal of the package, launch, or
otherwise use the TeleNav Software.
TeleNav may revise this Agreement and
the privacy policy at any time, with or
without notice to you. You agree to visit
http://www.telenav.com from time to time
to review the then current version of this
Agreement and of the privacy policy.
284
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Appendices
1. Safe and Lawful Use
You acknowledge that devoting attention
to the TeleNav Software may pose a risk
of injury or death to you and others in
situations that otherwise require your
undivided attention, and you therefore
agree to comply with the following when
using the TeleNav Software:
(a) observe all traffic laws and otherwise
drive safely;
(b) use your own personal judgment while
driving. If you feel that a route suggested
by the TeleNav Software instructs you to
perform an unsafe or illegal maneuver,
places you in an unsafe situation, or directs
you into an area that you consider to be
unsafe, do not follow such instructions;
(c) do not input destinations, or otherwise
manipulate the TeleNav Software, unless
your vehicle is stationary and parked;
(d) do not use the TeleNav Software for
any illegal, unauthorized, unintended,
unsafe, hazardous, or unlawful purposes,
or in any manner inconsistent with this
Agreement;
(e) arrange all GPS and wireless devices
and cables necessary for use of the
TeleNav Software in a secure manner in
your vehicle so that they will not interfere
with your driving and will not prevent the
operation of any safety device (such as an
airbag).
You agree to indemnify and hold TeleNav
harmless against all claims resulting from
any dangerous or otherwise inappropriate
use of the TeleNav Software in any moving
vehicle, including as a result of your failure
to comply with the directions above.
2. Account Information
You agree: (a) when registering the
TeleNav Software, to provide TeleNav with
true, accurate, current, and complete
information about yourself, and (b) to
inform TeleNav promptly of any changes
to such information, and to keep it true,
accurate, current and complete.
3. Software License
• Subject to your compliance with the
terms of this Agreement, TeleNav
hereby grants to you a personal,
non-exclusive, non-transferable license
(except as expressly permitted below
in connection with your permanent
transfer of the TeleNav Software
license), without the right to
sublicense, to use the TeleNav
Software (in object code form only) in
order to access and use the TeleNav
Software. This license shall terminate
upon any termination or expiration of
this Agreement. You agree that you will
use the TeleNav Software only for your
personal business or leisure purposes,
and not to provide commercial
navigation services to other parties.
3.1 License Limitations
• (a) reverse engineer, decompile,
disassemble, translate, modify, alter
or otherwise change the TeleNav
Software or any part thereof; (b)
attempt to derive the source code,
audio library or structure of the
TeleNav Software without the prior
express written consent of TeleNav;
(c) remove from the TeleNav
Software, or alter, any of TeleNav's or
its suppliers' trademarks, trade names,
logos, patent or copyright notices, or
other notices or markings; (d)
285
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Appendices
distribute, sublicense or otherwise
transfer the TeleNav Software to
others, except as part of your
permanent transfer of the TeleNav
Software; or (e) use the TeleNav
Software in any manner that
I. infringes the intellectual property or
proprietary rights, rights of publicity or
privacy or other rights of any party,
ii. violates any law, statute, ordinance or
regulation, including but not limited to laws
and regulations related to spamming,
privacy, consumer and child protection,
obscenity or defamation, or
iii. is harmful, threatening, abusive,
harassing, tortuous, defamatory, vulgar,
obscene, libelous, or otherwise
objectionable; and (f) lease, rent out, or
otherwise permit unauthorized access by
third parties to the TeleNav Software
without advanced written permission of
TeleNav.
4. Disclaimers
• To the fullest extent permissible
pursuant to applicable law, in no event
will TeleNav, its licensors and suppliers,
or agents or employees of any of the
foregoing, be liable for any decision
made or action taken by you or anyone
else in reliance on the information
provided by the TeleNav Software.
TeleNav also does not warrant the
accuracy of the map or other data used
for the TeleNav Software. Such data
may not always reflect reality due to,
among other things, road closures,
construction, weather, new roads and
other changing conditions. You are
responsible for the entire risk arising
out of your use of the TeleNav
Software. For example but without
limitation, you agree not to rely on the
TeleNav Software for critical
navigation in areas where the
well-being or survival of you or others
is dependent on the accuracy of
navigation, as the maps or functionality
of the TeleNav Software are not
intended to support such high risk
applications, especially in more remote
geographical areas.
• TELENAV EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS
AND EXCLUDES ALL WARRANTIES IN
CONNECTION WITH THE TELENAV
SOFTWARE, WHETHER STATUTORY,
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ALL
WARRANTIES WHICH MAY ARISE
FROM COURSE OF DEALING, CUSTOM
OR TRADE AND INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT
OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS WITH
RESPECT TO THE TELENAV
SOFTWARE.
• Certain jurisdictions do not permit the
disclaimer of certain warranties, so this
limitation may not apply to you.
5. Limitation of Liability
• TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED UNDER
APPLICABLE LAW, UNDER NO
CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL TELENAV
OR ITS LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS
BE LIABLE TO YOU OR TO ANY THIRD
PARTY FOR ANY INDIRECT,
INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL,
SPECIAL OR EXEMPLARY DAMAGES
(INCLUDING IN EACH CASE, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, DAMAGES FOR THE
INABILITY TO USE THE EQUIPMENT
OR ACCESS DATA, LOSS OF DATA,
LOSS OF BUSINESS, LOSS OF
PROFITS, BUSINESS INTERRUPTION
OR THE LIKE) ARISING OUT OF THE
USE OF OR INABILITY TO USE THE
TELENAV SOFTWARE, EVEN IF
TELENAV HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
NOTWITHSTANDING ANY DAMAGES
THAT YOU MIGHT INCUR FOR ANY
286
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Appendices
REASON WHATSOEVER (INCLUDING,
WITHOUT LIMITATION, ALL DAMAGES
REFERENCED HEREIN AND ALL
DIRECT OR GENERAL DAMAGES IN
CONTRACT, TORT (INCLUDING
NEGLIGENCE) OR OTHERWISE), THE
ENTIRE LIABILITY OF TELENAV AND
OF ALL OF TELENAV'S SUPPLIERS
SHALL BE LIMITED TO THE AMOUNT
ACTUALLY PAID BY YOU FOR THE
TELENAV SOFTWARE. SOME STATES
AND/OR JURISDICTIONS DO NOT
ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR
LIMITATION OF INCIDENTAL OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, SO THE
ABOVE LIMITATIONS OR EXCLUSIONS
MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU.
6. Arbitration and Governing Law
• You agree that any dispute, claim or
controversy arising out of or relating to
this Agreement or the TeleNav
Software shall be settled by
independent arbitration involving a
neutral arbitrator and administered by
the American Arbitration Association
in the County of Santa Clara, California.
The arbitrator shall apply the
Commercial Arbitration Rules of the
American Arbitration Association, and
the judgment upon the award rendered
by the arbitrator may be entered by any
court having jurisdiction. Note that
there is no judge or jury in an arbitration
proceeding and the decision of the
arbitrator shall be binding upon both
parties. You expressly agree to waive
your right to a jury trial. This Agreement
and performance hereunder will be
governed by and construed in
accordance with the laws of the State
of California, without giving effect to
its conflict of law provisions. To the
extent judicial action is necessary in
connection with the binding arbitration,
both TeleNav and you agree to submit
to the exclusive jurisdiction of the
courts of the County of Santa Clara,
California. The United Nations
Convention on Contracts for the
International Sale of Goods shall not
apply.
7. Assignment
• You may not resell, assign, or transfer
this Agreement or any of your rights or
obligations, except in totality, in
connection with your permanent
transfer of the TeleNav Software, and
expressly conditioned upon the new
user of the TeleNav Software agreeing
to be bound by the terms and
conditions of this Agreement. Any such
sale, assignment or transfer that is not
expressly permitted under this
paragraph will result in immediate
termination of this Agreement, without
liability to TeleNav, in which case you
and all other parties shall immediately
cease all use of the TeleNav Software.
Notwithstanding the foregoing,
TeleNav may assign this Agreement to
any other party at any time without
notice, provided the assignee remains
bound by this Agreement.
8. Miscellaneous
8.1
This Agreement constitutes the entire
agreement between TeleNav and you with
respect to the subject matter hereof.
8.2
Except for the limited licenses expressly
granted in this Agreement, TeleNav retains
all right, title and interest in and to the
TeleNav Software, including without
limitation all related intellectual property
rights. No licenses or other rights which are
not expressly granted in this Agreement
are intended to, or shall be, granted or
287
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Appendices
conferred by implication, statute,
inducement, estoppel or otherwise, and
TeleNav and its suppliers and licensors
hereby reserve all of their respective rights
other than the licenses explicitly granted
in this Agreement.
8.3
By using the TeleNav Software, you
consent to receive from TeleNav all
communications, including notices,
agreements, legally required disclosures
or other information in connection with the
TeleNav Software (collectively, "Notices")
electronically. TeleNav may provide such
Notices by posting them on TeleNav's
Website or by downloading such Notices
to your wireless device. If you desire to
withdraw your consent to receive Notices
electronically, you must discontinue your
use of the TeleNav Software.
8.4
TeleNav's or your failure to require
performance of any provision shall not
affect that party's right to require
performance at any time thereafter, nor
shall a waiver of any breach or default of
this Agreement constitute a waiver of any
subsequent breach or default or a waiver
of the provision itself.
8.5
If any provision herein is held
unenforceable, then such provision will be
modified to reflect the intention of the
parties, and the remaining provisions of
this Agreement will remain in full force and
effect.
8.6
The headings in this Agreement are for
convenience of reference only, will not be
deemed to be a part of this Agreement,
and will not be referred to in connection
with the construction or interpretation of
this Agreement. As used in this Agreement,
the words "include" and "including" and
variations thereof, will not be deemed to
be terms of limitation, but rather will be
deemed to be followed by the words
"without limitation".
9. Other Vendors Terms and Conditions
• The Telenav Software utilizes map and
other data licensed to Telenav by third
party vendors for the benefit of you and
other end users. This Agreement
includes end-user terms applicable to
these companies (included at the end
of this Agreement), and thus your use
of the Telenav Software is also subject
to such terms. You agree to comply
with the following additional terms and
conditions, which are applicable to
Telenav’s third party vendor licensors::
9.1 End User Terms Required by HERE
North America, LLC
The data (“Data”) is provided for your
personal, internal use only and not for
resale. It is protected by copyright, and is
subject to the following terms and
conditions which are agreed to by you, on
the one hand, and Telenav (“Telenav”) and
its licensors (including their licensors and
suppliers) on the other hand.
© 2013 HERE. All rights reserved.
The Data for areas of Canada includes
information taken with permission from
Canadian authorities, including: © Her
Majesty the Queen in Right of Canada, ©
Queen's Printer for Ontario, © Canada Post
Corporation, GeoBase®, © Department of
Natural Resources Canada.
288
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Appendices
HERE holds a non-exclusive license from
the United States Postal Service® to
publish and sell ZIP+4® information.
©United States Postal Service® 2014.
Prices are not established, controlled or
approved by the United States Postal
Service®. The following trademarks and
registrations are owned by the USPS:
United States Postal Service, USPS, and
ZIP+4
The Data for Mexico includes certain data
from Instituto Nacional de Estadística y
Geografía.
9.2 End User Terms Required by NAV2
(Shanghai) Co., Ltd
The data (“Data”) is provided for your
personal, internal use only and not for
resale. It is protected by copyright, and is
subject to the following terms and
conditions which are agreed to by you, on
the one hand, and NAV2 (Shanghai) Co.,
Ltd (“NAV2”) and its licensors (including
their licensors and suppliers) on the other
hand. 20xx. All rights reserved
Terms and Conditions
Permitted Use. You agree to use this Data
together with the Telenav Software solely
for the internal business and personal
purposes for which you were licensed, and
not for service bureau, time-sharing or
other similar purposes. Accordingly, but
subject to the restrictions set forth in the
following paragraphs, you agree not to
otherwise reproduce, copy, modify,
decompile, disassemble, create any
derivative works of, or reverse engineer any
portion of this Data, and may not transfer
or distribute it in any form, for any purpose,
except to the extent permitted by
mandatory laws.
Restrictions. Except where you have been
specifically licensed to do so by Telenav,
and without limiting the preceding
paragraph, you may not use this Data (a)
with any products, systems, or applications
installed or otherwise connected to or in
communication with vehicles, capable of
vehicle navigation, positioning, dispatch,
real time route guidance, fleet
management or similar applications; or (b)
with or in communication with any
positioning devices or any mobile or
wireless-connected electronic or computer
devices, including without limitation
cellular phones, palmtop and handheld
computers, pagers, and personal digital
assistants or PDAs.
Warning. The Data may contain
inaccurate or incomplete information due
to the passage of time, changing
circumstances, sources used and the
nature of collecting comprehensive
geographic data, any of which may lead to
incorrect results.
No Warranty. This Data is provided to you
“as is,” and you agree to use it at your own
risk. Telenav and its licensors (and their
licensors and suppliers) make no
guarantees, representations or warranties
of any kind, express or implied, arising by
law or otherwise, including but not limited
to, content, quality, accuracy,
completeness, effectiveness, reliability,
fitness for a particular purpose, usefulness,
use or results to be obtained from this
Data, or that the Data or server will be
uninterrupted or error-free.
Disclaimer of Warranty: TELENAV AND
ITS LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIR
LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS) DISCLAIM
ANY WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
OF QUALITY, PERFORMANCE,
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
289
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Appendices
PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR
NON-INFRINGEMENT. Some States,
Territories and Countries do not allow
certain warranty exclusions, so to that
extent the above exclusion may not apply
to you.
Disclaimer of Liability: TELENAV AND
ITS LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIR
LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS) SHALL NOT
BE LIABLE TO YOU: IN RESPECT OF ANY
CLAIM, DEMAND OR ACTION,
IRRESPECTIVE OF THE NATURE OF THE
CAUSE OF THE CLAIM, DEMAND OR
ACTION ALLEGING ANY LOSS, INJURY OR
DAMAGES, DIRECT OR INDIRECT, WHICH
MAY RESULT FROM THE USE OR
POSSESSION OF THE INFORMATION; OR
FOR ANY LOSS OF PROFIT, REVENUE,
CONTRACTS OR SAVINGS, OR ANY
OTHER DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
ARISING OUT OF YOUR USE OF OR
INABILITY TO USE THIS INFORMATION,
ANY DEFECT IN THE INFORMATION, OR
THE BREACH OF THESE TERMS OR
CONDITIONS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR BASED ON A
WARRANTY, EVEN IF TELENAV OR ITS
LICENSORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. Some
States, Territories and Countries do not
allow certain liability exclusions or
damages limitations, so to that extent the
above may not apply to you.
Export Control. You shall not export from
anywhere any part of the Data or any direct
product thereof except in compliance with,
and with all licenses and approvals
required under, applicable export laws,
rules and regulations, including but not
limited to the laws, rules and regulations
administered by the Office of Foreign
Assets Control of the U.S. Department of
Commerce and the Bureau of Industry and
Security of the U.S. Department of
Commerce. To the extent that any such
export laws, rules or regulations prohibit
HERE from complying with any of its
obligations hereunder to deliver or
distribute Data, such failure shall be
excused and shall not constitute a breach
of this Agreement.
Entire Agreement. These terms and
conditions constitute the entire agreement
between Telenav (and its licensors,
including their licensors and suppliers) and
you pertaining to the subject matter hereof,
and supersedes in their entirety any and
all written or oral agreements previously
existing between us with respect to such
subject matter.
Governing Law. The above terms and
conditions shall be governed by the laws
of the State of Illinois [insert “Netherlands”
where European HERE Data is used],
without giving effect to (i) its conflict of
laws provisions, or (ii) the United Nations
Convention for Contracts for the
International Sale of Goods, which is
explicitly excluded. You agree to submit to
the jurisdiction of the State of Illinois
[insert “The Netherlands” where European
HERE Data is used] for any and all
disputes, claims and actions arising from
or in connection with the Data provided to
you hereunder.
Government End Users. If the Data is
being acquired by or on behalf of the
United States government or any other
entity seeking or applying rights similar to
those customarily claimed by the United
States government, this Data is a
“commercial item” as that term is defined
at 48 C.F.R. (“FAR”) 2.101, is licensed in
accordance with these End-User Terms,
and each copy of Data delivered or
otherwise furnished shall be marked and
embedded as appropriate with the
following “Notice of Use,” and shall be
treated in accordance with such Notice:
290
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Appendices
NOTICE OF USE
CONTRACTOR (MANUFACTURER/
SUPPLIER) NAME: HERE
CONTRACTOR (MANUFACTURER/
SUPPLIER) ADDRESS: c/o Nokia, 425
West Randolph Street, Chicago, Illinois
60606
This Data is a commercial item as
defined in FAR 2.101 and is subject to
these End-User Terms under which this
Data was provided.
© 1987 – 2014 HERE – All rights reserved.
If the Contracting Officer, federal
government agency, or any federal official
refuses to use the legend provided herein,
the Contracting Officer, federal
government agency, or any federal official
must notify HERE prior to seeking
additional or alternative rights in the Data.
I. US/Canada Territory
A. United States Data. The End-User
Terms for any Application containing
Data for the United States shall contain
the following notices:
“HERE holds a non-exclusive license
from the United States Postal
Service® to publish and sell ZIP+4®
information.”
“©United States Postal Service®
20XX. Prices are not established,
controlled or approved by the United
States Postal Service®. The following
trademarks and registrations are
owned by the USPS: United States
Postal Service, USPS, and ZIP+4.”
B. Canada Data. The following provi-
sions apply to the Data for Canada,
which may include or reflect data from
third party licensors (“Third Party
Data”), including Her Majesty the Queen
in Right of Canada (“Her Majesty”),
Canada Post Corporation (“Canada
Post”) and the Department of Natural
Resources of Canada (“NRCan”):
1. Disclaimer and Limitation: Client
agrees that its use of the Third Party
Data is subject to the following provi-
sions:
a. Disclaimer: The Third Party Data
is licensed on an “as is” basis. The
licensors of such data, including Her
Majesty, Canada Post and NRCan,
make no guarantees, representa-
tions or warranties respecting such
data, either express or implied,
arising by law or otherwise, including
but not limited to, effectiveness,
completeness, accuracy or fitness
for a particular purpose.
b. Limitation on Liability: The Third
Party Data licensors, including Her
Majesty, Canada Post and NRCan,
shall not be liable: (i) in respect of
any claim, demand or action, irre-
spective of the nature of the cause
of the claim, demand or action
alleging any loss, injury or damages,
direct or indirect, which may result
from the use or possession of such
Data; or (ii) in any way for loss of
revenues or contracts, or any other
consequential loss of any kind
resulting from any defect in the
Data.
291
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Appendices
2. Copyright Notice: In connection with
each copy of all or any portion of the
Data for the Territory of Canada, Client
shall affix in a conspicuous manner the
following copyright notice on at least
one of: (i) the label for the storage
media of the copy; (ii) the packaging
for the copy; or (iii) other materials
packaged with the copy, such as user
manuals or end user license agree-
ments: “This data includes information
taken with permission from Canadian
authorities, including © Her Majesty
the Queen in Right of Canada, ©
Queen's Printer for Ontario, © Canada
Post Corporation, GeoBase®, © The
Department of Natural Resources
Canada. All rights reserved.”
3. End-User Terms: Except as other-
wise agreed by the parties, in connec-
tion with the provision of any portion
of the Data for the Territory of Canada
to End-Users as may be authorized
under the Agreement, Client shall
provide such End-Users, in a reason-
ably conspicuous manner, with terms
(set forth with other end user terms
required to be provided under the
Agreement, or as otherwise may be
provided, by Client) which shall include
the following provisions on behalf of
the Third Party Data licensors,
including Her Majesty, Canada Post
and NRCan:
The Data may include or reflect
data of licensors, including Her
Majesty the Queen in the Right of
Canada (“Her Majesty”), Canada
Post Corporation (“Canada Post”)
and the Department of Natural
Resources Canada (“NRCan”). Such
data is licensed on an “as is” basis.
The licensors, including Her Majesty,
Canada Post and NRCan, make no
guarantees, representations or
warranties respecting such data,
either express or implied, arising by
law or otherwise, including but not
limited to, effectiveness, complete-
ness, accuracy or fitness for a
particular purpose. The licensors,
including Her Majesty, Canada Post
and NRCan, shall not be liable in
respect of any claim, demand or
action, irrespective of the nature of
the cause of the claim, demand or
action alleging any loss, injury or
damages, direct or indirect, which
may result from the use or posses-
sion of the data or the Data. The
licensors, including Her Majesty,
Canada Post and NRCan, shall not
be liable in any way for loss of
revenues or contracts, or any other
consequential loss of any kind
resulting from any defect in the data
or the Data.
End User shall indemnify and save
harmless the licensors, including Her
Majesty, Canada Post and NRCan,
and their officers, employees and
agents from and against any claim,
demand or action, irrespective of
the nature of the cause of the claim,
demand or action, alleging loss,
costs, expenses, damages or injuries
(including injuries resulting in death)
arising out of the use or possession
of the data or the Data.
4. Additional Provisions: The terms
contained in this Section are in addi-
tion to all of the rights and obligations
of the parties under the Agreement.
To the extent that any of the provi-
sions of this Section are inconsistent
with, or conflict with, any other provi-
sions of the Agreement, the provisions
of this Section shall prevail.
292
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Appendices
II. Mexico. The following provision applies
to the Data for Mexico, which includes
certain data from the Instituto Nacional
de Estadística y Geografía (“INEGI”):
A. Any and all copies of the Data and/or
packaging containing Data for Mexico
shall contain the following notice:
“Fuente: INEGI (Instituto Nacional de
Estadística y Geografía)”
III. Latin America Territory
A. Third Party Notices. Any and all copies
of the Data and/or packaging relating
thereto shall include the respective Third
Party Notices set forth below and used
as described below corresponding to
the Territory (or portion thereof)
included in such copy:
NoticeTerritory
IGN “INSTITUTO
GEOGRAFICO NACIONAL
ARGENTINO”
Argen-
tina
“INSTITUTO GEOGRAFICO
MILITAR DEL ECUADOR
AUTORIZACION N° IGM-
2011-01- PCO-01 DEL 25 DE
ENERO DE 2011”
Ecuador
“source: © IGN 2009 - BD
TOPO ®”
“Fuente: INEGI (Instituto
Nacional de Estadística y
Geografía)”
Guade-
loupe,
French
Guiana
and
Marti-
nique
Mexico
IV. Middle East Territory
A. Third Party Notices. Any and all copies
of the Data and/or packaging relating
thereto shall include the respective Third
Party Notices set forth below and used
as described below corresponding to
the Territory (or portion thereof)
included in such copy:
NoticeCountry
“© Royal Jordanian
Geographic Centre”. The
foregoing notice requirement
for Jordan Data is a material
term of the Agreement. If
Client or any of its permitted
Jordan
sublicensees (if any) fail to
meet such requirement,
HERE shall have the right to
terminate Client’s license
with respect to the Jordan
Data.
B. Jordan Data. Client and its permitted
sublicensees (if any) are restricted from
licensing and/or otherwise distributing
HERE’s database for the country of
Jordan (“Jordan Data”) for use in Enter-
prise Applications to (i) non-Jordanian
entities for use of the Jordan Data solely
in Jordan or (ii) Jordan-based customers.
In addition, Client, its permitted subli-
censees (if any) and End-Users are
restricted from using the Jordan Data in
Enterprise Applications if such party is
(i) a non-Jordanian entity using the
Jordan Data solely in Jordan or (ii) a
Jordan-based customer. For purposes
of the foregoing, “Enterprise Applica-
tions” shall mean Geomarketing applic-
ations, GIS applications, mobile business
asset management applications, call
center applications, telematics applica-
tions, public organization Internet
applications or for providing geocoding
services.
293
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Appendices
V. Europe Territory
A. Use of Certain Traffic Codes in Europe
1. General Restrictions Applicable to
Traffic Codes. Client acknowledges
and agrees that in certain countries of
the Europe Territory, Client will need
to obtain rights directly from third
party RDS-TMC code providers to
receive and use the Traffic Codes in
the Data and to deliver to End-Users
Transactions in any way derived from
or based on such Traffic Codes. For
such countries, HERE shall deliver the
Data incorporating Traffic Codes to
Client only after receiving certification
from Client of its having obtained such
rights.
2. Display of Third Party Rights
Legends for Belgium. Client shall, for
each Transaction that uses Traffic
Codes for Belgium, provide the
following notice to the End-User:
“Traffic Codes for Belgium are
provided by the Ministerie van de
Vlaamse Gemeenschap and the
Ministèrie de l’Equipement et des
Transports.”
B. Paper Maps. With respect to any
license granted to Client relating to
making, selling or distributing paper
maps (i.e., a map fixed on a paper or
paper-like medium): (a) such license
with respect to Data for the Territory of
Great Britain is conditioned on Client’s
entering into and complying with a
separate written agreement with the
Ordnance Survey (“OS”) to create and
sell paper maps, Client’s paying to the
OS any and all applicable paper map
royalties, and Client’s complying with
the OS copyright notice requirements;
(b) such license for selling or otherwise
distributing for charge with respect to
Data for the Territory of Czech Republic
is conditioned on Client’ s obtaining prior
written consent from Kartografie a.s.;
(c) such license for selling or distributing
with respect to Data for the Territory of
Switzerland is conditioned on Client’s
obtaining a permit from Bundesamt für
Landestopografie of Switzerland; (d)
Client is restricted from using Data for
the Territory of France to create paper
maps with a scale between 1:5,000 and
1:250,000; and (e) Client is restricted
from using any Data to create, sell or
distribute paper maps that are the same
or substantially similar, in terms of data
content and specific use of color,
symbols and scale, to paper maps
published by the European national
mapping agencies, including without
limitation, Landervermessungämter of
Germany, Topografische Dienst of the
Netherlands, Nationaal Geografisch
Instituut of Belgium, Bundesamt für
Landestopografie of Switzerland,
Bundesamt für Eich-und Vermessung-
swesen of Austria, and the National
Land Survey of Sweden.
C. OS Enforcement. Without limiting
Section IV(B) above, with respect to
Data for the Territory of Great Britain,
Client acknowledges and agrees that
the Ordnance Survey (“OS”) may bring
a direct action against Client to enforce
compliance with the OS copyright notice
(see Section IV(D) below) and paper
map requirements (see Section IV(B)
above) contained in this Agreement.
D. Third Party Notices. Any and all copies
of the Data and/or packaging relating
thereto shall include the respective Third
Party Notices set forth below and used
as described below corresponding to
the Territory (or portion thereof)
included in such copy:
NoticeCountry(ies)
294
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Appendices
“© Bundesamt für Eich-
und Vermessungswesen”
Austria
“© EuroGeographics”
Croatia
Cyprus,
Estonia,
Latvia,
Lithuania,
Moldova,
Poland,
Slovenia
and/or
Ukraine
“source: © IGN 2009 – BD
TOPO ®”
France
“Die Grundlagendaten
wurden mit Genehmigung
der zuständigen Behörden
entnommen”
Germany
“Contains Ordnance
Survey data © Crown
copyright and database
right 2010 Contains Royal
Mail data © Royal Mail
copyright and database
right 2010”
Great Britain
“Copyright Geomatics
Ltd.”
Greece
“Copyright © 2003; Top-
Map Ltd.”
Hungary
“La Banca Dati Italiana è
stata prodotta usando
quale riferimento anche
cartografia numerica ed
al tratto prodotta e fornita
dalla Regione Toscana.”
Italy
“Copyright © 2000;
Norwegian Mapping
Authority”
Norway
“Source: IgeoE – Portugal”Portugal
“Información geográfica
propiedad del CNIG”
Spain
“Based upon electronic
data © National Land
Survey Sweden.”
Sweden
“Topografische
Grundlage: © Bundesamt
für Landestopographie.
Switzerland
E. Respective Country Distribution. Client
acknowledges that HERE has not
received approvals to distribute map
data for the following countries in such
respective countries: Albania, Belarus,
Kyrgyzstan, Moldova and Uzbekistan.
HERE may update such list from time to
time. The license rights granted to Client
under this TL with respect to the Data
for such countries are contingent upon
Client’s compliance with all applicable
laws and regulations, including, without
limitation, any required licenses or
approvals to distribute the Application
incorporating such Data in such
respective countries.
VI. Australia Territory
A. Third Party Notices. Any and all copies
of the Data and/or packaging relating
thereto shall include the respective Third
Party Notices set forth below and used
as described below corresponding to
the Territory (or portion thereof)
included in such copy:
Copyright. Based on data provided
under license from PSMA Australia
Limited (www.psma.com.au).
295
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Appendices
Product incorporates data which is ©
20XX Telstra Corporation Limited, GM
Holden Limited, Intelematics Australia
Pty Ltd and Continental Pty Ltd.
B. Third Party Notices for Australia. In
addition to the foregoing, the End-User
Terms for any Application containing
RDS-TMC Traffic Codes for Australia
shall contain the following notice:
“Product incorporates traffic location
codes which is © 20XX Telstra Corpora-
tion Limited and its licensors.”
AT&T Vehicle Network Carrier
Telematics Disclosure
END USER FOR PURPOSES OF THIS
SECTION MEANS YOU AND YOUR HEIRS,
EXECUTORS, LEGAL PERSONAL
REPRESENTATITVES AND PERMITED
ASSIGNS. FOR PURPOSES OF THIS
SECTION “UNDERLYING WIRELESS
SERVICE CARRIER” INCLUDES ITS
AFFILIATES AND CONTRACTORS AND
THEIR RESPECTIVE OFFICERS,
DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, SUCCESSORS
AND ASSIGNS. END USER HAS NO
CONTRACTUAL RELATIONSHIP WITH
THE UNDERLYING WIRELESS SERVICE
CARRIER AND END USER IS NOT A THIRD
PARTY BENEFICIARY OF ANY
AGREEMENT BETWEEN FORD AND
UNDERLYING CARRIER. END USER
UNDERSTANDS AND AGREES THAT THE
UNDERLYING CARRIER HAS NO LEGAL,
EQUITABLE, OR OTHER LIABILITY OF ANY
KIND TO END USER. IN ANY EVENT,
REGARDLESS OF THE FORM OF THE
ACTION, WHETHER FOR BREACH OF
CONTRACT, WARRANTY, NEGLIGENCE,
STRICT LIABILITY IN TORT OR
OTHERWISE, END USER'S EXCLUSIVE
REMEDY FOR CLAIMS ARISING IN ANY
WAY IN CONNECTION WITH THIS
AGREEMENT, FOR ANY CAUSE
WHATSOEVER, INCLUDING BUT NOT
LIMITED TO ANY FAILURE OR
DISRUPTION OF SERVICE PROVIDED
HEREUNDER, IS LIMITED TO PAYMENT
OF DAMAGES IN AN AMOUNT NOT TO
EXCEED THE AMOUNT PAID BY END USER
FOR THE SERVICES DURING THE
TWO-MONTH PERIOD PRECEDING THE
DATE THE CLAIM AROSE.
(ii) END USER AGREES TO INDEMNIFY
AND HOLD HARMLESS THE UNDERLYING
WIRELESS SERVICE CARRIER AND ITS
OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES, AND AGENTS
AGAINST ANY AND ALL CLAIMS,
INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION
CLAIMS FOR LIBEL, SLANDER, OR ANY
PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY
OR DEATH, ARISING IN ANY WAY,
DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, IN
CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT
OR THE USE, FAILURE TO USE, OR
INABILITY TO USE THE DEVICE EXCEPT
WHERE THE CLAIMS RESULT FROM THE
UNDERLYING CARRIER’S GROSS
NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT.
THIS INDEMNITY WILL SURVIVE THE
TERMINATION OF THE AGREEMENT.
(iii) END USER HAS NO PROPERTY RIGHT
IN ANY NUMBER ASSIGNED TO THE
DEVICE.
(iv) END USER UNDERSTANDS THAT
FORD AND THE UNDERLYING CARRIER
CANNOT GUARANTY THE SECURITY OF
WIRELESS TRANSMISSIONS, AND WILL
NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY LACK OF
SECURITY RELATING TO THE USE OF THE
SERVICES
THE SERVICE IS FOR [END USER’S] USE
ONLY AND END USER MAY NOT RESELL
THE SERVICE TO ANY OTHER PARTY END
USER UNDERSTANDS THAT THE
UNDERLYING CARRIER DOES NOT
GUARANTEE ANY END USER
UNINTERRUPTED SERVICE OR
COVERAGE. THE UNDERLYING CARRIER
DOES NOT WARRANT THAT END USERS
CAN OR WILL BE LOCATED USING THE
SERVICE. THE UNDERLYING CARRIER
296
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Appendices
MAKES NO WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, OF MERCHANTABILITY OR
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE,
SUITABILITY, OR PERFORMANCE
REGARDING ANY SERVICES OR GOODS,
AND IN NO EVENT SHALL AT&T BE
LIABLE, WHETHER OR NOT DUE TO ITS
OWN NEGLIGENCE, FOR ANY: (A) ACT OR
OMISSION OF A THIRD PARTY; (B)
MISTAKES, OMISSIONS, INTERRUPTIONS,
ERRORS, FAILURES TO TRANSMIT,
DELAYS, OR DEFECTS IN THE SERVICE
PROVIDED BY OR THROUGH THE
UNDERLYING CARRIER; (C) DAMAGE OR
INJURY CAUSED BY SUSPENSION OR
TERMINATION BY THE UNDERLYING
CARRIER; OR (D) DAMAGE OR INJURY
CAUSED BY A FAILURE OR DELAY IN
CONNECTING A CALL TO ANY ENTITY,
INCLUDING 911 OR ANY OTHER
EMERGENCY SERVICE. TO THE FULL
EXTENT ALLOWED BY LAW, THE END
USER RELEASES, INDEMNIFIES AND
HOLDS THE UNDERLYING CARRIER
HARMLESS FROM AND AGAINST ANY
AND ALL CLAIMS OF ANY PERSON OR
ENTITY FOR DAMAGES OF ANY NATURE
ARISING IN ANY WAY FROM OR RELATING
TO, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, SERVICES
PROVIDED BY THE UNDERLYING CARRIER
OR ANY PERSON’S USE THEREOF,
INCLUDING CLAIMS ARISING IN WHOLE
OR IN PART FROM THE ALLEGED
NEGLIGENCE OF THE UNDERLYING
CARRIER.
VII. China Territory
Personal Use Only
You agree to use this Data together with
[insert name of Client Application] for the
solely personal, non-commercial purposes
for which you were licensed, and not for
service bureau, time-sharing or other
similar purposes. Accordingly, but subject
to the restrictions set forth in the following
paragraphs, you may copy this Data only
as necessary for your personal use to (i)
view it, and (ii) save it, provided that you
do not remove any copyright notices that
appear and do not modify the Data in any
way. You agree not to otherwise reproduce,
copy, modify, decompile, disassemble or
reverse engineer any portion of this Data,
and may not transfer or distribute it in any
form, for any purpose, except to the extent
permitted by mandatory laws.
Restrictions
Except where you have been specifically
licensed to do so by NAV2 , and without
limiting the preceding paragraph, you may
not (a) use this Data with any products,
systems, or applications installed or
otherwise connected to or in
communication with vehicles, capable of
vehicle navigation, positioning, dispatch,
real time route guidance, fleet
management or similar applications; or (b)
with or in communication with any
positioning devices or any mobile or
wireless-connected electronic or computer
devices, including without limitation
cellular phones, palmtop and handheld
computers, pagers, and personal digital
assistants or PDAs. You agree to cease
using this Data if you fail to comply with
these terms and conditions.
Limited Warranty
NAV2 warrants that (a) the Data will
perform substantially in accordance with
the accompanying written materials for a
period of ninety (90) days from the date
of receipt, and (b) any support services
provided by NAV2 shall be substantially as
described in applicable written materials
provided to you by NAV2, and NAV2’s
support engineers will make commercially
reasonable efforts to solve any problem
issues.
297
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Appendices
rigCustomer Remedies
NAV2 and its suppliers’ entire liability and
your exclusive remedy shall be, at NAV2’s
sole discretion, either (a) return of the price
paid, if any, or (b) repair or replacement of
the Data that do not meet NAV2’ s Limited
Warranty and that are returned to NAV2
with a copy of your receipt. This Limited
Warranty is void if failure of the Data has
resulted from accident, abuse, or
misapplication. Any replacement Data will
be warranted for the remainder of the
original warranty period or thirty (30) days,
whichever is longer. Neither these remedies
nor any product support services offered
by NAV2 are available without proof of
purchase from an authorized international
source.
No Other Warranty:
EXCEPT FOR THE LMITED WARRANTY
SET FORTH ABOVE AND TO THE EXTENT
PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, NAV2
AND ITS LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIR
LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS) DISCLAIM
ANY WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
OF QUALITY, PERFORMANCE,
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OWNERSHIP OR
NON-INFRINGEMENT. Certain warranty
exclusions may not be permitted under
applicable law, so to that extent the above
exclusion may not apply to you.
Limited Liability:
TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY
APPLICABLE LAW, NAV2 AND ITS
LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIR
LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS) SHALL NOT
BE LIABLE TO YOU: IN RESPECT OF ANY
CLAIM, DEMAND OR ACTION,
IRRESPECTIVE OF THE NATURE OF THE
CAUSE OF THE CLAIM, DEMAND OR
ACTION ALLEGING ANY LOSS, INJURY OR
DAMAGES, DIRECT OR INDIRECT, WHICH
MAY RESULT FROM THE USE OR
POSSESSION OF THE INFORMATION; OR
FOR ANY LOSS OF PROFIT, REVENUE,
CONTRACTS OR SAVINGS, OR ANY
OTHER DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
ARISING OUT OF YOUR USE OF OR
INABILITY TO USE THIS INFORMATION,
ANY DEFECT IN THE INFROMATION, OR
THE BREACH OF THESE TERMS OR
CONDITIONS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR BASED ON A
WARRANTY, EVEN IF NAV2 OR ITS
LICENSORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. UNDER
NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL NAV2’s OR
ITS SUPPLIERS’ LIABILITY HEREUNDER
EXCEED THE PRICE PAID. Certain liability
exclusions may not be permitted under
applicable law, so to that extent the above
exclusion may not apply to you.
Export Control
You agree not to export to anywhere any
part of the Data provided to you or any
direct product thereof except in
compliance with, and with all licenses and
approvals required under, applicable
export laws, rules and regulations.
IP Protection
The Data are owned by NAV2 or its
suppliers and are protected by applicable
copyright and other intellectual property
law and treaties. The Data are provided
solely on the basis of a license to use, not
sale.
Entire Agreement
These terms and conditions constitute the
entire agreement between NAV2(and its
licensors, including their licensors and
suppliers) and you pertaining to the subject
matter hereof, and supersedes in their
entirety any and all written or oral
agreements previously existing between
us with respect to such subject matter.
298
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Appendices
Governing Law.
The above terms and conditions shall be
governed by the laws of the People’s
Republic of China, without giving effect to
(i) its conflict of laws provisions, or (ii) the
United Nations Convention for Contracts
for the International Sale of Goods, which
is explicitly excluded. Any dispute arising
from or in connection with the Data
provided to you hereunder shall be
submitted to the Shanghai International
Economic and Trade Arbitration
Commission for arbitration.
Gracenote® Copyright
CD and music-related data from
Gracenote, Inc., copyright©
2000-2007 Gracenote. Gracenote
Software, copyright © 2000-2007
Gracenote. This product and service may
practice one or more of the following U.S.
Patents 5,987,525; 6,061,680; 6,154,773;
6,161,132; 6,230,192; 6,230,207; 6.240,459;
6,330,593 and other patents issued or
pending. Some services supplied under
license from Open Globe, Inc. for U.S.
Patent 6,304,523.
Gracenote and CDDB are registered
trademarks of Gracenote. The Gracenote
logo and logotype, and the "Powered by
Gracenote™" logo are trademarks of
Gracenote.
Gracenote® End User License Agreement
(EULA)
This device contains software from
Gracenote, Inc. of 2000 Powell Street
Emeryville, California 94608
("Gracenote").
The software from Gracenote (the
"Gracenote Software") enables this device
to do disc and music file identification and
obtain music-related information, including
name, artist, track, and title information
("Gracenote Data") from online servers
("Gracenote Servers"), and to perform
other functions. You may use Gracenote
Data only by means of the intended End
User functions of this device. This device
may contain content belonging to
Gracenote's providers. If so, all of the
restrictions set forth herein with respect to
Gracenote Data shall also apply to such
content and such content providers shall
be entitled to all of the benefits and
protections set forth herein that are
available to Gracenote. You agree that you
will use the content from Gracenote
("Gracenote Content") , Gracenote Data,
the Gracenote Software, and Gracenote
Servers for your own personal,
non-commercial use only. You agree not
to assign, copy, transfer or transmit the
Gracenote Content, Gracenote Software
or any Gracenote Data (except in a Tag
associated with a music file) to any third
party. YOU AGREE NOT TO USE OR
EXPLOIT GRACENOTE CONTENT,
GRACENOTE DATA, THE GRACENOTE
SOFTWARE, OR GRACENOTE SERVERS,
EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PERMITTED
HEREIN.
You agree that your non-exclusive licenses
to use the Gracenote Content, Gracenote
Data, the Gracenote Software, and
Gracenote Servers will terminate if you
violate these restrictions. If your licenses
terminate, you agree to cease any and all
use of the Gracenote Content, Gracenote
Data, the Gracenote Software, and
Gracenote Servers.
Gracenote, respectively, reserve all rights
in Gracenote Data, the Gracenote
Software, and the Gracenote Servers and
Gracenote Content, including all ownership
rights. Under no circumstances will either
Gracenote become liable for any payment
to you for any information that you provide,
299
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Appendices
including any copyrighted material or
music file information. You agree that
Gracenote may enforce its respective
rights, collectively or separately, under this
agreement against you, directly in each
company's own name.
Gracenote uses a unique identifier to track
queries for statistical purposes. The
purpose of a randomly assigned numeric
identifier is to allow Gracenote to count
queries without knowing anything about
who you are. For more information, see the
web page at www.gracenote.com for the
Gracenote Privacy Policy.
THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE, EACH ITEM
OF GRACENOTE DATA AND THE
GRACENOTE CONTENT ARE LICENSED
TO YOU "AS IS". NEITHER GRACENOTE
MAKES ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR
WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
REGARDING THE ACCURACY OF ANY
GRACENOTE DATA FROM THE
GRACENOTE SERVERS OR GRACENOTE
CONTENT. GRACENOTE COLLECTIVELY
AND SEPARATELY RESERVE THE RIGHT
TO DELETE DATA AND/OR CONTENT
FROM THE COMPANIES' RESPECTIVE
SERVERS OR, IN THE CASE OF
GRACENOTE, CHANGE DATA
CATEGORIES FOR ANY CAUSE THAT
GRACENOTE DEEMS SUFFICIENT. NO
WARRANTY IS MADE THAT EITHER
GRACENOTE CONTENT OR THE
GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR
GRACENOTE SERVERS ARE ERROR-FREE
OR THAT THE FUNCTIONING OF THE
GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR
GRACENOTE SERVERS WILL BE
UNINTERRUPTED. GRACENOTE IS NOT
OBLIGATED TO PROVIDE YOU WITH ANY
ENHANCED OR ADDITIONAL DATA TYPES
THAT GRACENOTE MAY CHOOSE TO
PROVIDE IN THE FUTURE AND IS FREE
TO DISCONTINUE ITS ONLINE SERVICES
AT ANY TIME. GRACENOTE DISCLAIM ALL
WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE, TITLE, AND
NON-INFRINGEMENT. NEITHER
GRACENOTE WARRANTS THE RESULTS
THAT WILL BE OBTAINED BY YOUR USE
OF THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR ANY
GRACENOTE SERVER. IN NO CASE WILL
GRACENOTE BE LIABLE FOR ANY
CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL
DAMAGES OR FOR ANY LOST PROFITS
OR LOST REVENUES FOR ANY REASON
WHATSOEVER. © Gracenote 2007.
Radio Frequency Statement
FCC ID: ACJ-SYNCG3-L
IC: 216B-SYNCG3-L
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC Rules and with RSS-210 of Industry
Canada. Operation is subject to the
following two conditions:
(1) This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
(2) this device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation.
WARNING: Changes or
modifications not expressively approved
by the party responsible for compliance
could void the user's authority to operate
the equipment. The term "IC:" before the
radio certification number only signifies
that Industry Canada technical
specifications were met.
The antenna used for this transmitter must
not be co-located or operating in
conjunction with any other antenna or
transmitter.
300
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Appendices
Taiwan Territory
Note: In accordance with the management
approach of low-power radio wave
radiation motors:
Article 12: For approved and certified
low-power radiation motor models,
companies, firms or users must not alter
the frequency, increase the power or
change the characteristics and functions
of the original design without authorization.
Article 14: The usage of low-power
radio-frequency motors must not affect
aviation safety and interfere with legal
telecommunications. Should interference
be detected, immediately stop using the
device and only resume usage after
ensuring that there is no longer any
interference. For the legal
telecommunication and wireless
telecommunication of the telco, the
low-power radio frequency motor must be
able to tolerate legal limits of interference
from telecommunication, industrial,
scientific and radio wave equipment.
SUNA TRAFFIC CHANNEL – TERMS
AND CONDITIONS
By activating, using and/or accessing the
SUNA Traffic Channel, SUNA Predictive or
other content or material provided by
Intelematics (together, SUNA Products
and/or Services), you must accept
certain terms and conditions. The following
is a brief summary of the terms and
conditions that apply to you. To view the
full terms and conditions relevant to your
use of the SUNA Products and/or Services,
please consult:
Website
www.sunatraffic.com.au/termsandcon-
ditions/
1. Acceptance
By using SUNA Products and/or Services,
you will be deemed to have accepted and
agreed to be bound by the terms and
conditions fully detailed at:
Website
www.sunatraffic.com.au/termsandcon-
ditions/
2. Intellectual Property
SUNA Products and/or Services are for
your personal use. You may not record, or
retransmit the content, nor use the content
in association with any other traffic
information or route guidance service or
device not approved by Intelematics. You
obtain no right of ownership in any
Intellectual Property Rights (including
copyright) in the data that is used to
provide SUNA Products and/or Services.
3. Appropriate Use
SUNA Products and/or Services are
intended as an aid to personal motoring
and travel planning, and do not provide
comprehensive or accurate information on
all occasions. On occasions, you may
experience additional delay as a result of
using SUNA Products and/or Services. You
acknowledge that it is not intended, or
suitable, for use in applications where time
of arrival or driving directions may impact
the safety of the public or yourself.
4. Use of SUNA Products and Services
while driving
You, and other authorised drivers of the
vehicle in which SUNA Products and/or
Services are available or installed and
active, remain at all times responsible for
observing all relevant laws and codes of
safe driving. In particular, you agree to only
actively operate SUNA Products and/or
Services when the Vehicle is at a complete
stop and it is safe to do so.
301
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Appendices
5. Service Continuity and Reception of
the SUNA Traffic Channel
We will use reasonable endeavours to
provide the SUNA Traffic Channel 24 hours
a day, 365 days a year. The SUNA Traffic
Channel may occasionally be unavailable
for technical reasons or for planned
maintenance. We will try to perform
maintenance at times when congestion is
light. We reserve the right to withdraw
SUNA Products and/or Services at any
time.
Also, we cannot assure the uninterrupted
reception of the SUNA Traffic Channel
RDS-TMC signal at any particular location.
6. Limitation of Liability
Neither Intelematics (nor its suppliers or
the manufacturer of your device (the
“Suppliers”)) shall be liable to you or to
any third party for any damages either
direct, indirect, incidental, consequential
or otherwise arising out of the use of or
inability to use SUNA Products and/or
Services even if Intelematics or a Supplier
has been advised of the possibility of such
damages. You also acknowledge that the
neither Intelematics nor any Supplier
guarantees nor make any warranties that
relate to the availability, accuracy or
completeness of SUNA Products and/or
Services, and to the extent which it is
lawful to do so, both Intelematics and each
Supplier excludes any warranties which
might otherwise be implied by any State
or Federal legislation in relation to SUNA
Products and/or Services.
7. Please Note
Great care has been taken in preparing this
manual. Constant product development
may mean that some information is not
entirely up-to-date. The information in this
document is subject to change without
notice.
DECLARATION OF
CONFORMITY
Your vehicle could have components that
transmit and receive radio waves and are
therefore subject to government
regulation.
These components must accept any
interference received, including
interference that could cause undesired
operation. For certification labels and
declarations of conformity, visit
www.wirelessconformity.ford.com.
DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY - VEHICLES WITH: SYNC 3
Radio Frequency Statement
IC Identification NumberFCC Identification NumberSYNC Version
216B-SYNCG3-LACJ-SYNCG3-L3.0
216B-FA170BCARHSACJ-FA-170-BCARHS3.1
216B-FG185SG32MHACJ-FG-185-SG32MH3.2
302
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Appendices
WARNING: Changes or
modifications not expressively approved
by the party responsible for compliance
could void the user's authority to operate
the equipment. The term "IC:" before the
radio certification number only signifies
that Industry Canada technical
specifications were met.
These devices comply with Part 15 of the
FCC Rules and with RSS-210 of Industry
Canada. Operation is subject to the
following two conditions:
1. The device does not cause harmful
interference.
2. The device accepts any interference
received, including interference that
could cause undesired operation.
303
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Appendices
304
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Engine Oil...............................................................214
Fuel Tank................................................................215
Grease.....................................................................215
Hydraulic Brake System...................................216
Hydraulic Power Steering, Active
Suspension, and Active Aero
System...............................................................216
Locks........................................................................215
Transmission Gear..............................................212
Transmission Wet Clutch.................................213
Washer Reservoir.................................................217
Car Wash
See: Cleaning the Exterior................................175
Catalytic Converter......................................102
On-Board Diagnostics (OBD-II)...................103
Readiness for Inspection and Maintenance
(I/M) Testing...................................................104
Changing a Bulb.............................................171
LED Lamps.............................................................171
Changing a Fuse...........................................155
Fuses.......................................................................155
Changing a Road Wheel...........................205
Important Information for Lifting or
Jacking..............................................................205
Changing the 12V Battery..........................167
Battery Charger and Maintainer...................168
Battery Management System.......................169
Changing the Engine Air Filter...................171
Changing the Wiper Blades......................170
Checking the Wiper Blades......................169
Child Restraint and Seatbelt
Maintenance.................................................33
Child Restraint Positioning.........................26
Child Safety.......................................................19
General Information.............................................19
Cleaning Leather Seats..............................180
Cleaning Products........................................175
Materials.................................................................175
Cleaning the Engine......................................177
Cleaning the Exterior...................................175
Exterior Plastic Parts..........................................177
Matte Paint Finish...............................................176
Raising the Rear Wing........................................177
Standard Paint Finish........................................176
Under Hood...........................................................177
Cleaning the Instrument Panel and
Instrument Cluster Lens..........................179
Cleaning the Interior....................................178
Cleaning Alcantara Microfiber Cloth...........178
Cleaning the Wheels...................................180
Cleaning the Windows and Wiper
Blades............................................................178
Climate Control..............................................84
Coolant Check
See: Engine Coolant Check..............................161
Crash Sensors and Airbag Indicator.........41
Cruise Control..................................................57
Principle of Operation.......................................120
Cruise control
See: Using Cruise Control................................120
Cup Holders.....................................................90
Customer Assistance..................................139
D
Data Recording..................................................7
Comfort, Convenience and Entertainment
Data........................................................................9
Event Data.................................................................8
Service Data..............................................................7
Services That Third Parties Provide.................9
Services That We Provide....................................9
Vehicles With a Modem.......................................9
Vehicles With an Emergency Call
System.................................................................10
Vehicles With SYNC.............................................10
Daytime Running Lamps.............................63
Declaration of Conformity.......................302
Declaration of Conformity - Vehicles
With: SYNC 3..............................................302
Radio Frequency Statement.........................302
Direction Indicators.......................................64
Doors and Locks.............................................50
Drive Mode Control.......................................58
Active Aerodynamics ........................................125
Damper Comfort Mode....................................125
Drive Mode Selection.........................................121
Front Lift.................................................................125
Driver and Passenger Airbags....................37
Children and Airbags...........................................37
Proper Driver and Front Passenger Seating
Adjustment........................................................37
Driver and Passenger Knee Airbags.........41
Driving Aids.......................................................121
306
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Index
Driving at High Speed................................205
Tire Pressure - Speeds Greater Than
.............................................................................205
Driving Hints....................................................133
Driving Through Water................................133
DRL
See: Daytime Running Lamps.........................63
E
Electric Parking Brake...................................111
Applying the Electric Parking brake...............111
Battery With No Charge....................................113
Releasing the Electric Parking Brake............112
Emergency Call Limitations.......................44
Emergency Call Requirements.................43
Emergency Door Release............................53
Emission Law..................................................101
Noise Emissions Warranty, Prohibited
Tampering Acts and Maintenance..........102
Tampering With a Noise Control
System................................................................101
End User License Agreement...................277
VEHICLE SOFTWARE END USER LICENSE
AGREEMENT (EULA) ..................................277
Engine Coolant Check.................................161
Adding Coolant....................................................162
Coolant Change..................................................163
Engine Coolant Temperature
Management...................................................165
Fail-Safe Cooling................................................163
Recycled Coolant................................................163
Severe Climates..................................................163
Engine Emission Control............................101
Engine Immobilizer
See: Passive Anti-Theft System.....................54
Engine Oil Check..........................................160
Adding Engine Oil...............................................160
Engine Oil Dipstick.......................................160
Engine Specifications.................................207
Entertainment...............................................228
AM/FM Radio......................................................229
Apps........................................................................237
Bluetooth Stereo or USB................................236
CD (If equipped)................................................235
HD Radio™ Information (If
Available).........................................................232
SiriusXM® Satellite Radio (If
Activated)........................................................229
Sources..................................................................228
Supported Media Players, Formats and
Metadata Information.................................237
USB Ports..............................................................237
Environment......................................................15
EPB
See: Electric Parking Brake................................111
Event Data Recording
See: Data Recording...............................................7
Exterior Mirrors................................................66
Fold-Away Exterior Mirrors...............................66
Power Exterior Mirrors........................................66
F
Fastening the Seatbelts..............................29
Seatbelt Locking Modes....................................30
Using Seatbelts During Pregnancy...............30
Using the Sliding Clip..........................................29
Flat Tire
See: Changing a Road Wheel.......................205
Flat Tire Inflation
See: Tire Sealant and Inflator Kit.................183
Floor Mats........................................................134
Foot Pedals
See: Adjusting the Pedals................................60
Ford Performance...........................................13
Front Passenger Sensing System............38
Fuel and Refueling.........................................95
Fuel Consumption.........................................99
Calculating Fuel Economy..............................100
Filling the Fuel Tank..........................................100
Fuel Filler Funnel Location.........................96
Fuel Filter.........................................................167
Fuel Quality......................................................96
Choosing the Right Fuel....................................96
Fuel Shutoff....................................................135
Fuses.................................................................145
Fuse Specification Chart...........................145
Front Power Distribution Box.........................145
Passenger Compartment Fuse Panel..........151
Rear Power Distribution Box 1........................147
Rear Power Distribution Box 2.......................150
307
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Index
G
Gauges................................................................67
Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge............69
Engine Oil Pressure Gauge...............................69
Engine Oil Temperature Gauge......................69
Fuel Gauge.............................................................68
Gauge Mode...........................................................69
Information Display.............................................67
Trip Computer.......................................................68
Gearbox
See: Transmission..............................................105
General Information on Radio
Frequencies...................................................45
Intelligent Access.................................................45
General Maintenance Information........263
Protecting Your Investment...........................263
Road Course Maintenance.............................263
Why Maintain Your Vehicle?..........................263
Why Maintain Your Vehicle at Your Certified
Ford GT Service Dealership?....................263
Getting Assistance Outside the U.S. and
Canada..........................................................142
Getting the Services You Need................139
Away From Home...............................................139
Global Opening...............................................65
Remote Control Front Windows....................66
H
Hazard Flashers.............................................135
Headlamp Adjusting
See: Adjusting the Headlamps......................170
Heating
See: Climate Control..........................................84
Hill Start Assist...............................................113
Using Hill Start Assist.........................................113
Hints on Controlling the Interior
Climate............................................................85
Defogging the Side Windows in Cold
Weather..............................................................85
Defogging the Windshield in Cold
Weather..............................................................86
General Hints.........................................................85
Quickly Cooling the Interior..............................85
Quickly Heating the Interior.............................85
Recommended Settings for Cooling............85
Recommended Settings for Heating............85
Hints on Driving With Anti-Lock
Brakes...............................................................111
Hood Lock
See: Opening and Closing the Hood............157
Horn....................................................................58
I
In California (U.S. Only).............................140
Information Display Control......................58
Information Displays.....................................74
General Information............................................74
Information Messages..................................77
AdvanceTrac™.......................................................77
Alarm.........................................................................77
Battery and Charging System..........................78
Doors and Locks...................................................78
Engine.......................................................................78
Fuel............................................................................79
Hill Start Assist .....................................................79
Hydraulic System.................................................79
Keys and Intelligent Access.............................80
Maintenance..........................................................80
Park Brake................................................................81
Remote Start..........................................................81
Starting System ...................................................82
Steering System...................................................82
Tire Pressure Monitoring System...................82
Transmission..........................................................83
Installing Child Restraints...........................20
Child Seats..............................................................20
Using Lap and Shoulder Belts..........................21
Using Tether Straps.............................................23
Instrument Cluster.........................................67
Instrument Lighting Dimmer.....................63
Instrument Panel............................................16
Interior Lamps.................................................64
Interior Mirror...................................................66
Introduction........................................................5
J
Jump Starting the Vehicle.........................136
Connecting the Jumper Cables.....................136
Jump Starting.......................................................137
Preparing Your Vehicle.....................................136
Removing the Jumper Cables.........................137
308
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Index
K
Keyless Starting...............................................91
Ignition Modes........................................................91
Keys and Remote Controls.........................45
L
Launch Control..............................................174
Lighting Control..............................................58
High Beams............................................................62
Performance Shift Indicator............................59
Lighting..............................................................62
General Information............................................62
Load Carrying..................................................127
Load Limit........................................................127
Vehicle Loading - with and without a
Trailer..................................................................127
Locking and Unlocking................................50
Activating Intelligent Access ..........................50
Autolock....................................................................51
Battery Saver.........................................................52
Illuminated Entry..................................................52
Illuminated Exit.....................................................52
Power Door Locks................................................50
Remote Control....................................................50
Smart Unlocks for Intelligent Access
Keys.......................................................................51
Lug Nuts
See: Changing a Road Wheel.......................205
M
Maintenance...................................................157
General Information...........................................157
Manual Seats...................................................87
Map Pockets....................................................90
Message Center
See: Information Displays.................................74
Mirrors
See: Windows and Mirrors................................65
Mobile Communications Equipment.......12
Motorcraft Parts..........................................208
N
Navigation......................................................240
Changing the Format of the Map.................241
cityseeker..............................................................243
Michelin Travel Guide.......................................244
Navigation Map Accuracy and
Updates............................................................245
Route Guidance..................................................242
Setting a Destination.......................................240
SiriusXM Traffic and Travel Link...................244
Zoom.......................................................................241
Normal Scheduled Maintenance..........264
Normal Maintenance Intervals.....................264
O
Oil Check
See: Engine Oil Check.......................................160
Opening and Closing the Hood...............157
Closing the Front Hood....................................158
Closing the Rear Hatch.....................................158
Opening the Front Hood...................................157
Opening the Rear Hatch..................................158
Opening the Doors.........................................52
Opening the Doors from Inside.......................52
Ordering Additional Owner's
Literature.......................................................143
P
Parking Aids.....................................................118
Passive Anti-Theft System.........................54
SecuriLock..............................................................54
PATS
See: Passive Anti-Theft System.....................54
Perchlorate........................................................10
Personal Safety System™..........................35
How Does the Personal Safety System
Work?..................................................................35
Phone...............................................................238
Android Auto.......................................................239
Apple CarPlay.....................................................239
Pairing Your Cell Phone for the First
Time...................................................................238
Text Messaging...................................................239
Using Your Cell Phone.....................................238
Post-Crash Alert System............................137
Power Door Locks
See: Locking and Unlocking.............................50
Power Steering Fluid Check.....................166
309
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Index
Power Windows.............................................65
Accessory Delay....................................................65
Bounce-Back.........................................................65
One-Touch Down.................................................65
One-Touch Up.......................................................65
Protecting the Environment........................15
Puncture
See: Changing a Road Wheel.......................205
R
Rear Under Hatch Storage.........................127
Rear View Camera........................................118
Using the Rear View Camera System..........118
Rear View Camera
See: Rear View Camera.....................................118
Refueling...........................................................98
System Warnings.................................................99
Remote Control..............................................46
Intelligent Access Key........................................46
Locating Your Vehicle.........................................49
Remote Control Information
Messages...........................................................49
Replacing the Battery.........................................47
Sounding a Panic Alarm....................................49
Using the Key Blade............................................46
Repairing Minor Paint Damage...............180
Replacement Parts
Recommendation.........................................11
Collision Repairs.....................................................11
Scheduled Maintenance and Mechanical
Repairs...................................................................11
Warranty on Replacement Parts......................11
Replacing a Lost Key or Remote
Control............................................................49
Reporting Safety Defects (Canada
Only)...............................................................144
Reporting Safety Defects (U.S.
Only)...............................................................143
Roadside Assistance...................................135
Vehicles Sold in the United States: Getting
Roadside Assistance....................................135
Vehicles Sold in the United States: Using
Roadside Assistance....................................135
Roadside Emergencies...............................135
Running-In
See: Breaking-In..................................................133
Running Out of Fuel......................................96
Adding Fuel From a Portable Fuel
Container............................................................97
Filling a Portable Fuel Container....................97
S
Safety Precautions........................................95
Scheduled Maintenance Record...........266
Scheduled Maintenance...........................263
Seatbelt Extensions......................................34
Seatbelt Reminder.........................................32
Belt-Minder™........................................................32
Seatbelts...........................................................28
Principle of Operation........................................28
Seatbelt Warning Lamp and Indicator
Chime................................................................31
Conditions of operation......................................31
Seats...................................................................87
Security..............................................................54
Settings............................................................247
911 Assist...............................................................248
Ambient Lighting...............................................248
Audio.......................................................................247
Automatic Updates..........................................248
Bluetooth...............................................................247
Charge Settings..................................................248
Clock.......................................................................247
Display...................................................................248
Driver Assist.........................................................248
FordPass...............................................................248
General..................................................................248
Message Center.................................................248
Mobile Apps.........................................................248
Multi Contour Seats..........................................248
Navigation............................................................248
Personal Profiles................................................248
Phone......................................................................247
Seats......................................................................248
Sound.....................................................................247
Valet Mode...........................................................248
Vehicle...................................................................248
Voice Control.......................................................248
Side Airbags.....................................................40
Sitting in the Correct Position....................87
Snow Chains
See: Using Snow Chains..................................201
310
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Index
Spare Wheel
See: Changing a Road Wheel.......................205
Special Notices.................................................11
Additional Warranty Information.....................11
Certified Ford GT Service Dealer.....................12
New Vehicle Limited Warranty..........................11
On Board Diagnostics Data Link
Connector............................................................12
Special Instructions..............................................12
Special Operating Conditions Scheduled
Maintenance..............................................266
Engine Air Filter and Cabin Air Filter
Replacement..................................................266
Hot Climate Oil Change Intervals................266
Operating at High Speeds and Track
Days...................................................................266
Speed Control
See: Cruise Control............................................120
Stability Control.............................................115
Principle of Operation........................................115
Starting and Stopping the Engine............91
General Information.............................................91
Starting the Engine........................................92
Failure to Start.......................................................93
Fast Restart............................................................93
Guarding Against Exhaust Fumes.................94
Important Ventilating Information................94
Stopping the Engine When Your Vehicle is
Moving.................................................................93
Stopping the Engine When Your Vehicle is
Stationary..........................................................93
Steering.............................................................121
Steering Wheel Lock.....................................92
Steering Wheel...............................................56
Storage Compartments..............................90
Supplementary Restraints System.........36
Principle of Operation........................................36
Symbols Glossary.............................................5
SYNC™ 3.........................................................219
General Information..........................................219
SYNC™ 3 Troubleshooting......................249
Additional Information and
Assistance........................................................261
Apps.......................................................................256
Navigation............................................................255
Personal Profiles................................................259
Phone.....................................................................253
Resetting the System........................................261
USB and Bluetooth Audio..............................250
Voice Recognition..............................................249
Wi-Fi Connectivity.............................................258
T
Technical Specifications
See: Capacities and Specifications............207
The Better Business Bureau (BBB) Auto
Line Program (U.S. Only).......................140
Tire Care...........................................................189
Glossary of Tire Terminology..........................191
Information About Uniform Tire Quality
Grading..............................................................189
Information Contained on the Tire
Sidewall.............................................................192
Temperature A B C............................................190
Traction AA A B C...............................................190
Treadwear.............................................................190
Tire Inflation When Punctured
See: Tire Sealant and Inflator Kit.................183
Tire Pressure Monitoring System...........202
Changing Tires With a Tire Pressure
Monitoring System.......................................203
Understanding Your Tire Pressure
Monitoring System ......................................203
Tire Repair Kit
See: Tire Sealant and Inflator Kit.................183
Tire Sealant and Inflator Kit.....................183
First Stage: Inflating the Tire with Sealing
Compound and Air........................................185
General Information..........................................184
Second Stage: Checking Tire
Pressure.............................................................187
Tips for Use of the Kit.......................................184
What to Do After the Tire has Been
Sealed................................................................187
What to do When a Tire Is Punctured........185
Tires
See: Wheels and Tires......................................183
Towing a Trailer..............................................132
Towing Points................................................138
Installing the Recovery Hook.........................138
Recovery Hook Location..................................138
Towing the Vehicle on Four
Wheels...........................................................132
Emergency Towing.............................................132
Towing...............................................................132
311
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Index
Track Use..........................................................172
Operating at High Speeds and on Track
Days.....................................................................172
Road Course Vehicle Preparation.................173
Transmission Code Designation..............211
Transmission..................................................105
Transporting the Vehicle............................137
Getting the Transmission in Neutral...........138
U
Under Hood Overview................................159
Under Seat Storage......................................90
Unique Features...............................................17
USB Port..........................................................218
Using Cruise Control....................................120
Switching Cruise Control Off.........................120
Switching Cruise Control On..........................120
Using Launch Control..................................174
Using Snow Chains......................................201
Using Stability Control................................116
AdvanceTrac™ Electronic Stability Control
...............................................................................116
Stability Control....................................................117
Using Summer Tires....................................201
Using Voice Recognition.............................221
Audio Voice Commands..................................222
Climate Voice Commands..............................223
Mobile App Voice Commands......................226
Navigation Voice Commands........................225
Phone Voice Commands................................223
SiriusXM Traffic and Travel Link Voice
Commands.....................................................226
Voice Settings Commands.............................227
Utilizing the Mediation/Arbitration
Program (Canada Only)..........................141
V
Vehicle Care....................................................175
General Information...........................................175
Vehicle Certification Label.........................211
Vehicle Dimensions....................................209
Vehicle Identification Number.................210
Vehicle Storage..............................................181
Battery....................................................................182
Body..........................................................................181
Brakes.....................................................................182
Cooling system....................................................182
Engine......................................................................181
Fuel system............................................................181
General....................................................................181
Miscellaneous......................................................182
Removing Vehicle From Storage..................182
Tires.........................................................................182
Ventilation
See: Climate Control..........................................84
VIN
See: Vehicle Identification Number.............210
Voice Control....................................................57
W
Warning Lamps and Indicators................69
Anti-Lock Braking System................................69
Battery......................................................................70
Brake System.........................................................70
Carbon Ceramic Brakes.....................................70
Cruise Control........................................................70
Damper Comfort Mode......................................70
Direction Indicator................................................70
Door Ajar..................................................................70
Electric Park Brake...............................................70
Engine Coolant Temperature...........................70
Engine Oil................................................................70
Fasten Seatbelt......................................................71
Front Airbag.............................................................71
Front Lift Mode Active.........................................71
Frost Warning Lamp.............................................71
Hatch Ajar.................................................................71
High Beam................................................................71
Hood Ajar..................................................................71
Hydraulic System Fault.......................................71
Launch Control.......................................................71
Low Beam Malfunction Warning Lamp........71
Low Fuel Level........................................................71
Low Tire Pressure Warning................................71
Parking Lamps.......................................................72
Powertrain Fault....................................................72
Rear Fog Lamp.......................................................72
Ride Height System Fault..................................72
Service Engine Soon............................................72
Stability Control....................................................72
Stability Control Off.............................................72
Transmission Fault...............................................72
Washer Fluid Check.....................................167
312
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Index
Washers
See: Cleaning the Exterior................................175
See: Wipers and Washers..................................61
Waxing...............................................................177
What Is 911 Assist...........................................43
What Is Launch Control..............................174
Wheel Nuts
See: Changing a Road Wheel.......................205
Wheels and Tires..........................................183
Technical Specifications................................206
Windows and Mirrors....................................65
Windshield Washers......................................61
Windshield Wipers..........................................61
Wiper and Washer Control.........................58
Wiper Blades
See: Checking the Wiper Blades..................169
Wipers and Washers......................................61
313
Ford GT (CGX) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201908, First-Printing
Index
